diff options
Diffstat (limited to 'tools/build/src/engine/boehm_gc/include')
33 files changed, 9982 insertions, 0 deletions
diff --git a/tools/build/src/engine/boehm_gc/include/cord.h b/tools/build/src/engine/boehm_gc/include/cord.h new file mode 100644 index 000000000..926089e86 --- /dev/null +++ b/tools/build/src/engine/boehm_gc/include/cord.h @@ -0,0 +1,327 @@ +/* + * Copyright (c) 1993-1994 by Xerox Corporation. All rights reserved. + * + * THIS MATERIAL IS PROVIDED AS IS, WITH ABSOLUTELY NO WARRANTY EXPRESSED + * OR IMPLIED. ANY USE IS AT YOUR OWN RISK. + * + * Permission is hereby granted to use or copy this program + * for any purpose, provided the above notices are retained on all copies. + * Permission to modify the code and to distribute modified code is granted, + * provided the above notices are retained, and a notice that the code was + * modified is included with the above copyright notice. + * + * Author: Hans-J. Boehm (boehm@parc.xerox.com) + */ +/* Boehm, October 5, 1995 4:20 pm PDT */ + +/* + * Cords are immutable character strings. A number of operations + * on long cords are much more efficient than their strings.h counterpart. + * In particular, concatenation takes constant time independent of the length + * of the arguments. (Cords are represented as trees, with internal + * nodes representing concatenation and leaves consisting of either C + * strings or a functional description of the string.) + * + * The following are reasonable applications of cords. They would perform + * unacceptably if C strings were used: + * - A compiler that produces assembly language output by repeatedly + * concatenating instructions onto a cord representing the output file. + * - A text editor that converts the input file to a cord, and then + * performs editing operations by producing a new cord representing + * the file after echa character change (and keeping the old ones in an + * edit history) + * + * For optimal performance, cords should be built by + * concatenating short sections. + * This interface is designed for maximum compatibility with C strings. + * ASCII NUL characters may be embedded in cords using CORD_from_fn. + * This is handled correctly, but CORD_to_char_star will produce a string + * with embedded NULs when given such a cord. + * + * This interface is fairly big, largely for performance reasons. + * The most basic constants and functions: + * + * CORD - the type of a cord; + * CORD_EMPTY - empty cord; + * CORD_len(cord) - length of a cord; + * CORD_cat(cord1,cord2) - concatenation of two cords; + * CORD_substr(cord, start, len) - substring (or subcord); + * CORD_pos i; CORD_FOR(i, cord) { ... CORD_pos_fetch(i) ... } - + * examine each character in a cord. CORD_pos_fetch(i) is the char. + * CORD_fetch(int i) - Retrieve i'th character (slowly). + * CORD_cmp(cord1, cord2) - compare two cords. + * CORD_from_file(FILE * f) - turn a read-only file into a cord. + * CORD_to_char_star(cord) - convert to C string. + * (Non-NULL C constant strings are cords.) + * CORD_printf (etc.) - cord version of printf. Use %r for cords. + */ +# ifndef CORD_H + +# define CORD_H +# include <stddef.h> +# include <stdio.h> +/* Cords have type const char *. This is cheating quite a bit, and not */ +/* 100% portable. But it means that nonempty character string */ +/* constants may be used as cords directly, provided the string is */ +/* never modified in place. The empty cord is represented by, and */ +/* can be written as, 0. */ + +typedef const char * CORD; + +/* An empty cord is always represented as nil */ +# define CORD_EMPTY 0 + +/* Is a nonempty cord represented as a C string? */ +#define CORD_IS_STRING(s) (*(s) != '\0') + +/* Concatenate two cords. If the arguments are C strings, they may */ +/* not be subsequently altered. */ +CORD CORD_cat(CORD x, CORD y); + +/* Concatenate a cord and a C string with known length. Except for the */ +/* empty string case, this is a special case of CORD_cat. Since the */ +/* length is known, it can be faster. */ +/* The string y is shared with the resulting CORD. Hence it should */ +/* not be altered by the caller. */ +CORD CORD_cat_char_star(CORD x, const char * y, size_t leny); + +/* Compute the length of a cord */ +size_t CORD_len(CORD x); + +/* Cords may be represented by functions defining the ith character */ +typedef char (* CORD_fn)(size_t i, void * client_data); + +/* Turn a functional description into a cord. */ +CORD CORD_from_fn(CORD_fn fn, void * client_data, size_t len); + +/* Return the substring (subcord really) of x with length at most n, */ +/* starting at position i. (The initial character has position 0.) */ +CORD CORD_substr(CORD x, size_t i, size_t n); + +/* Return the argument, but rebalanced to allow more efficient */ +/* character retrieval, substring operations, and comparisons. */ +/* This is useful only for cords that were built using repeated */ +/* concatenation. Guarantees log time access to the result, unless */ +/* x was obtained through a large number of repeated substring ops */ +/* or the embedded functional descriptions take longer to evaluate. */ +/* May reallocate significant parts of the cord. The argument is not */ +/* modified; only the result is balanced. */ +CORD CORD_balance(CORD x); + +/* The following traverse a cord by applying a function to each */ +/* character. This is occasionally appropriate, especially where */ +/* speed is crucial. But, since C doesn't have nested functions, */ +/* clients of this sort of traversal are clumsy to write. Consider */ +/* the functions that operate on cord positions instead. */ + +/* Function to iteratively apply to individual characters in cord. */ +typedef int (* CORD_iter_fn)(char c, void * client_data); + +/* Function to apply to substrings of a cord. Each substring is a */ +/* a C character string, not a general cord. */ +typedef int (* CORD_batched_iter_fn)(const char * s, void * client_data); +# define CORD_NO_FN ((CORD_batched_iter_fn)0) + +/* Apply f1 to each character in the cord, in ascending order, */ +/* starting at position i. If */ +/* f2 is not CORD_NO_FN, then multiple calls to f1 may be replaced by */ +/* a single call to f2. The parameter f2 is provided only to allow */ +/* some optimization by the client. This terminates when the right */ +/* end of this string is reached, or when f1 or f2 return != 0. In the */ +/* latter case CORD_iter returns != 0. Otherwise it returns 0. */ +/* The specified value of i must be < CORD_len(x). */ +int CORD_iter5(CORD x, size_t i, CORD_iter_fn f1, + CORD_batched_iter_fn f2, void * client_data); + +/* A simpler version that starts at 0, and without f2: */ +int CORD_iter(CORD x, CORD_iter_fn f1, void * client_data); +# define CORD_iter(x, f1, cd) CORD_iter5(x, 0, f1, CORD_NO_FN, cd) + +/* Similar to CORD_iter5, but end-to-beginning. No provisions for */ +/* CORD_batched_iter_fn. */ +int CORD_riter4(CORD x, size_t i, CORD_iter_fn f1, void * client_data); + +/* A simpler version that starts at the end: */ +int CORD_riter(CORD x, CORD_iter_fn f1, void * client_data); + +/* Functions that operate on cord positions. The easy way to traverse */ +/* cords. A cord position is logically a pair consisting of a cord */ +/* and an index into that cord. But it is much faster to retrieve a */ +/* charcter based on a position than on an index. Unfortunately, */ +/* positions are big (order of a few 100 bytes), so allocate them with */ +/* caution. */ +/* Things in cord_pos.h should be treated as opaque, except as */ +/* described below. Also note that */ +/* CORD_pos_fetch, CORD_next and CORD_prev have both macro and function */ +/* definitions. The former may evaluate their argument more than once. */ +# include "private/cord_pos.h" + +/* + Visible definitions from above: + + typedef <OPAQUE but fairly big> CORD_pos[1]; + + * Extract the cord from a position: + CORD CORD_pos_to_cord(CORD_pos p); + + * Extract the current index from a position: + size_t CORD_pos_to_index(CORD_pos p); + + * Fetch the character located at the given position: + char CORD_pos_fetch(CORD_pos p); + + * Initialize the position to refer to the given cord and index. + * Note that this is the most expensive function on positions: + void CORD_set_pos(CORD_pos p, CORD x, size_t i); + + * Advance the position to the next character. + * P must be initialized and valid. + * Invalidates p if past end: + void CORD_next(CORD_pos p); + + * Move the position to the preceding character. + * P must be initialized and valid. + * Invalidates p if past beginning: + void CORD_prev(CORD_pos p); + + * Is the position valid, i.e. inside the cord? + int CORD_pos_valid(CORD_pos p); +*/ +# define CORD_FOR(pos, cord) \ + for (CORD_set_pos(pos, cord, 0); CORD_pos_valid(pos); CORD_next(pos)) + + +/* An out of memory handler to call. May be supplied by client. */ +/* Must not return. */ +extern void (* CORD_oom_fn)(void); + +/* Dump the representation of x to stdout in an implementation defined */ +/* manner. Intended for debugging only. */ +void CORD_dump(CORD x); + +/* The following could easily be implemented by the client. They are */ +/* provided in cordxtra.c for convenience. */ + +/* Concatenate a character to the end of a cord. */ +CORD CORD_cat_char(CORD x, char c); + +/* Concatenate n cords. */ +CORD CORD_catn(int n, /* CORD */ ...); + +/* Return the character in CORD_substr(x, i, 1) */ +char CORD_fetch(CORD x, size_t i); + +/* Return < 0, 0, or > 0, depending on whether x < y, x = y, x > y */ +int CORD_cmp(CORD x, CORD y); + +/* A generalization that takes both starting positions for the */ +/* comparison, and a limit on the number of characters to be compared. */ +int CORD_ncmp(CORD x, size_t x_start, CORD y, size_t y_start, size_t len); + +/* Find the first occurrence of s in x at position start or later. */ +/* Return the position of the first character of s in x, or */ +/* CORD_NOT_FOUND if there is none. */ +size_t CORD_str(CORD x, size_t start, CORD s); + +/* Return a cord consisting of i copies of (possibly NUL) c. Dangerous */ +/* in conjunction with CORD_to_char_star. */ +/* The resulting representation takes constant space, independent of i. */ +CORD CORD_chars(char c, size_t i); +# define CORD_nul(i) CORD_chars('\0', (i)) + +/* Turn a file into cord. The file must be seekable. Its contents */ +/* must remain constant. The file may be accessed as an immediate */ +/* result of this call and/or as a result of subsequent accesses to */ +/* the cord. Short files are likely to be immediately read, but */ +/* long files are likely to be read on demand, possibly relying on */ +/* stdio for buffering. */ +/* We must have exclusive access to the descriptor f, i.e. we may */ +/* read it at any time, and expect the file pointer to be */ +/* where we left it. Normally this should be invoked as */ +/* CORD_from_file(fopen(...)) */ +/* CORD_from_file arranges to close the file descriptor when it is no */ +/* longer needed (e.g. when the result becomes inaccessible). */ +/* The file f must be such that ftell reflects the actual character */ +/* position in the file, i.e. the number of characters that can be */ +/* or were read with fread. On UNIX systems this is always true. On */ +/* MS Windows systems, f must be opened in binary mode. */ +CORD CORD_from_file(FILE * f); + +/* Equivalent to the above, except that the entire file will be read */ +/* and the file pointer will be closed immediately. */ +/* The binary mode restriction from above does not apply. */ +CORD CORD_from_file_eager(FILE * f); + +/* Equivalent to the above, except that the file will be read on demand.*/ +/* The binary mode restriction applies. */ +CORD CORD_from_file_lazy(FILE * f); + +/* Turn a cord into a C string. The result shares no structure with */ +/* x, and is thus modifiable. */ +char * CORD_to_char_star(CORD x); + +/* Turn a C string into a CORD. The C string is copied, and so may */ +/* subsequently be modified. */ +CORD CORD_from_char_star(const char *s); + +/* Identical to the above, but the result may share structure with */ +/* the argument and is thus not modifiable. */ +const char * CORD_to_const_char_star(CORD x); + +/* Write a cord to a file, starting at the current position. No */ +/* trailing NULs are newlines are added. */ +/* Returns EOF if a write error occurs, 1 otherwise. */ +int CORD_put(CORD x, FILE * f); + +/* "Not found" result for the following two functions. */ +# define CORD_NOT_FOUND ((size_t)(-1)) + +/* A vague analog of strchr. Returns the position (an integer, not */ +/* a pointer) of the first occurrence of (char) c inside x at position */ +/* i or later. The value i must be < CORD_len(x). */ +size_t CORD_chr(CORD x, size_t i, int c); + +/* A vague analog of strrchr. Returns index of the last occurrence */ +/* of (char) c inside x at position i or earlier. The value i */ +/* must be < CORD_len(x). */ +size_t CORD_rchr(CORD x, size_t i, int c); + + +/* The following are also not primitive, but are implemented in */ +/* cordprnt.c. They provide functionality similar to the ANSI C */ +/* functions with corresponding names, but with the following */ +/* additions and changes: */ +/* 1. A %r conversion specification specifies a CORD argument. Field */ +/* width, precision, etc. have the same semantics as for %s. */ +/* (Note that %c,%C, and %S were already taken.) */ +/* 2. The format string is represented as a CORD. */ +/* 3. CORD_sprintf and CORD_vsprintf assign the result through the 1st */ /* argument. Unlike their ANSI C versions, there is no need to guess */ +/* the correct buffer size. */ +/* 4. Most of the conversions are implement through the native */ +/* vsprintf. Hence they are usually no faster, and */ +/* idiosyncracies of the native printf are preserved. However, */ +/* CORD arguments to CORD_sprintf and CORD_vsprintf are NOT copied; */ +/* the result shares the original structure. This may make them */ +/* very efficient in some unusual applications. */ +/* The format string is copied. */ +/* All functions return the number of characters generated or -1 on */ +/* error. This complies with the ANSI standard, but is inconsistent */ +/* with some older implementations of sprintf. */ + +/* The implementation of these is probably less portable than the rest */ +/* of this package. */ + +#ifndef CORD_NO_IO + +#include <stdarg.h> + +int CORD_sprintf(CORD * out, CORD format, ...); +int CORD_vsprintf(CORD * out, CORD format, va_list args); +int CORD_fprintf(FILE * f, CORD format, ...); +int CORD_vfprintf(FILE * f, CORD format, va_list args); +int CORD_printf(CORD format, ...); +int CORD_vprintf(CORD format, va_list args); + +#endif /* CORD_NO_IO */ + +# endif /* CORD_H */ diff --git a/tools/build/src/engine/boehm_gc/include/ec.h b/tools/build/src/engine/boehm_gc/include/ec.h new file mode 100644 index 000000000..c829b83ad --- /dev/null +++ b/tools/build/src/engine/boehm_gc/include/ec.h @@ -0,0 +1,70 @@ +# ifndef EC_H +# define EC_H + +# ifndef CORD_H +# include "cord.h" +# endif + +/* Extensible cords are strings that may be destructively appended to. */ +/* They allow fast construction of cords from characters that are */ +/* being read from a stream. */ +/* + * A client might look like: + * + * { + * CORD_ec x; + * CORD result; + * char c; + * FILE *f; + * + * ... + * CORD_ec_init(x); + * while(...) { + * c = getc(f); + * ... + * CORD_ec_append(x, c); + * } + * result = CORD_balance(CORD_ec_to_cord(x)); + * + * If a C string is desired as the final result, the call to CORD_balance + * may be replaced by a call to CORD_to_char_star. + */ + +# ifndef CORD_BUFSZ +# define CORD_BUFSZ 128 +# endif + +typedef struct CORD_ec_struct { + CORD ec_cord; + char * ec_bufptr; + char ec_buf[CORD_BUFSZ+1]; +} CORD_ec[1]; + +/* This structure represents the concatenation of ec_cord with */ +/* ec_buf[0 ... (ec_bufptr-ec_buf-1)] */ + +/* Flush the buffer part of the extended chord into ec_cord. */ +/* Note that this is almost the only real function, and it is */ +/* implemented in 6 lines in cordxtra.c */ +void CORD_ec_flush_buf(CORD_ec x); + +/* Convert an extensible cord to a cord. */ +# define CORD_ec_to_cord(x) (CORD_ec_flush_buf(x), (x)[0].ec_cord) + +/* Initialize an extensible cord. */ +# define CORD_ec_init(x) ((x)[0].ec_cord = 0, (x)[0].ec_bufptr = (x)[0].ec_buf) + +/* Append a character to an extensible cord. */ +# define CORD_ec_append(x, c) \ + { \ + if ((x)[0].ec_bufptr == (x)[0].ec_buf + CORD_BUFSZ) { \ + CORD_ec_flush_buf(x); \ + } \ + *((x)[0].ec_bufptr)++ = (c); \ + } + +/* Append a cord to an extensible cord. Structure remains shared with */ +/* original. */ +void CORD_ec_append_cord(CORD_ec x, CORD s); + +# endif /* EC_H */ diff --git a/tools/build/src/engine/boehm_gc/include/gc.h b/tools/build/src/engine/boehm_gc/include/gc.h new file mode 100644 index 000000000..cc950888f --- /dev/null +++ b/tools/build/src/engine/boehm_gc/include/gc.h @@ -0,0 +1,1139 @@ +/* + * Copyright 1988, 1989 Hans-J. Boehm, Alan J. Demers + * Copyright (c) 1991-1995 by Xerox Corporation. All rights reserved. + * Copyright 1996-1999 by Silicon Graphics. All rights reserved. + * Copyright 1999 by Hewlett-Packard Company. All rights reserved. + * Copyright (C) 2007 Free Software Foundation, Inc + * + * THIS MATERIAL IS PROVIDED AS IS, WITH ABSOLUTELY NO WARRANTY EXPRESSED + * OR IMPLIED. ANY USE IS AT YOUR OWN RISK. + * + * Permission is hereby granted to use or copy this program + * for any purpose, provided the above notices are retained on all copies. + * Permission to modify the code and to distribute modified code is granted, + * provided the above notices are retained, and a notice that the code was + * modified is included with the above copyright notice. + */ + +/* + * Note that this defines a large number of tuning hooks, which can + * safely be ignored in nearly all cases. For normal use it suffices + * to call only GC_MALLOC and perhaps GC_REALLOC. + * For better performance, also look at GC_MALLOC_ATOMIC, and + * GC_enable_incremental. If you need an action to be performed + * immediately before an object is collected, look at GC_register_finalizer. + * If you are using Solaris threads, look at the end of this file. + * Everything else is best ignored unless you encounter performance + * problems. + */ + +#ifndef _GC_H + +# define _GC_H + +# include "gc_config_macros.h" + +# ifdef __cplusplus + extern "C" { +# endif + + +/* Define word and signed_word to be unsigned and signed types of the */ +/* size as char * or void *. There seems to be no way to do this */ +/* even semi-portably. The following is probably no better/worse */ +/* than almost anything else. */ +/* The ANSI standard suggests that size_t and ptr_diff_t might be */ +/* better choices. But those had incorrect definitions on some older */ +/* systems. Notably "typedef int size_t" is WRONG. */ +#ifndef _WIN64 + typedef unsigned long GC_word; + typedef long GC_signed_word; +#else + /* Win64 isn't really supported yet, but this is the first step. And */ + /* it might cause error messages to show up in more plausible places. */ + /* This needs basetsd.h, which is included by windows.h. */ + typedef unsigned long long GC_word; + typedef long long GC_signed_word; +#endif + +/* Public read-only variables */ + +GC_API GC_word GC_gc_no;/* Counter incremented per collection. */ + /* Includes empty GCs at startup. */ + +GC_API int GC_parallel; /* GC is parallelized for performance on */ + /* multiprocessors. Currently set only */ + /* implicitly if collector is built with */ + /* -DPARALLEL_MARK and if either: */ + /* Env variable GC_NPROC is set to > 1, or */ + /* GC_NPROC is not set and this is an MP. */ + /* If GC_parallel is set, incremental */ + /* collection is only partially functional, */ + /* and may not be desirable. */ + + +/* Public R/W variables */ + +GC_API void * (*GC_oom_fn) (size_t bytes_requested); + /* When there is insufficient memory to satisfy */ + /* an allocation request, we return */ + /* (*GC_oom_fn)(). By default this just */ + /* returns 0. */ + /* If it returns, it must return 0 or a valid */ + /* pointer to a previously allocated heap */ + /* object. */ + +GC_API int GC_find_leak; + /* Do not actually garbage collect, but simply */ + /* report inaccessible memory that was not */ + /* deallocated with GC_free. Initial value */ + /* is determined by FIND_LEAK macro. */ + +GC_API int GC_all_interior_pointers; + /* Arrange for pointers to object interiors to */ + /* be recognized as valid. May not be changed */ + /* after GC initialization. */ + /* Initial value is determined by */ + /* -DALL_INTERIOR_POINTERS. */ + /* Unless DONT_ADD_BYTE_AT_END is defined, this */ + /* also affects whether sizes are increased by */ + /* at least a byte to allow "off the end" */ + /* pointer recognition. */ + /* MUST BE 0 or 1. */ + +GC_API int GC_finalize_on_demand; + /* If nonzero, finalizers will only be run in */ + /* response to an explicit GC_invoke_finalizers */ + /* call. The default is determined by whether */ + /* the FINALIZE_ON_DEMAND macro is defined */ + /* when the collector is built. */ + +GC_API int GC_java_finalization; + /* Mark objects reachable from finalizable */ + /* objects in a separate postpass. This makes */ + /* it a bit safer to use non-topologically- */ + /* ordered finalization. Default value is */ + /* determined by JAVA_FINALIZATION macro. */ + /* Enables register_finalizer_unreachable to */ + /* work correctly. */ + +GC_API void (* GC_finalizer_notifier)(void); + /* Invoked by the collector when there are */ + /* objects to be finalized. Invoked at most */ + /* once per GC cycle. Never invoked unless */ + /* GC_finalize_on_demand is set. */ + /* Typically this will notify a finalization */ + /* thread, which will call GC_invoke_finalizers */ + /* in response. */ + +GC_API int GC_dont_gc; /* != 0 ==> Dont collect. In versions 6.2a1+, */ + /* this overrides explicit GC_gcollect() calls. */ + /* Used as a counter, so that nested enabling */ + /* and disabling work correctly. Should */ + /* normally be updated with GC_enable() and */ + /* GC_disable() calls. */ + /* Direct assignment to GC_dont_gc is */ + /* deprecated. */ + +GC_API int GC_dont_expand; + /* Dont expand heap unless explicitly requested */ + /* or forced to. */ + +GC_API int GC_use_entire_heap; + /* Causes the nonincremental collector to use the */ + /* entire heap before collecting. This was the only */ + /* option for GC versions < 5.0. This sometimes */ + /* results in more large block fragmentation, since */ + /* very larg blocks will tend to get broken up */ + /* during each GC cycle. It is likely to result in a */ + /* larger working set, but lower collection */ + /* frequencies, and hence fewer instructions executed */ + /* in the collector. */ + +GC_API int GC_full_freq; /* Number of partial collections between */ + /* full collections. Matters only if */ + /* GC_incremental is set. */ + /* Full collections are also triggered if */ + /* the collector detects a substantial */ + /* increase in the number of in-use heap */ + /* blocks. Values in the tens are now */ + /* perfectly reasonable, unlike for */ + /* earlier GC versions. */ + +GC_API GC_word GC_non_gc_bytes; + /* Bytes not considered candidates for collection. */ + /* Used only to control scheduling of collections. */ + /* Updated by GC_malloc_uncollectable and GC_free. */ + /* Wizards only. */ + +GC_API int GC_no_dls; + /* Don't register dynamic library data segments. */ + /* Wizards only. Should be used only if the */ + /* application explicitly registers all roots. */ + /* In Microsoft Windows environments, this will */ + /* usually also prevent registration of the */ + /* main data segment as part of the root set. */ + +GC_API GC_word GC_free_space_divisor; + /* We try to make sure that we allocate at */ + /* least N/GC_free_space_divisor bytes between */ + /* collections, where N is twice the number */ + /* of traced bytes, plus the number of untraced */ + /* bytes (bytes in "atomic" objects), plus */ + /* a rough estimate of the root set size. */ + /* N approximates GC tracing work per GC. */ + /* Initially, GC_free_space_divisor = 3. */ + /* Increasing its value will use less space */ + /* but more collection time. Decreasing it */ + /* will appreciably decrease collection time */ + /* at the expense of space. */ + +GC_API GC_word GC_max_retries; + /* The maximum number of GCs attempted before */ + /* reporting out of memory after heap */ + /* expansion fails. Initially 0. */ + + +GC_API char *GC_stackbottom; /* Cool end of user stack. */ + /* May be set in the client prior to */ + /* calling any GC_ routines. This */ + /* avoids some overhead, and */ + /* potentially some signals that can */ + /* confuse debuggers. Otherwise the */ + /* collector attempts to set it */ + /* automatically. */ + /* For multithreaded code, this is the */ + /* cold end of the stack for the */ + /* primordial thread. */ + +GC_API int GC_dont_precollect; /* Don't collect as part of */ + /* initialization. Should be set only */ + /* if the client wants a chance to */ + /* manually initialize the root set */ + /* before the first collection. */ + /* Interferes with blacklisting. */ + /* Wizards only. */ + +GC_API unsigned long GC_time_limit; + /* If incremental collection is enabled, */ + /* We try to terminate collections */ + /* after this many milliseconds. Not a */ + /* hard time bound. Setting this to */ + /* GC_TIME_UNLIMITED will essentially */ + /* disable incremental collection while */ + /* leaving generational collection */ + /* enabled. */ +# define GC_TIME_UNLIMITED 999999 + /* Setting GC_time_limit to this value */ + /* will disable the "pause time exceeded"*/ + /* tests. */ + +/* Public procedures */ + +/* Initialize the collector. This is only required when using thread-local + * allocation, since unlike the regular allocation routines, GC_local_malloc + * is not self-initializing. If you use GC_local_malloc you should arrange + * to call this somehow (e.g. from a constructor) before doing any allocation. + * For win32 threads, it needs to be called explicitly. + */ +GC_API void GC_init(void); + +/* + * general purpose allocation routines, with roughly malloc calling conv. + * The atomic versions promise that no relevant pointers are contained + * in the object. The nonatomic versions guarantee that the new object + * is cleared. GC_malloc_stubborn promises that no changes to the object + * will occur after GC_end_stubborn_change has been called on the + * result of GC_malloc_stubborn. GC_malloc_uncollectable allocates an object + * that is scanned for pointers to collectable objects, but is not itself + * collectable. The object is scanned even if it does not appear to + * be reachable. GC_malloc_uncollectable and GC_free called on the resulting + * object implicitly update GC_non_gc_bytes appropriately. + * + * Note that the GC_malloc_stubborn support is stubbed out by default + * starting in 6.0. GC_malloc_stubborn is an alias for GC_malloc unless + * the collector is built with STUBBORN_ALLOC defined. + */ +GC_API void * GC_malloc(size_t size_in_bytes); +GC_API void * GC_malloc_atomic(size_t size_in_bytes); +GC_API char * GC_strdup (const char *str); +GC_API void * GC_malloc_uncollectable(size_t size_in_bytes); +GC_API void * GC_malloc_stubborn(size_t size_in_bytes); + +/* The following is only defined if the library has been suitably */ +/* compiled: */ +GC_API void * GC_malloc_atomic_uncollectable(size_t size_in_bytes); + +/* Explicitly deallocate an object. Dangerous if used incorrectly. */ +/* Requires a pointer to the base of an object. */ +/* If the argument is stubborn, it should not be changeable when freed. */ +/* An object should not be enable for finalization when it is */ +/* explicitly deallocated. */ +/* GC_free(0) is a no-op, as required by ANSI C for free. */ +GC_API void GC_free(void * object_addr); + +/* + * Stubborn objects may be changed only if the collector is explicitly informed. + * The collector is implicitly informed of coming change when such + * an object is first allocated. The following routines inform the + * collector that an object will no longer be changed, or that it will + * once again be changed. Only nonNIL pointer stores into the object + * are considered to be changes. The argument to GC_end_stubborn_change + * must be exacly the value returned by GC_malloc_stubborn or passed to + * GC_change_stubborn. (In the second case it may be an interior pointer + * within 512 bytes of the beginning of the objects.) + * There is a performance penalty for allowing more than + * one stubborn object to be changed at once, but it is acceptable to + * do so. The same applies to dropping stubborn objects that are still + * changeable. + */ +GC_API void GC_change_stubborn(void *); +GC_API void GC_end_stubborn_change(void *); + +/* Return a pointer to the base (lowest address) of an object given */ +/* a pointer to a location within the object. */ +/* I.e. map an interior pointer to the corresponding bas pointer. */ +/* Note that with debugging allocation, this returns a pointer to the */ +/* actual base of the object, i.e. the debug information, not to */ +/* the base of the user object. */ +/* Return 0 if displaced_pointer doesn't point to within a valid */ +/* object. */ +/* Note that a deallocated object in the garbage collected heap */ +/* may be considered valid, even if it has been deallocated with */ +/* GC_free. */ +GC_API void * GC_base(void * displaced_pointer); + +/* Given a pointer to the base of an object, return its size in bytes. */ +/* The returned size may be slightly larger than what was originally */ +/* requested. */ +GC_API size_t GC_size(void * object_addr); + +/* For compatibility with C library. This is occasionally faster than */ +/* a malloc followed by a bcopy. But if you rely on that, either here */ +/* or with the standard C library, your code is broken. In my */ +/* opinion, it shouldn't have been invented, but now we're stuck. -HB */ +/* The resulting object has the same kind as the original. */ +/* If the argument is stubborn, the result will have changes enabled. */ +/* It is an error to have changes enabled for the original object. */ +/* Follows ANSI comventions for NULL old_object. */ +GC_API void * GC_realloc(void * old_object, size_t new_size_in_bytes); + +/* Explicitly increase the heap size. */ +/* Returns 0 on failure, 1 on success. */ +GC_API int GC_expand_hp(size_t number_of_bytes); + +/* Limit the heap size to n bytes. Useful when you're debugging, */ +/* especially on systems that don't handle running out of memory well. */ +/* n == 0 ==> unbounded. This is the default. */ +GC_API void GC_set_max_heap_size(GC_word n); + +/* Inform the collector that a certain section of statically allocated */ +/* memory contains no pointers to garbage collected memory. Thus it */ +/* need not be scanned. This is sometimes important if the application */ +/* maps large read/write files into the address space, which could be */ +/* mistaken for dynamic library data segments on some systems. */ +GC_API void GC_exclude_static_roots(void * low_address, + void * high_address_plus_1); + +/* Clear the set of root segments. Wizards only. */ +GC_API void GC_clear_roots(void); + +/* Add a root segment. Wizards only. */ +GC_API void GC_add_roots(void * low_address, void * high_address_plus_1); + +/* Remove a root segment. Wizards only. */ +GC_API void GC_remove_roots(void * low_address, void * high_address_plus_1); + +/* Add a displacement to the set of those considered valid by the */ +/* collector. GC_register_displacement(n) means that if p was returned */ +/* by GC_malloc, then (char *)p + n will be considered to be a valid */ +/* pointer to p. N must be small and less than the size of p. */ +/* (All pointers to the interior of objects from the stack are */ +/* considered valid in any case. This applies to heap objects and */ +/* static data.) */ +/* Preferably, this should be called before any other GC procedures. */ +/* Calling it later adds to the probability of excess memory */ +/* retention. */ +/* This is a no-op if the collector has recognition of */ +/* arbitrary interior pointers enabled, which is now the default. */ +GC_API void GC_register_displacement(size_t n); + +/* The following version should be used if any debugging allocation is */ +/* being done. */ +GC_API void GC_debug_register_displacement(size_t n); + +/* Explicitly trigger a full, world-stop collection. */ +GC_API void GC_gcollect(void); + +/* Trigger a full world-stopped collection. Abort the collection if */ +/* and when stop_func returns a nonzero value. Stop_func will be */ +/* called frequently, and should be reasonably fast. This works even */ +/* if virtual dirty bits, and hence incremental collection is not */ +/* available for this architecture. Collections can be aborted faster */ +/* than normal pause times for incremental collection. However, */ +/* aborted collections do no useful work; the next collection needs */ +/* to start from the beginning. */ +/* Return 0 if the collection was aborted, 1 if it succeeded. */ +typedef int (* GC_stop_func)(void); +GC_API int GC_try_to_collect(GC_stop_func stop_func); + +/* Return the number of bytes in the heap. Excludes collector private */ +/* data structures. Includes empty blocks and fragmentation loss. */ +/* Includes some pages that were allocated but never written. */ +GC_API size_t GC_get_heap_size(void); + +/* Return a lower bound on the number of free bytes in the heap. */ +GC_API size_t GC_get_free_bytes(void); + +/* Return the number of bytes allocated since the last collection. */ +GC_API size_t GC_get_bytes_since_gc(void); + +/* Return the total number of bytes allocated in this process. */ +/* Never decreases, except due to wrapping. */ +GC_API size_t GC_get_total_bytes(void); + +/* Disable garbage collection. Even GC_gcollect calls will be */ +/* ineffective. */ +GC_API void GC_disable(void); + +/* Reenable garbage collection. GC_disable() and GC_enable() calls */ +/* nest. Garbage collection is enabled if the number of calls to both */ +/* both functions is equal. */ +GC_API void GC_enable(void); + +/* Enable incremental/generational collection. */ +/* Not advisable unless dirty bits are */ +/* available or most heap objects are */ +/* pointerfree(atomic) or immutable. */ +/* Don't use in leak finding mode. */ +/* Ignored if GC_dont_gc is true. */ +/* Only the generational piece of this is */ +/* functional if GC_parallel is TRUE */ +/* or if GC_time_limit is GC_TIME_UNLIMITED. */ +/* Causes GC_local_gcj_malloc() to revert to */ +/* locked allocation. Must be called */ +/* before any GC_local_gcj_malloc() calls. */ +/* For best performance, should be called as early as possible. */ +/* On some platforms, calling it later may have adverse effects.*/ +/* Safe to call before GC_INIT(). Includes a GC_init() call. */ +GC_API void GC_enable_incremental(void); + +/* Does incremental mode write-protect pages? Returns zero or */ +/* more of the following, or'ed together: */ +#define GC_PROTECTS_POINTER_HEAP 1 /* May protect non-atomic objs. */ +#define GC_PROTECTS_PTRFREE_HEAP 2 +#define GC_PROTECTS_STATIC_DATA 4 /* Currently never. */ +#define GC_PROTECTS_STACK 8 /* Probably impractical. */ + +#define GC_PROTECTS_NONE 0 +GC_API int GC_incremental_protection_needs(void); + +/* Perform some garbage collection work, if appropriate. */ +/* Return 0 if there is no more work to be done. */ +/* Typically performs an amount of work corresponding roughly */ +/* to marking from one page. May do more work if further */ +/* progress requires it, e.g. if incremental collection is */ +/* disabled. It is reasonable to call this in a wait loop */ +/* until it returns 0. */ +GC_API int GC_collect_a_little(void); + +/* Allocate an object of size lb bytes. The client guarantees that */ +/* as long as the object is live, it will be referenced by a pointer */ +/* that points to somewhere within the first 256 bytes of the object. */ +/* (This should normally be declared volatile to prevent the compiler */ +/* from invalidating this assertion.) This routine is only useful */ +/* if a large array is being allocated. It reduces the chance of */ +/* accidentally retaining such an array as a result of scanning an */ +/* integer that happens to be an address inside the array. (Actually, */ +/* it reduces the chance of the allocator not finding space for such */ +/* an array, since it will try hard to avoid introducing such a false */ +/* reference.) On a SunOS 4.X or MS Windows system this is recommended */ +/* for arrays likely to be larger than 100K or so. For other systems, */ +/* or if the collector is not configured to recognize all interior */ +/* pointers, the threshold is normally much higher. */ +GC_API void * GC_malloc_ignore_off_page(size_t lb); +GC_API void * GC_malloc_atomic_ignore_off_page(size_t lb); + +#if defined(__sgi) && !defined(__GNUC__) && _COMPILER_VERSION >= 720 +# define GC_ADD_CALLER +# define GC_RETURN_ADDR (GC_word)__return_address +#endif + +#if defined(__linux__) || defined(__GLIBC__) +# include <features.h> +# if (__GLIBC__ == 2 && __GLIBC_MINOR__ >= 1 || __GLIBC__ > 2) \ + && !defined(__ia64__) +# ifndef GC_HAVE_BUILTIN_BACKTRACE +# define GC_HAVE_BUILTIN_BACKTRACE +# endif +# endif +# if defined(__i386__) || defined(__x86_64__) +# define GC_CAN_SAVE_CALL_STACKS +# endif +#endif + +#if defined(_MSC_VER) && _MSC_VER >= 1200 /* version 12.0+ (MSVC 6.0+) */ \ + && !defined(_AMD64_) +# ifndef GC_HAVE_NO_BUILTIN_BACKTRACE +# define GC_HAVE_BUILTIN_BACKTRACE +# endif +#endif + +#if defined(GC_HAVE_BUILTIN_BACKTRACE) && !defined(GC_CAN_SAVE_CALL_STACKS) +# define GC_CAN_SAVE_CALL_STACKS +#endif + +#if defined(__sparc__) +# define GC_CAN_SAVE_CALL_STACKS +#endif + +/* If we're on an a platform on which we can't save call stacks, but */ +/* gcc is normally used, we go ahead and define GC_ADD_CALLER. */ +/* We make this decision independent of whether gcc is actually being */ +/* used, in order to keep the interface consistent, and allow mixing */ +/* of compilers. */ +/* This may also be desirable if it is possible but expensive to */ +/* retrieve the call chain. */ +#if (defined(__linux__) || defined(__NetBSD__) || defined(__OpenBSD__) \ + || defined(__FreeBSD__) || defined(__DragonFly__)) & !defined(GC_CAN_SAVE_CALL_STACKS) +# define GC_ADD_CALLER +# if __GNUC__ >= 3 || (__GNUC__ == 2 && __GNUC_MINOR__ >= 95) + /* gcc knows how to retrieve return address, but we don't know */ + /* how to generate call stacks. */ +# define GC_RETURN_ADDR (GC_word)__builtin_return_address(0) +# else + /* Just pass 0 for gcc compatibility. */ +# define GC_RETURN_ADDR 0 +# endif +#endif + +#ifdef GC_ADD_CALLER +# define GC_EXTRAS GC_RETURN_ADDR, __FILE__, __LINE__ +# define GC_EXTRA_PARAMS GC_word ra, const char * s, int i +#else +# define GC_EXTRAS __FILE__, __LINE__ +# define GC_EXTRA_PARAMS const char * s, int i +#endif + +/* Debugging (annotated) allocation. GC_gcollect will check */ +/* objects allocated in this way for overwrites, etc. */ +GC_API void * GC_debug_malloc(size_t size_in_bytes, GC_EXTRA_PARAMS); +GC_API void * GC_debug_malloc_atomic(size_t size_in_bytes, GC_EXTRA_PARAMS); +GC_API char * GC_debug_strdup(const char *str, GC_EXTRA_PARAMS); +GC_API void * GC_debug_malloc_uncollectable + (size_t size_in_bytes, GC_EXTRA_PARAMS); +GC_API void * GC_debug_malloc_stubborn + (size_t size_in_bytes, GC_EXTRA_PARAMS); +GC_API void * GC_debug_malloc_ignore_off_page + (size_t size_in_bytes, GC_EXTRA_PARAMS); +GC_API void * GC_debug_malloc_atomic_ignore_off_page + (size_t size_in_bytes, GC_EXTRA_PARAMS); +GC_API void GC_debug_free (void * object_addr); +GC_API void * GC_debug_realloc + (void * old_object, size_t new_size_in_bytes, GC_EXTRA_PARAMS); +GC_API void GC_debug_change_stubborn(void *); +GC_API void GC_debug_end_stubborn_change(void *); + +/* Routines that allocate objects with debug information (like the */ +/* above), but just fill in dummy file and line number information. */ +/* Thus they can serve as drop-in malloc/realloc replacements. This */ +/* can be useful for two reasons: */ +/* 1) It allows the collector to be built with DBG_HDRS_ALL defined */ +/* even if some allocation calls come from 3rd party libraries */ +/* that can't be recompiled. */ +/* 2) On some platforms, the file and line information is redundant, */ +/* since it can be reconstructed from a stack trace. On such */ +/* platforms it may be more convenient not to recompile, e.g. for */ +/* leak detection. This can be accomplished by instructing the */ +/* linker to replace malloc/realloc with these. */ +GC_API void * GC_debug_malloc_replacement (size_t size_in_bytes); +GC_API void * GC_debug_realloc_replacement + (void * object_addr, size_t size_in_bytes); + +# ifdef GC_DEBUG +# define GC_MALLOC(sz) GC_debug_malloc(sz, GC_EXTRAS) +# define GC_MALLOC_ATOMIC(sz) GC_debug_malloc_atomic(sz, GC_EXTRAS) +# define GC_STRDUP(s) GC_debug_strdup((s), GC_EXTRAS) +# define GC_MALLOC_UNCOLLECTABLE(sz) \ + GC_debug_malloc_uncollectable(sz, GC_EXTRAS) +# define GC_MALLOC_IGNORE_OFF_PAGE(sz) \ + GC_debug_malloc_ignore_off_page(sz, GC_EXTRAS) +# define GC_MALLOC_ATOMIC_IGNORE_OFF_PAGE(sz) \ + GC_debug_malloc_atomic_ignore_off_page(sz, GC_EXTRAS) +# define GC_REALLOC(old, sz) GC_debug_realloc(old, sz, GC_EXTRAS) +# define GC_FREE(p) GC_debug_free(p) +# define GC_REGISTER_FINALIZER(p, f, d, of, od) \ + GC_debug_register_finalizer(p, f, d, of, od) +# define GC_REGISTER_FINALIZER_IGNORE_SELF(p, f, d, of, od) \ + GC_debug_register_finalizer_ignore_self(p, f, d, of, od) +# define GC_REGISTER_FINALIZER_NO_ORDER(p, f, d, of, od) \ + GC_debug_register_finalizer_no_order(p, f, d, of, od) +# define GC_REGISTER_FINALIZER_UNREACHABLE(p, f, d, of, od) \ + GC_debug_register_finalizer_unreachable(p, f, d, of, od) +# define GC_MALLOC_STUBBORN(sz) GC_debug_malloc_stubborn(sz, GC_EXTRAS); +# define GC_CHANGE_STUBBORN(p) GC_debug_change_stubborn(p) +# define GC_END_STUBBORN_CHANGE(p) GC_debug_end_stubborn_change(p) +# define GC_GENERAL_REGISTER_DISAPPEARING_LINK(link, obj) \ + GC_general_register_disappearing_link(link, GC_base(obj)) +# define GC_REGISTER_DISPLACEMENT(n) GC_debug_register_displacement(n) +# else +# define GC_MALLOC(sz) GC_malloc(sz) +# define GC_MALLOC_ATOMIC(sz) GC_malloc_atomic(sz) +# define GC_STRDUP(s) GC_strdup(s) +# define GC_MALLOC_UNCOLLECTABLE(sz) GC_malloc_uncollectable(sz) +# define GC_MALLOC_IGNORE_OFF_PAGE(sz) \ + GC_malloc_ignore_off_page(sz) +# define GC_MALLOC_ATOMIC_IGNORE_OFF_PAGE(sz) \ + GC_malloc_atomic_ignore_off_page(sz) +# define GC_REALLOC(old, sz) GC_realloc(old, sz) +# define GC_FREE(p) GC_free(p) +# define GC_REGISTER_FINALIZER(p, f, d, of, od) \ + GC_register_finalizer(p, f, d, of, od) +# define GC_REGISTER_FINALIZER_IGNORE_SELF(p, f, d, of, od) \ + GC_register_finalizer_ignore_self(p, f, d, of, od) +# define GC_REGISTER_FINALIZER_NO_ORDER(p, f, d, of, od) \ + GC_register_finalizer_no_order(p, f, d, of, od) +# define GC_REGISTER_FINALIZER_UNREACHABLE(p, f, d, of, od) \ + GC_register_finalizer_unreachable(p, f, d, of, od) +# define GC_MALLOC_STUBBORN(sz) GC_malloc_stubborn(sz) +# define GC_CHANGE_STUBBORN(p) GC_change_stubborn(p) +# define GC_END_STUBBORN_CHANGE(p) GC_end_stubborn_change(p) +# define GC_GENERAL_REGISTER_DISAPPEARING_LINK(link, obj) \ + GC_general_register_disappearing_link(link, obj) +# define GC_REGISTER_DISPLACEMENT(n) GC_register_displacement(n) +# endif +/* The following are included because they are often convenient, and */ +/* reduce the chance for a misspecifed size argument. But calls may */ +/* expand to something syntactically incorrect if t is a complicated */ +/* type expression. */ +# define GC_NEW(t) (t *)GC_MALLOC(sizeof (t)) +# define GC_NEW_ATOMIC(t) (t *)GC_MALLOC_ATOMIC(sizeof (t)) +# define GC_NEW_STUBBORN(t) (t *)GC_MALLOC_STUBBORN(sizeof (t)) +# define GC_NEW_UNCOLLECTABLE(t) (t *)GC_MALLOC_UNCOLLECTABLE(sizeof (t)) + +/* Finalization. Some of these primitives are grossly unsafe. */ +/* The idea is to make them both cheap, and sufficient to build */ +/* a safer layer, closer to Modula-3, Java, or PCedar finalization. */ +/* The interface represents my conclusions from a long discussion */ +/* with Alan Demers, Dan Greene, Carl Hauser, Barry Hayes, */ +/* Christian Jacobi, and Russ Atkinson. It's not perfect, and */ +/* probably nobody else agrees with it. Hans-J. Boehm 3/13/92 */ +typedef void (*GC_finalization_proc) (void * obj, void * client_data); + +GC_API void GC_register_finalizer(void * obj, GC_finalization_proc fn, + void * cd, GC_finalization_proc *ofn, + void * *ocd); +GC_API void GC_debug_register_finalizer + (void * obj, GC_finalization_proc fn, void * cd, + GC_finalization_proc *ofn, void * *ocd); + /* When obj is no longer accessible, invoke */ + /* (*fn)(obj, cd). If a and b are inaccessible, and */ + /* a points to b (after disappearing links have been */ + /* made to disappear), then only a will be */ + /* finalized. (If this does not create any new */ + /* pointers to b, then b will be finalized after the */ + /* next collection.) Any finalizable object that */ + /* is reachable from itself by following one or more */ + /* pointers will not be finalized (or collected). */ + /* Thus cycles involving finalizable objects should */ + /* be avoided, or broken by disappearing links. */ + /* All but the last finalizer registered for an object */ + /* is ignored. */ + /* Finalization may be removed by passing 0 as fn. */ + /* Finalizers are implicitly unregistered just before */ + /* they are invoked. */ + /* The old finalizer and client data are stored in */ + /* *ofn and *ocd. */ + /* Fn is never invoked on an accessible object, */ + /* provided hidden pointers are converted to real */ + /* pointers only if the allocation lock is held, and */ + /* such conversions are not performed by finalization */ + /* routines. */ + /* If GC_register_finalizer is aborted as a result of */ + /* a signal, the object may be left with no */ + /* finalization, even if neither the old nor new */ + /* finalizer were NULL. */ + /* Obj should be the nonNULL starting address of an */ + /* object allocated by GC_malloc or friends. */ + /* Note that any garbage collectable object referenced */ + /* by cd will be considered accessible until the */ + /* finalizer is invoked. */ + +/* Another versions of the above follow. It ignores */ +/* self-cycles, i.e. pointers from a finalizable object to */ +/* itself. There is a stylistic argument that this is wrong, */ +/* but it's unavoidable for C++, since the compiler may */ +/* silently introduce these. It's also benign in that specific */ +/* case. And it helps if finalizable objects are split to */ +/* avoid cycles. */ +/* Note that cd will still be viewed as accessible, even if it */ +/* refers to the object itself. */ +GC_API void GC_register_finalizer_ignore_self + (void * obj, GC_finalization_proc fn, void * cd, + GC_finalization_proc *ofn, void * *ocd); +GC_API void GC_debug_register_finalizer_ignore_self + (void * obj, GC_finalization_proc fn, void * cd, + GC_finalization_proc *ofn, void * *ocd); + +/* Another version of the above. It ignores all cycles. */ +/* It should probably only be used by Java implementations. */ +/* Note that cd will still be viewed as accessible, even if it */ +/* refers to the object itself. */ +GC_API void GC_register_finalizer_no_order + (void * obj, GC_finalization_proc fn, void * cd, + GC_finalization_proc *ofn, void * *ocd); +GC_API void GC_debug_register_finalizer_no_order + (void * obj, GC_finalization_proc fn, void * cd, + GC_finalization_proc *ofn, void * *ocd); + +/* This is a special finalizer that is useful when an object's */ +/* finalizer must be run when the object is known to be no */ +/* longer reachable, not even from other finalizable objects. */ +/* It behaves like "normal" finalization, except that the */ +/* finalizer is not run while the object is reachable from */ +/* other objects specifying unordered finalization. */ +/* Effectively it allows an object referenced, possibly */ +/* indirectly, from an unordered finalizable object to override */ +/* the unordered finalization request. */ +/* This can be used in combination with finalizer_no_order so */ +/* as to release resources that must not be released while an */ +/* object can still be brought back to life by other */ +/* finalizers. */ +/* Only works if GC_java_finalization is set. Probably only */ +/* of interest when implementing a language that requires */ +/* unordered finalization (e.g. Java, C#). */ +GC_API void GC_register_finalizer_unreachable + (void * obj, GC_finalization_proc fn, void * cd, + GC_finalization_proc *ofn, void * *ocd); +GC_API void GC_debug_register_finalizer_unreachable + (void * obj, GC_finalization_proc fn, void * cd, + GC_finalization_proc *ofn, void * *ocd); + +/* The following routine may be used to break cycles between */ +/* finalizable objects, thus causing cyclic finalizable */ +/* objects to be finalized in the correct order. Standard */ +/* use involves calling GC_register_disappearing_link(&p), */ +/* where p is a pointer that is not followed by finalization */ +/* code, and should not be considered in determining */ +/* finalization order. */ +GC_API int GC_register_disappearing_link(void * * link ); + /* Link should point to a field of a heap allocated */ + /* object obj. *link will be cleared when obj is */ + /* found to be inaccessible. This happens BEFORE any */ + /* finalization code is invoked, and BEFORE any */ + /* decisions about finalization order are made. */ + /* This is useful in telling the finalizer that */ + /* some pointers are not essential for proper */ + /* finalization. This may avoid finalization cycles. */ + /* Note that obj may be resurrected by another */ + /* finalizer, and thus the clearing of *link may */ + /* be visible to non-finalization code. */ + /* There's an argument that an arbitrary action should */ + /* be allowed here, instead of just clearing a pointer. */ + /* But this causes problems if that action alters, or */ + /* examines connectivity. */ + /* Returns 1 if link was already registered, 0 */ + /* otherwise. */ + /* Only exists for backward compatibility. See below: */ + +GC_API int GC_general_register_disappearing_link (void * * link, void * obj); + /* A slight generalization of the above. *link is */ + /* cleared when obj first becomes inaccessible. This */ + /* can be used to implement weak pointers easily and */ + /* safely. Typically link will point to a location */ + /* holding a disguised pointer to obj. (A pointer */ + /* inside an "atomic" object is effectively */ + /* disguised.) In this way soft */ + /* pointers are broken before any object */ + /* reachable from them are finalized. Each link */ + /* May be registered only once, i.e. with one obj */ + /* value. This was added after a long email discussion */ + /* with John Ellis. */ + /* Obj must be a pointer to the first word of an object */ + /* we allocated. It is unsafe to explicitly deallocate */ + /* the object containing link. Explicitly deallocating */ + /* obj may or may not cause link to eventually be */ + /* cleared. */ + /* This can be used to implement certain types of */ + /* weak pointers. Note however that this generally */ + /* requires that thje allocation lock is held (see */ + /* GC_call_with_allock_lock() below) when the disguised */ + /* pointer is accessed. Otherwise a strong pointer */ + /* could be recreated between the time the collector */ + /* decides to reclaim the object and the link is */ + /* cleared. */ + +GC_API int GC_unregister_disappearing_link (void * * link); + /* Returns 0 if link was not actually registered. */ + /* Undoes a registration by either of the above two */ + /* routines. */ + +/* Returns !=0 if GC_invoke_finalizers has something to do. */ +GC_API int GC_should_invoke_finalizers(void); + +GC_API int GC_invoke_finalizers(void); + /* Run finalizers for all objects that are ready to */ + /* be finalized. Return the number of finalizers */ + /* that were run. Normally this is also called */ + /* implicitly during some allocations. If */ + /* GC-finalize_on_demand is nonzero, it must be called */ + /* explicitly. */ + +/* Explicitly tell the collector that an object is reachable */ +/* at a particular program point. This prevents the argument */ +/* pointer from being optimized away, even it is otherwise no */ +/* longer needed. It should have no visible effect in the */ +/* absence of finalizers or disappearing links. But it may be */ +/* needed to prevent finalizers from running while the */ +/* associated external resource is still in use. */ +/* The function is sometimes called keep_alive in other */ +/* settings. */ +# if defined(__GNUC__) && !defined(__INTEL_COMPILER) +# define GC_reachable_here(ptr) \ + __asm__ volatile(" " : : "X"(ptr) : "memory"); +# else + GC_API void GC_noop1(GC_word x); +# define GC_reachable_here(ptr) GC_noop1((GC_word)(ptr)); +#endif + +/* GC_set_warn_proc can be used to redirect or filter warning messages. */ +/* p may not be a NULL pointer. */ +typedef void (*GC_warn_proc) (char *msg, GC_word arg); +GC_API GC_warn_proc GC_set_warn_proc(GC_warn_proc p); + /* Returns old warning procedure. */ + +GC_API GC_word GC_set_free_space_divisor(GC_word value); + /* Set free_space_divisor. See above for definition. */ + /* Returns old value. */ + +/* The following is intended to be used by a higher level */ +/* (e.g. Java-like) finalization facility. It is expected */ +/* that finalization code will arrange for hidden pointers to */ +/* disappear. Otherwise objects can be accessed after they */ +/* have been collected. */ +/* Note that putting pointers in atomic objects or in */ +/* nonpointer slots of "typed" objects is equivalent to */ +/* disguising them in this way, and may have other advantages. */ +# if defined(I_HIDE_POINTERS) || defined(GC_I_HIDE_POINTERS) + typedef GC_word GC_hidden_pointer; +# define HIDE_POINTER(p) (~(GC_hidden_pointer)(p)) +# define REVEAL_POINTER(p) ((void *)(HIDE_POINTER(p))) + /* Converting a hidden pointer to a real pointer requires verifying */ + /* that the object still exists. This involves acquiring the */ + /* allocator lock to avoid a race with the collector. */ +# endif /* I_HIDE_POINTERS */ + +typedef void * (*GC_fn_type) (void * client_data); +GC_API void * GC_call_with_alloc_lock (GC_fn_type fn, void * client_data); + +/* These routines are intended to explicitly notify the collector */ +/* of new threads. Often this is unnecessary because thread creation */ +/* is implicitly intercepted by the collector, using header-file */ +/* defines, or linker-based interception. In the long run the intent */ +/* is to always make redundant registration safe. In the short run, */ +/* this is being implemented a platform at a time. */ +/* The interface is complicated by the fact that we probably will not */ +/* ever be able to automatically determine the stack base for thread */ +/* stacks on all platforms. */ + +/* Structure representing the base of a thread stack. On most */ +/* platforms this contains just a single address. */ +struct GC_stack_base { + void * mem_base; /* Base of memory stack. */ +# if defined(__ia64) || defined(__ia64__) + void * reg_base; /* Base of separate register stack. */ +# endif +}; + +typedef void * (*GC_stack_base_func)(struct GC_stack_base *sb, void *arg); + +/* Call a function with a stack base structure corresponding to */ +/* somewhere in the GC_call_with_stack_base frame. This often can */ +/* be used to provide a sufficiently accurate stack base. And we */ +/* implement it everywhere. */ +void * GC_call_with_stack_base(GC_stack_base_func fn, void *arg); + +/* Register the current thread, with the indicated stack base, as */ +/* a new thread whose stack(s) should be traced by the GC. If a */ +/* platform does not implicitly do so, this must be called before a */ +/* thread can allocate garbage collected memory, or assign pointers */ +/* to the garbage collected heap. Once registered, a thread will be */ +/* stopped during garbage collections. */ +/* Return codes: */ +#define GC_SUCCESS 0 +#define GC_DUPLICATE 1 /* Was already registered. */ +#define GC_NO_THREADS 2 /* No thread support in GC. */ +#define GC_UNIMPLEMENTED 3 /* Not yet implemented on this platform. */ +int GC_register_my_thread(struct GC_stack_base *); + +/* Unregister the current thread. The thread may no longer allocate */ +/* garbage collected memory or manipulate pointers to the */ +/* garbage collected heap after making this call. */ +/* Specifically, if it wants to return or otherwise communicate a */ +/* pointer to the garbage-collected heap to another thread, it must */ +/* do this before calling GC_unregister_my_thread, most probably */ +/* by saving it in a global data structure. */ +int GC_unregister_my_thread(void); + +/* Attempt to fill in the GC_stack_base structure with the stack base */ +/* for this thread. This appears to be required to implement anything */ +/* like the JNI AttachCurrentThread in an environment in which new */ +/* threads are not automatically registered with the collector. */ +/* It is also unfortunately hard to implement well on many platforms. */ +/* Returns GC_SUCCESS or GC_UNIMPLEMENTED. */ +int GC_get_stack_base(struct GC_stack_base *); + +/* The following routines are primarily intended for use with a */ +/* preprocessor which inserts calls to check C pointer arithmetic. */ +/* They indicate failure by invoking the corresponding _print_proc. */ + +/* Check that p and q point to the same object. */ +/* Fail conspicuously if they don't. */ +/* Returns the first argument. */ +/* Succeeds if neither p nor q points to the heap. */ +/* May succeed if both p and q point to between heap objects. */ +GC_API void * GC_same_obj (void * p, void * q); + +/* Checked pointer pre- and post- increment operations. Note that */ +/* the second argument is in units of bytes, not multiples of the */ +/* object size. This should either be invoked from a macro, or the */ +/* call should be automatically generated. */ +GC_API void * GC_pre_incr (void * *p, size_t how_much); +GC_API void * GC_post_incr (void * *p, size_t how_much); + +/* Check that p is visible */ +/* to the collector as a possibly pointer containing location. */ +/* If it isn't fail conspicuously. */ +/* Returns the argument in all cases. May erroneously succeed */ +/* in hard cases. (This is intended for debugging use with */ +/* untyped allocations. The idea is that it should be possible, though */ +/* slow, to add such a call to all indirect pointer stores.) */ +/* Currently useless for multithreaded worlds. */ +GC_API void * GC_is_visible (void * p); + +/* Check that if p is a pointer to a heap page, then it points to */ +/* a valid displacement within a heap object. */ +/* Fail conspicuously if this property does not hold. */ +/* Uninteresting with GC_all_interior_pointers. */ +/* Always returns its argument. */ +GC_API void * GC_is_valid_displacement (void * p); + +/* Explicitly dump the GC state. This is most often called from the */ +/* debugger, or by setting the GC_DUMP_REGULARLY environment variable, */ +/* but it may be useful to call it from client code during debugging. */ +void GC_dump(void); + +/* Safer, but slow, pointer addition. Probably useful mainly with */ +/* a preprocessor. Useful only for heap pointers. */ +#ifdef GC_DEBUG +# define GC_PTR_ADD3(x, n, type_of_result) \ + ((type_of_result)GC_same_obj((x)+(n), (x))) +# define GC_PRE_INCR3(x, n, type_of_result) \ + ((type_of_result)GC_pre_incr(&(x), (n)*sizeof(*x)) +# define GC_POST_INCR2(x, type_of_result) \ + ((type_of_result)GC_post_incr(&(x), sizeof(*x)) +# ifdef __GNUC__ +# define GC_PTR_ADD(x, n) \ + GC_PTR_ADD3(x, n, typeof(x)) +# define GC_PRE_INCR(x, n) \ + GC_PRE_INCR3(x, n, typeof(x)) +# define GC_POST_INCR(x, n) \ + GC_POST_INCR3(x, typeof(x)) +# else + /* We can't do this right without typeof, which ANSI */ + /* decided was not sufficiently useful. Repeatedly */ + /* mentioning the arguments seems too dangerous to be */ + /* useful. So does not casting the result. */ +# define GC_PTR_ADD(x, n) ((x)+(n)) +# endif +#else /* !GC_DEBUG */ +# define GC_PTR_ADD3(x, n, type_of_result) ((x)+(n)) +# define GC_PTR_ADD(x, n) ((x)+(n)) +# define GC_PRE_INCR3(x, n, type_of_result) ((x) += (n)) +# define GC_PRE_INCR(x, n) ((x) += (n)) +# define GC_POST_INCR2(x, n, type_of_result) ((x)++) +# define GC_POST_INCR(x, n) ((x)++) +#endif + +/* Safer assignment of a pointer to a nonstack location. */ +#ifdef GC_DEBUG +# define GC_PTR_STORE(p, q) \ + (*(void **)GC_is_visible(p) = GC_is_valid_displacement(q)) +#else /* !GC_DEBUG */ +# define GC_PTR_STORE(p, q) *((p) = (q)) +#endif + +/* Functions called to report pointer checking errors */ +GC_API void (*GC_same_obj_print_proc) (void * p, void * q); + +GC_API void (*GC_is_valid_displacement_print_proc) (void * p); + +GC_API void (*GC_is_visible_print_proc) (void * p); + + +/* For pthread support, we generally need to intercept a number of */ +/* thread library calls. We do that here by macro defining them. */ + +#if !defined(GC_USE_LD_WRAP) && \ + (defined(GC_PTHREADS) || defined(GC_SOLARIS_THREADS)) +# include "gc_pthread_redirects.h" +#endif + +# if defined(PCR) || defined(GC_SOLARIS_THREADS) || \ + defined(GC_PTHREADS) || defined(GC_WIN32_THREADS) + /* Any flavor of threads. */ +/* This returns a list of objects, linked through their first */ +/* word. Its use can greatly reduce lock contention problems, since */ +/* the allocation lock can be acquired and released many fewer times. */ +/* It is used internally by gc_local_alloc.h, which provides a simpler */ +/* programming interface on Linux. */ +void * GC_malloc_many(size_t lb); +#define GC_NEXT(p) (*(void * *)(p)) /* Retrieve the next element */ + /* in returned list. */ +extern void GC_thr_init(void); /* Needed for Solaris/X86 ?? */ + +#endif /* THREADS */ + +/* Register a callback to control the scanning of dynamic libraries. + When the GC scans the static data of a dynamic library, it will + first call a user-supplied routine with filename of the library and + the address and length of the memory region. This routine should + return nonzero if that region should be scanned. */ +GC_API void +GC_register_has_static_roots_callback + (int (*callback)(const char *, void *, size_t)); + + +#if defined(GC_WIN32_THREADS) && !defined(__CYGWIN32__) \ + && !defined(__CYGWIN__) \ + && !defined(GC_PTHREADS) + +#ifdef __cplusplus + } /* Including windows.h in an extern "C" context no longer works. */ +#endif + +# include <windows.h> + +#ifdef __cplusplus + extern "C" { +#endif + /* + * All threads must be created using GC_CreateThread or GC_beginthreadex, + * or must explicitly call GC_register_my_thread, + * so that they will be recorded in the thread table. + * For backwards compatibility, it is possible to build the GC + * with GC_DLL defined, and to call GC_use_DllMain(). + * This implicitly registers all created threads, but appears to be + * less robust. + * + * Currently the collector expects all threads to fall through and + * terminate normally, or call GC_endthreadex() or GC_ExitThread, + * so that the thread is properly unregistered. (An explicit call + * to GC_unregister_my_thread() should also work, but risks unregistering + * the thread twice.) + */ + GC_API HANDLE WINAPI GC_CreateThread( + LPSECURITY_ATTRIBUTES lpThreadAttributes, + DWORD dwStackSize, LPTHREAD_START_ROUTINE lpStartAddress, + LPVOID lpParameter, DWORD dwCreationFlags, LPDWORD lpThreadId ); + + + GC_API uintptr_t GC_beginthreadex( + void *security, unsigned stack_size, + unsigned ( __stdcall *start_address )( void * ), + void *arglist, unsigned initflag, unsigned *thrdaddr); + + GC_API void GC_endthreadex(unsigned retval); + + GC_API void WINAPI GC_ExitThread(DWORD dwExitCode); + +# if defined(_WIN32_WCE) + /* + * win32_threads.c implements the real WinMain, which will start a new thread + * to call GC_WinMain after initializing the garbage collector. + */ + GC_API int WINAPI GC_WinMain( + HINSTANCE hInstance, + HINSTANCE hPrevInstance, + LPWSTR lpCmdLine, + int nCmdShow ); +# ifndef GC_BUILD +# define WinMain GC_WinMain +# endif +# endif /* defined(_WIN32_WCE) */ + + /* + * Use implicit thread registration via DllMain. + */ +GC_API void GC_use_DllMain(void); + +# define CreateThread GC_CreateThread +# define ExitThread GC_ExitThread +# define _beginthreadex GC_beginthreadex +# define _endthreadex GC_endthreadex +# define _beginthread { > "Please use _beginthreadex instead of _beginthread" < } + +#endif /* defined(GC_WIN32_THREADS) && !cygwin */ + + /* + * Fully portable code should call GC_INIT() from the main program + * before making any other GC_ calls. On most platforms this is a + * no-op and the collector self-initializes. But a number of platforms + * make that too hard. + * A GC_INIT call is required if the collector is built with THREAD_LOCAL_ALLOC + * defined and the initial allocation call is not to GC_malloc(). + */ +#if defined(__CYGWIN32__) || defined (_AIX) + /* + * Similarly gnu-win32 DLLs need explicit initialization from + * the main program, as does AIX. + */ +# ifdef __CYGWIN32__ + extern int _data_start__[]; + extern int _data_end__[]; + extern int _bss_start__[]; + extern int _bss_end__[]; +# define GC_MAX(x,y) ((x) > (y) ? (x) : (y)) +# define GC_MIN(x,y) ((x) < (y) ? (x) : (y)) +# define GC_DATASTART ((void *) GC_MIN(_data_start__, _bss_start__)) +# define GC_DATAEND ((void *) GC_MAX(_data_end__, _bss_end__)) +# if defined(GC_DLL) +# define GC_INIT() { GC_add_roots(GC_DATASTART, GC_DATAEND); \ + GC_gcollect(); /* For blacklisting. */} +# else + /* Main program init not required */ +# define GC_INIT() { GC_init(); } +# endif +# endif +# if defined(_AIX) + extern int _data[], _end[]; +# define GC_DATASTART ((void *)((ulong)_data)) +# define GC_DATAEND ((void *)((ulong)_end)) +# define GC_INIT() { GC_add_roots(GC_DATASTART, GC_DATAEND); } +# endif +#else +# define GC_INIT() { GC_init(); } +#endif + +#if !defined(_WIN32_WCE) \ + && ((defined(_MSDOS) || defined(_MSC_VER)) && (_M_IX86 >= 300) \ + || defined(_WIN32) && !defined(__CYGWIN32__) && !defined(__CYGWIN__)) + /* win32S may not free all resources on process exit. */ + /* This explicitly deallocates the heap. */ + GC_API void GC_win32_free_heap (); +#endif + +#if ( defined(_AMIGA) && !defined(GC_AMIGA_MAKINGLIB) ) + /* Allocation really goes through GC_amiga_allocwrapper_do */ +# include "gc_amiga_redirects.h" +#endif + +#if defined(GC_REDIRECT_TO_LOCAL) && !defined(GC_LOCAL_ALLOC_H) +# include "gc_local_alloc.h" +#endif + +#ifdef __cplusplus + } /* end of extern "C" */ +#endif + +#endif /* _GC_H */ diff --git a/tools/build/src/engine/boehm_gc/include/gc_allocator.h b/tools/build/src/engine/boehm_gc/include/gc_allocator.h new file mode 100644 index 000000000..4f3117b3b --- /dev/null +++ b/tools/build/src/engine/boehm_gc/include/gc_allocator.h @@ -0,0 +1,245 @@ +/* + * Copyright (c) 1996-1997 + * Silicon Graphics Computer Systems, Inc. + * + * Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute and sell this software + * and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted without fee, + * provided that the above copyright notice appear in all copies and + * that both that copyright notice and this permission notice appear + * in supporting documentation. Silicon Graphics makes no + * representations about the suitability of this software for any + * purpose. It is provided "as is" without express or implied warranty. + * + * Copyright (c) 2002 + * Hewlett-Packard Company + * + * Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute and sell this software + * and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted without fee, + * provided that the above copyright notice appear in all copies and + * that both that copyright notice and this permission notice appear + * in supporting documentation. Hewlett-Packard Company makes no + * representations about the suitability of this software for any + * purpose. It is provided "as is" without express or implied warranty. + */ + +/* + * This implements standard-conforming allocators that interact with + * the garbage collector. Gc_alloctor<T> allocates garbage-collectable + * objects of type T. Traceable_allocator<T> allocates objects that + * are not temselves garbage collected, but are scanned by the + * collector for pointers to collectable objects. Traceable_alloc + * should be used for explicitly managed STL containers that may + * point to collectable objects. + * + * This code was derived from an earlier version of the GNU C++ standard + * library, which itself was derived from the SGI STL implementation. + */ + +#ifndef GC_ALLOCATOR_H + +#define GC_ALLOCATOR_H + +#include "gc.h" +#include <new> // for placement new + +#if defined(__GNUC__) +# define GC_ATTR_UNUSED __attribute__((unused)) +#else +# define GC_ATTR_UNUSED +#endif + +/* First some helpers to allow us to dispatch on whether or not a type + * is known to be pointerfree. + * These are private, except that the client may invoke the + * GC_DECLARE_PTRFREE macro. + */ + +struct GC_true_type {}; +struct GC_false_type {}; + +template <class GC_tp> +struct GC_type_traits { + GC_false_type GC_is_ptr_free; +}; + +# define GC_DECLARE_PTRFREE(T) \ +template<> struct GC_type_traits<T> { GC_true_type GC_is_ptr_free; } + +GC_DECLARE_PTRFREE(char); +GC_DECLARE_PTRFREE(signed char); +GC_DECLARE_PTRFREE(unsigned char); +GC_DECLARE_PTRFREE(signed short); +GC_DECLARE_PTRFREE(unsigned short); +GC_DECLARE_PTRFREE(signed int); +GC_DECLARE_PTRFREE(unsigned int); +GC_DECLARE_PTRFREE(signed long); +GC_DECLARE_PTRFREE(unsigned long); +GC_DECLARE_PTRFREE(float); +GC_DECLARE_PTRFREE(double); +GC_DECLARE_PTRFREE(long double); +/* The client may want to add others. */ + +// In the following GC_Tp is GC_true_type iff we are allocating a +// pointerfree object. +template <class GC_Tp> +inline void * GC_selective_alloc(size_t n, GC_Tp) { + return GC_MALLOC(n); +} + +template <> +inline void * GC_selective_alloc<GC_true_type>(size_t n, GC_true_type) { + return GC_MALLOC_ATOMIC(n); +} + +/* Now the public gc_allocator<T> class: + */ +template <class GC_Tp> +class gc_allocator { +public: + typedef size_t size_type; + typedef ptrdiff_t difference_type; + typedef GC_Tp* pointer; + typedef const GC_Tp* const_pointer; + typedef GC_Tp& reference; + typedef const GC_Tp& const_reference; + typedef GC_Tp value_type; + + template <class GC_Tp1> struct rebind { + typedef gc_allocator<GC_Tp1> other; + }; + + gc_allocator() {} + gc_allocator(const gc_allocator&) throw() {} +# if !(GC_NO_MEMBER_TEMPLATES || 0 < _MSC_VER && _MSC_VER <= 1200) + // MSVC++ 6.0 do not support member templates + template <class GC_Tp1> gc_allocator(const gc_allocator<GC_Tp1>&) throw() {} +# endif + ~gc_allocator() throw() {} + + pointer address(reference GC_x) const { return &GC_x; } + const_pointer address(const_reference GC_x) const { return &GC_x; } + + // GC_n is permitted to be 0. The C++ standard says nothing about what + // the return value is when GC_n == 0. + GC_Tp* allocate(size_type GC_n, const void* = 0) { + GC_type_traits<GC_Tp> traits; + return static_cast<GC_Tp *> + (GC_selective_alloc(GC_n * sizeof(GC_Tp), + traits.GC_is_ptr_free)); + } + + // __p is not permitted to be a null pointer. + void deallocate(pointer __p, size_type GC_ATTR_UNUSED GC_n) + { GC_FREE(__p); } + + size_type max_size() const throw() + { return size_t(-1) / sizeof(GC_Tp); } + + void construct(pointer __p, const GC_Tp& __val) { new(__p) GC_Tp(__val); } + void destroy(pointer __p) { __p->~GC_Tp(); } +}; + +template<> +class gc_allocator<void> { + typedef size_t size_type; + typedef ptrdiff_t difference_type; + typedef void* pointer; + typedef const void* const_pointer; + typedef void value_type; + + template <class GC_Tp1> struct rebind { + typedef gc_allocator<GC_Tp1> other; + }; +}; + + +template <class GC_T1, class GC_T2> +inline bool operator==(const gc_allocator<GC_T1>&, const gc_allocator<GC_T2>&) +{ + return true; +} + +template <class GC_T1, class GC_T2> +inline bool operator!=(const gc_allocator<GC_T1>&, const gc_allocator<GC_T2>&) +{ + return false; +} + +/* + * And the public traceable_allocator class. + */ + +// Note that we currently don't specialize the pointer-free case, since a +// pointer-free traceable container doesn't make that much sense, +// though it could become an issue due to abstraction boundaries. +template <class GC_Tp> +class traceable_allocator { +public: + typedef size_t size_type; + typedef ptrdiff_t difference_type; + typedef GC_Tp* pointer; + typedef const GC_Tp* const_pointer; + typedef GC_Tp& reference; + typedef const GC_Tp& const_reference; + typedef GC_Tp value_type; + + template <class GC_Tp1> struct rebind { + typedef traceable_allocator<GC_Tp1> other; + }; + + traceable_allocator() throw() {} + traceable_allocator(const traceable_allocator&) throw() {} +# if !(GC_NO_MEMBER_TEMPLATES || 0 < _MSC_VER && _MSC_VER <= 1200) + // MSVC++ 6.0 do not support member templates + template <class GC_Tp1> traceable_allocator + (const traceable_allocator<GC_Tp1>&) throw() {} +# endif + ~traceable_allocator() throw() {} + + pointer address(reference GC_x) const { return &GC_x; } + const_pointer address(const_reference GC_x) const { return &GC_x; } + + // GC_n is permitted to be 0. The C++ standard says nothing about what + // the return value is when GC_n == 0. + GC_Tp* allocate(size_type GC_n, const void* = 0) { + return static_cast<GC_Tp*>(GC_MALLOC_UNCOLLECTABLE(GC_n * sizeof(GC_Tp))); + } + + // __p is not permitted to be a null pointer. + void deallocate(pointer __p, size_type GC_ATTR_UNUSED GC_n) + { GC_FREE(__p); } + + size_type max_size() const throw() + { return size_t(-1) / sizeof(GC_Tp); } + + void construct(pointer __p, const GC_Tp& __val) { new(__p) GC_Tp(__val); } + void destroy(pointer __p) { __p->~GC_Tp(); } +}; + +template<> +class traceable_allocator<void> { + typedef size_t size_type; + typedef ptrdiff_t difference_type; + typedef void* pointer; + typedef const void* const_pointer; + typedef void value_type; + + template <class GC_Tp1> struct rebind { + typedef traceable_allocator<GC_Tp1> other; + }; +}; + + +template <class GC_T1, class GC_T2> +inline bool operator==(const traceable_allocator<GC_T1>&, const traceable_allocator<GC_T2>&) +{ + return true; +} + +template <class GC_T1, class GC_T2> +inline bool operator!=(const traceable_allocator<GC_T1>&, const traceable_allocator<GC_T2>&) +{ + return false; +} + +#endif /* GC_ALLOCATOR_H */ diff --git a/tools/build/src/engine/boehm_gc/include/gc_amiga_redirects.h b/tools/build/src/engine/boehm_gc/include/gc_amiga_redirects.h new file mode 100644 index 000000000..9e975c8c8 --- /dev/null +++ b/tools/build/src/engine/boehm_gc/include/gc_amiga_redirects.h @@ -0,0 +1,30 @@ +#ifndef GC_AMIGA_REDIRECTS_H + +# define GC_AMIGA_REDIRECTS_H + +# if ( defined(_AMIGA) && !defined(GC_AMIGA_MAKINGLIB) ) + extern void *GC_amiga_realloc(void *old_object,size_t new_size_in_bytes); +# define GC_realloc(a,b) GC_amiga_realloc(a,b) + extern void GC_amiga_set_toany(void (*func)(void)); + extern int GC_amiga_free_space_divisor_inc; + extern void *(*GC_amiga_allocwrapper_do) \ + (size_t size,void *(*AllocFunction)(size_t size2)); +# define GC_malloc(a) \ + (*GC_amiga_allocwrapper_do)(a,GC_malloc) +# define GC_malloc_atomic(a) \ + (*GC_amiga_allocwrapper_do)(a,GC_malloc_atomic) +# define GC_malloc_uncollectable(a) \ + (*GC_amiga_allocwrapper_do)(a,GC_malloc_uncollectable) +# define GC_malloc_stubborn(a) \ + (*GC_amiga_allocwrapper_do)(a,GC_malloc_stubborn) +# define GC_malloc_atomic_uncollectable(a) \ + (*GC_amiga_allocwrapper_do)(a,GC_malloc_atomic_uncollectable) +# define GC_malloc_ignore_off_page(a) \ + (*GC_amiga_allocwrapper_do)(a,GC_malloc_ignore_off_page) +# define GC_malloc_atomic_ignore_off_page(a) \ + (*GC_amiga_allocwrapper_do)(a,GC_malloc_atomic_ignore_off_page) +# endif /* _AMIGA && !GC_AMIGA_MAKINGLIB */ + +#endif /* GC_AMIGA_REDIRECTS_H */ + + diff --git a/tools/build/src/engine/boehm_gc/include/gc_backptr.h b/tools/build/src/engine/boehm_gc/include/gc_backptr.h new file mode 100644 index 000000000..5899496e0 --- /dev/null +++ b/tools/build/src/engine/boehm_gc/include/gc_backptr.h @@ -0,0 +1,65 @@ +/* + * This is a simple API to implement pointer back tracing, i.e. + * to answer questions such as "who is pointing to this" or + * "why is this object being retained by the collector" + * + * This API assumes that we have an ANSI C compiler. + * + * Most of these calls yield useful information on only after + * a garbage collection. Usually the client will first force + * a full collection and then gather information, preferably + * before much intervening allocation. + * + * The implementation of the interface is only about 99.9999% + * correct. It is intended to be good enough for profiling, + * but is not intended to be used with production code. + * + * Results are likely to be much more useful if all allocation is + * accomplished through the debugging allocators. + * + * The implementation idea is due to A. Demers. + */ + +#ifndef GC_BACKPTR_H +#define GC_BACKPTR_H +/* Store information about the object referencing dest in *base_p */ +/* and *offset_p. */ +/* If multiple objects or roots point to dest, the one reported */ +/* will be the last on used by the garbage collector to trace the */ +/* object. */ +/* source is root ==> *base_p = address, *offset_p = 0 */ +/* source is heap object ==> *base_p != 0, *offset_p = offset */ +/* Returns 1 on success, 0 if source couldn't be determined. */ +/* Dest can be any address within a heap object. */ +typedef enum { GC_UNREFERENCED, /* No reference info available. */ + GC_NO_SPACE, /* Dest not allocated with debug alloc */ + GC_REFD_FROM_ROOT, /* Referenced directly by root *base_p */ + GC_REFD_FROM_REG, /* Referenced from a register, i.e. */ + /* a root without an address. */ + GC_REFD_FROM_HEAP, /* Referenced from another heap obj. */ + GC_FINALIZER_REFD /* Finalizable and hence accessible. */ +} GC_ref_kind; + +GC_ref_kind GC_get_back_ptr_info(void *dest, void **base_p, size_t *offset_p); + +/* Generate a random heap address. */ +/* The resulting address is in the heap, but */ +/* not necessarily inside a valid object. */ +void * GC_generate_random_heap_address(void); + +/* Generate a random address inside a valid marked heap object. */ +void * GC_generate_random_valid_address(void); + +/* Force a garbage collection and generate a backtrace from a */ +/* random heap address. */ +/* This uses the GC logging mechanism (GC_printf) to produce */ +/* output. It can often be called from a debugger. The */ +/* source in dbg_mlc.c also serves as a sample client. */ +void GC_generate_random_backtrace(void); + +/* Print a backtrace from a specific address. Used by the */ +/* above. The client should call GC_gcollect() immediately */ +/* before invocation. */ +void GC_print_backtrace(void *); + +#endif /* GC_BACKPTR_H */ diff --git a/tools/build/src/engine/boehm_gc/include/gc_config_macros.h b/tools/build/src/engine/boehm_gc/include/gc_config_macros.h new file mode 100644 index 000000000..66abf0b1e --- /dev/null +++ b/tools/build/src/engine/boehm_gc/include/gc_config_macros.h @@ -0,0 +1,179 @@ +/* + * This should never be included directly. It is included only from gc.h. + * We separate it only to make gc.h more suitable as documentation. + * + * Some tests for old macros. These violate our namespace rules and will + * disappear shortly. Use the GC_ names. + */ +#if defined(SOLARIS_THREADS) || defined(_SOLARIS_THREADS) \ + || defined(_SOLARIS_PTHREADS) || defined(GC_SOLARIS_PTHREADS) + /* We no longer support old style Solaris threads. */ + /* GC_SOLARIS_THREADS now means pthreads. */ +# ifndef GC_SOLARIS_THREADS +# define GC_SOLARIS_THREADS +# endif +#endif +#if defined(IRIX_THREADS) +# define GC_IRIX_THREADS +#endif +#if defined(DGUX_THREADS) +# if !defined(GC_DGUX386_THREADS) +# define GC_DGUX386_THREADS +# endif +#endif +#if defined(AIX_THREADS) +# define GC_AIX_THREADS +#endif +#if defined(HPUX_THREADS) +# define GC_HPUX_THREADS +#endif +#if defined(OSF1_THREADS) +# define GC_OSF1_THREADS +#endif +#if defined(LINUX_THREADS) +# define GC_LINUX_THREADS +#endif +#if defined(WIN32_THREADS) +# define GC_WIN32_THREADS +#endif +#if defined(USE_LD_WRAP) +# define GC_USE_LD_WRAP +#endif + +#if !defined(_REENTRANT) && (defined(GC_SOLARIS_THREADS) \ + || defined(GC_HPUX_THREADS) \ + || defined(GC_AIX_THREADS) \ + || defined(GC_LINUX_THREADS) \ + || defined(GC_NETBSD_THREADS) \ + || defined(GC_GNU_THREADS)) +# define _REENTRANT + /* Better late than never. This fails if system headers that */ + /* depend on this were previously included. */ +#endif + +#if !defined(_PTHREADS) && defined(GC_NETBSD_THREADS) +# define _PTHREADS +#endif + +#if defined(GC_DGUX386_THREADS) && !defined(_POSIX4A_DRAFT10_SOURCE) +# define _POSIX4A_DRAFT10_SOURCE 1 +#endif + +# if defined(GC_SOLARIS_THREADS) || defined(GC_FREEBSD_THREADS) || \ + defined(GC_IRIX_THREADS) || defined(GC_LINUX_THREADS) || \ + defined(GC_HPUX_THREADS) || defined(GC_OSF1_THREADS) || \ + defined(GC_DGUX386_THREADS) || defined(GC_DARWIN_THREADS) || \ + defined(GC_AIX_THREADS) || defined(GC_NETBSD_THREADS) || \ + (defined(GC_WIN32_THREADS) && defined(__CYGWIN32__)) || \ + defined(GC_GNU_THREADS) +# define GC_PTHREADS +# endif + +#if defined(GC_WIN32_PTHREADS) +# define GC_WIN32_THREADS +# define GC_PTHREADS +#endif + +#if defined(GC_THREADS) && !defined(GC_PTHREADS) +# if defined(__linux__) +# define GC_LINUX_THREADS +# define GC_PTHREADS +# endif +# if !defined(__linux__) && (defined(_PA_RISC1_1) || defined(_PA_RISC2_0) \ + || defined(hppa) || defined(__HPPA)) \ + || (defined(__ia64) && defined(_HPUX_SOURCE)) +# define GC_HPUX_THREADS +# define GC_PTHREADS +# endif +# if !defined(__linux__) && (defined(__alpha) || defined(__alpha__)) +# define GC_OSF1_THREADS +# define GC_PTHREADS +# endif +# if defined(__mips) && !defined(__linux__) +# define GC_IRIX_THREADS +# define GC_PTHREADS +# endif +# if defined(__sparc) && !defined(__linux__) \ + || defined(sun) && (defined(i386) || defined(__i386__)) +# define GC_SOLARIS_THREADS +# define GC_PTHREADS +# endif +# if defined(__APPLE__) && defined(__MACH__) +# define GC_DARWIN_THREADS +# define GC_PTHREADS +# endif +# if !defined(GC_PTHREADS) && (defined(__FreeBSD__) || defined(__DragonFly__)) +# define GC_FREEBSD_THREADS +# define GC_PTHREADS +# endif +# if !defined(GC_PTHREADS) && defined(__NetBSD__) +# define GC_NETBSD_THREADS +# define GC_PTHREADS +# endif +# if defined(DGUX) && (defined(i386) || defined(__i386__)) +# define GC_DGUX386_THREADS +# define GC_PTHREADS +# endif +# if defined(_AIX) +# define GC_AIX_THREADS +# define GC_PTHREADS +# endif +#endif /* GC_THREADS */ + +#if defined(GC_THREADS) && !defined(GC_PTHREADS) && !defined(GC_WIN32_THREADS) \ + && (defined(_WIN32) || defined(_MSC_VER) || defined(__CYGWIN__) \ + || defined(__MINGW32__) || defined(__BORLANDC__) \ + || defined(_WIN32_WCE)) +# define GC_WIN32_THREADS +# if defined(__CYGWIN__) +# define GC_PTHREADS +# endif +#endif + +# define __GC +# ifndef _WIN32_WCE +# include <stddef.h> +# if defined(__MINGW32__) +# include <stdint.h> + /* We mention uintptr_t. */ + /* Perhaps this should be included in pure msft environments */ + /* as well? */ +# endif +# else /* ! _WIN32_WCE */ +/* Yet more kluges for WinCE */ +# include <stdlib.h> /* size_t is defined here */ + typedef long ptrdiff_t; /* ptrdiff_t is not defined */ +# endif + +#if defined(_DLL) && !defined(GC_NOT_DLL) && !defined(GC_DLL) +# define GC_DLL +#endif + +#if defined(__MINGW32__) && defined(GC_DLL) +# ifdef GC_BUILD +# define GC_API __declspec(dllexport) +# else +# define GC_API __declspec(dllimport) +# endif +#endif + +#if (defined(__DMC__) || defined(_MSC_VER)) && defined(GC_DLL) +# ifdef GC_BUILD +# define GC_API extern __declspec(dllexport) +# else +# define GC_API __declspec(dllimport) +# endif +#endif + +#if defined(__WATCOMC__) && defined(GC_DLL) +# ifdef GC_BUILD +# define GC_API extern __declspec(dllexport) +# else +# define GC_API extern __declspec(dllimport) +# endif +#endif + +#ifndef GC_API +#define GC_API extern +#endif + diff --git a/tools/build/src/engine/boehm_gc/include/gc_cpp.h b/tools/build/src/engine/boehm_gc/include/gc_cpp.h new file mode 100644 index 000000000..d3df21121 --- /dev/null +++ b/tools/build/src/engine/boehm_gc/include/gc_cpp.h @@ -0,0 +1,374 @@ +#ifndef GC_CPP_H +#define GC_CPP_H +/**************************************************************************** +Copyright (c) 1994 by Xerox Corporation. All rights reserved. + +THIS MATERIAL IS PROVIDED AS IS, WITH ABSOLUTELY NO WARRANTY EXPRESSED +OR IMPLIED. ANY USE IS AT YOUR OWN RISK. + +Permission is hereby granted to use or copy this program for any +purpose, provided the above notices are retained on all copies. +Permission to modify the code and to distribute modified code is +granted, provided the above notices are retained, and a notice that +the code was modified is included with the above copyright notice. +**************************************************************************** + +C++ Interface to the Boehm Collector + + John R. Ellis and Jesse Hull + +This interface provides access to the Boehm collector. It provides +basic facilities similar to those described in "Safe, Efficient +Garbage Collection for C++", by John R. Elis and David L. Detlefs +(ftp://ftp.parc.xerox.com/pub/ellis/gc). + +All heap-allocated objects are either "collectable" or +"uncollectable". Programs must explicitly delete uncollectable +objects, whereas the garbage collector will automatically delete +collectable objects when it discovers them to be inaccessible. +Collectable objects may freely point at uncollectable objects and vice +versa. + +Objects allocated with the built-in "::operator new" are uncollectable. + +Objects derived from class "gc" are collectable. For example: + + class A: public gc {...}; + A* a = new A; // a is collectable. + +Collectable instances of non-class types can be allocated using the GC +(or UseGC) placement: + + typedef int A[ 10 ]; + A* a = new (GC) A; + +Uncollectable instances of classes derived from "gc" can be allocated +using the NoGC placement: + + class A: public gc {...}; + A* a = new (NoGC) A; // a is uncollectable. + +The new(PointerFreeGC) syntax allows the allocation of collectable +objects that are not scanned by the collector. This useful if you +are allocating compressed data, bitmaps, or network packets. (In +the latter case, it may remove danger of unfriendly network packets +intentionally containing values that cause spurious memory retention.) + +Both uncollectable and collectable objects can be explicitly deleted +with "delete", which invokes an object's destructors and frees its +storage immediately. + +A collectable object may have a clean-up function, which will be +invoked when the collector discovers the object to be inaccessible. +An object derived from "gc_cleanup" or containing a member derived +from "gc_cleanup" has a default clean-up function that invokes the +object's destructors. Explicit clean-up functions may be specified as +an additional placement argument: + + A* a = ::new (GC, MyCleanup) A; + +An object is considered "accessible" by the collector if it can be +reached by a path of pointers from static variables, automatic +variables of active functions, or from some object with clean-up +enabled; pointers from an object to itself are ignored. + +Thus, if objects A and B both have clean-up functions, and A points at +B, B is considered accessible. After A's clean-up is invoked and its +storage released, B will then become inaccessible and will have its +clean-up invoked. If A points at B and B points to A, forming a +cycle, then that's considered a storage leak, and neither will be +collectable. See the interface gc.h for low-level facilities for +handling such cycles of objects with clean-up. + +The collector cannot guarantee that it will find all inaccessible +objects. In practice, it finds almost all of them. + + +Cautions: + +1. Be sure the collector has been augmented with "make c++" or +"--enable-cplusplus". + +2. If your compiler supports the new "operator new[]" syntax, then +add -DGC_OPERATOR_NEW_ARRAY to the Makefile. + +If your compiler doesn't support "operator new[]", beware that an +array of type T, where T is derived from "gc", may or may not be +allocated as a collectable object (it depends on the compiler). Use +the explicit GC placement to make the array collectable. For example: + + class A: public gc {...}; + A* a1 = new A[ 10 ]; // collectable or uncollectable? + A* a2 = new (GC) A[ 10 ]; // collectable + +3. The destructors of collectable arrays of objects derived from +"gc_cleanup" will not be invoked properly. For example: + + class A: public gc_cleanup {...}; + A* a = new (GC) A[ 10 ]; // destructors not invoked correctly + +Typically, only the destructor for the first element of the array will +be invoked when the array is garbage-collected. To get all the +destructors of any array executed, you must supply an explicit +clean-up function: + + A* a = new (GC, MyCleanUp) A[ 10 ]; + +(Implementing clean-up of arrays correctly, portably, and in a way +that preserves the correct exception semantics requires a language +extension, e.g. the "gc" keyword.) + +4. Compiler bugs (now hopefully history): + +* Solaris 2's CC (SC3.0) doesn't implement t->~T() correctly, so the +destructors of classes derived from gc_cleanup won't be invoked. +You'll have to explicitly register a clean-up function with +new-placement syntax. + +* Evidently cfront 3.0 does not allow destructors to be explicitly +invoked using the ANSI-conforming syntax t->~T(). If you're using +cfront 3.0, you'll have to comment out the class gc_cleanup, which +uses explicit invocation. + +5. GC name conflicts: + +Many other systems seem to use the identifier "GC" as an abbreviation +for "Graphics Context". Since version 5.0, GC placement has been replaced +by UseGC. GC is an alias for UseGC, unless GC_NAME_CONFLICT is defined. + +****************************************************************************/ + +#include "gc.h" + +#ifndef THINK_CPLUS +# define GC_cdecl +#else +# define GC_cdecl _cdecl +#endif + +#if ! defined( GC_NO_OPERATOR_NEW_ARRAY ) \ + && !defined(_ENABLE_ARRAYNEW) /* Digimars */ \ + && (defined(__BORLANDC__) && (__BORLANDC__ < 0x450) \ + || (defined(__GNUC__) && \ + (__GNUC__ < 2 || __GNUC__ == 2 && __GNUC_MINOR__ < 6)) \ + || (defined(__WATCOMC__) && __WATCOMC__ < 1050)) +# define GC_NO_OPERATOR_NEW_ARRAY +#endif + +#if !defined(GC_NO_OPERATOR_NEW_ARRAY) && !defined(GC_OPERATOR_NEW_ARRAY) +# define GC_OPERATOR_NEW_ARRAY +#endif + +#if ! defined ( __BORLANDC__ ) /* Confuses the Borland compiler. */ \ + && ! defined ( __sgi ) +# define GC_PLACEMENT_DELETE +#endif + +enum GCPlacement {UseGC, +#ifndef GC_NAME_CONFLICT + GC=UseGC, +#endif + NoGC, PointerFreeGC}; + +class gc {public: + inline void* operator new( size_t size ); + inline void* operator new( size_t size, GCPlacement gcp ); + inline void* operator new( size_t size, void *p ); + /* Must be redefined here, since the other overloadings */ + /* hide the global definition. */ + inline void operator delete( void* obj ); +# ifdef GC_PLACEMENT_DELETE + inline void operator delete( void*, void* ); +# endif + +#ifdef GC_OPERATOR_NEW_ARRAY + inline void* operator new[]( size_t size ); + inline void* operator new[]( size_t size, GCPlacement gcp ); + inline void* operator new[]( size_t size, void *p ); + inline void operator delete[]( void* obj ); +# ifdef GC_PLACEMENT_DELETE + inline void operator delete[]( void*, void* ); +# endif +#endif /* GC_OPERATOR_NEW_ARRAY */ + }; + /* + Instances of classes derived from "gc" will be allocated in the + collected heap by default, unless an explicit NoGC placement is + specified. */ + +class gc_cleanup: virtual public gc {public: + inline gc_cleanup(); + inline virtual ~gc_cleanup(); +private: + inline static void GC_cdecl cleanup( void* obj, void* clientData );}; + /* + Instances of classes derived from "gc_cleanup" will be allocated + in the collected heap by default. When the collector discovers an + inaccessible object derived from "gc_cleanup" or containing a + member derived from "gc_cleanup", its destructors will be + invoked. */ + +extern "C" {typedef void (*GCCleanUpFunc)( void* obj, void* clientData );} + +#ifdef _MSC_VER + // Disable warning that "no matching operator delete found; memory will + // not be freed if initialization throws an exception" +# pragma warning(disable:4291) +#endif + +inline void* operator new( + size_t size, + GCPlacement gcp, + GCCleanUpFunc cleanup = 0, + void* clientData = 0 ); + /* + Allocates a collectable or uncollected object, according to the + value of "gcp". + + For collectable objects, if "cleanup" is non-null, then when the + allocated object "obj" becomes inaccessible, the collector will + invoke the function "cleanup( obj, clientData )" but will not + invoke the object's destructors. It is an error to explicitly + delete an object allocated with a non-null "cleanup". + + It is an error to specify a non-null "cleanup" with NoGC or for + classes derived from "gc_cleanup" or containing members derived + from "gc_cleanup". */ + + +#ifdef _MSC_VER + /** This ensures that the system default operator new[] doesn't get + * undefined, which is what seems to happen on VC++ 6 for some reason + * if we define a multi-argument operator new[]. + * There seems to be really redirect new in this environment without + * including this everywhere. + */ + void *operator new[]( size_t size ); + + void operator delete[](void* obj); + + void* operator new( size_t size); + + void operator delete(void* obj); + + // This new operator is used by VC++ in case of Debug builds ! + void* operator new( size_t size, + int ,//nBlockUse, + const char * szFileName, + int nLine ); +#endif /* _MSC_VER */ + + +#ifdef GC_OPERATOR_NEW_ARRAY + +inline void* operator new[]( + size_t size, + GCPlacement gcp, + GCCleanUpFunc cleanup = 0, + void* clientData = 0 ); + /* + The operator new for arrays, identical to the above. */ + +#endif /* GC_OPERATOR_NEW_ARRAY */ + +/**************************************************************************** + +Inline implementation + +****************************************************************************/ + +inline void* gc::operator new( size_t size ) { + return GC_MALLOC( size );} + +inline void* gc::operator new( size_t size, GCPlacement gcp ) { + if (gcp == UseGC) + return GC_MALLOC( size ); + else if (gcp == PointerFreeGC) + return GC_MALLOC_ATOMIC( size ); + else + return GC_MALLOC_UNCOLLECTABLE( size );} + +inline void* gc::operator new( size_t size, void *p ) { + return p;} + +inline void gc::operator delete( void* obj ) { + GC_FREE( obj );} + +#ifdef GC_PLACEMENT_DELETE + inline void gc::operator delete( void*, void* ) {} +#endif + +#ifdef GC_OPERATOR_NEW_ARRAY + +inline void* gc::operator new[]( size_t size ) { + return gc::operator new( size );} + +inline void* gc::operator new[]( size_t size, GCPlacement gcp ) { + return gc::operator new( size, gcp );} + +inline void* gc::operator new[]( size_t size, void *p ) { + return p;} + +inline void gc::operator delete[]( void* obj ) { + gc::operator delete( obj );} + +#ifdef GC_PLACEMENT_DELETE + inline void gc::operator delete[]( void*, void* ) {} +#endif + +#endif /* GC_OPERATOR_NEW_ARRAY */ + + +inline gc_cleanup::~gc_cleanup() { + GC_register_finalizer_ignore_self( GC_base(this), 0, 0, 0, 0 );} + +inline void gc_cleanup::cleanup( void* obj, void* displ ) { + ((gc_cleanup*) ((char*) obj + (ptrdiff_t) displ))->~gc_cleanup();} + +inline gc_cleanup::gc_cleanup() { + GC_finalization_proc oldProc; + void* oldData; + void* base = GC_base( (void *) this ); + if (0 != base) { + // Don't call the debug version, since this is a real base address. + GC_register_finalizer_ignore_self( + base, (GC_finalization_proc)cleanup, (void*) ((char*) this - (char*) base), + &oldProc, &oldData ); + if (0 != oldProc) { + GC_register_finalizer_ignore_self( base, oldProc, oldData, 0, 0 );}}} + +inline void* operator new( + size_t size, + GCPlacement gcp, + GCCleanUpFunc cleanup, + void* clientData ) +{ + void* obj; + + if (gcp == UseGC) { + obj = GC_MALLOC( size ); + if (cleanup != 0) + GC_REGISTER_FINALIZER_IGNORE_SELF( + obj, cleanup, clientData, 0, 0 );} + else if (gcp == PointerFreeGC) { + obj = GC_MALLOC_ATOMIC( size );} + else { + obj = GC_MALLOC_UNCOLLECTABLE( size );}; + return obj;} + + +#ifdef GC_OPERATOR_NEW_ARRAY + +inline void* operator new[]( + size_t size, + GCPlacement gcp, + GCCleanUpFunc cleanup, + void* clientData ) +{ + return ::operator new( size, gcp, cleanup, clientData );} + +#endif /* GC_OPERATOR_NEW_ARRAY */ + + +#endif /* GC_CPP_H */ + diff --git a/tools/build/src/engine/boehm_gc/include/gc_gcj.h b/tools/build/src/engine/boehm_gc/include/gc_gcj.h new file mode 100644 index 000000000..699ddf5d4 --- /dev/null +++ b/tools/build/src/engine/boehm_gc/include/gc_gcj.h @@ -0,0 +1,94 @@ +/* + * Copyright 1988, 1989 Hans-J. Boehm, Alan J. Demers + * Copyright (c) 1991-1995 by Xerox Corporation. All rights reserved. + * Copyright 1996-1999 by Silicon Graphics. All rights reserved. + * Copyright 1999 by Hewlett-Packard Company. All rights reserved. + * + * THIS MATERIAL IS PROVIDED AS IS, WITH ABSOLUTELY NO WARRANTY EXPRESSED + * OR IMPLIED. ANY USE IS AT YOUR OWN RISK. + * + * Permission is hereby granted to use or copy this program + * for any purpose, provided the above notices are retained on all copies. + * Permission to modify the code and to distribute modified code is granted, + * provided the above notices are retained, and a notice that the code was + * modified is included with the above copyright notice. + */ + +/* This file assumes the collector has been compiled with GC_GCJ_SUPPORT */ +/* and that an ANSI C compiler is available. */ + +/* + * We allocate objects whose first word contains a pointer to a struct + * describing the object type. This struct contains a garbage collector mark + * descriptor at offset MARK_DESCR_OFFSET. Alternatively, the objects + * may be marked by the mark procedure passed to GC_init_gcj_malloc. + */ + +#ifndef GC_GCJ_H + +#define GC_GCJ_H + +#ifndef MARK_DESCR_OFFSET +# define MARK_DESCR_OFFSET sizeof(word) +#endif + /* Gcj keeps GC descriptor as second word of vtable. This */ + /* probably needs to be adjusted for other clients. */ + /* We currently assume that this offset is such that: */ + /* - all objects of this kind are large enough to have */ + /* a value at that offset, and */ + /* - it is not zero. */ + /* These assumptions allow objects on the free list to be */ + /* marked normally. */ + +#ifndef _GC_H +# include "gc.h" +#endif + +/* The following allocators signal an out of memory condition with */ +/* return GC_oom_fn(bytes); */ + +/* The following function must be called before the gcj allocators */ +/* can be invoked. */ +/* mp_index and mp are the index and mark_proc (see gc_mark.h) */ +/* respectively for the allocated objects. Mark_proc will be */ +/* used to build the descriptor for objects allocated through the */ +/* debugging interface. The mark_proc will be invoked on all such */ +/* objects with an "environment" value of 1. The client may choose */ +/* to use the same mark_proc for some of its generated mark descriptors.*/ +/* In that case, it should use a different "environment" value to */ +/* detect the presence or absence of the debug header. */ +/* Mp is really of type mark_proc, as defined in gc_mark.h. We don't */ +/* want to include that here for namespace pollution reasons. */ +extern void GC_init_gcj_malloc(int mp_index, void * /* really mark_proc */mp); + +/* Allocate an object, clear it, and store the pointer to the */ +/* type structure (vtable in gcj). */ +/* This adds a byte at the end of the object if GC_malloc would.*/ +extern void * GC_gcj_malloc(size_t lb, void * ptr_to_struct_containing_descr); +/* The debug versions allocate such that the specified mark_proc */ +/* is always invoked. */ +extern void * GC_debug_gcj_malloc(size_t lb, + void * ptr_to_struct_containing_descr, + GC_EXTRA_PARAMS); + +/* Similar to GC_gcj_malloc, but assumes that a pointer to near the */ +/* beginning of the resulting object is always maintained. */ +extern void * GC_gcj_malloc_ignore_off_page(size_t lb, + void * ptr_to_struct_containing_descr); + +/* The kind numbers of normal and debug gcj objects. */ +/* Useful only for debug support, we hope. */ +extern int GC_gcj_kind; + +extern int GC_gcj_debug_kind; + +# ifdef GC_DEBUG +# define GC_GCJ_MALLOC(s,d) GC_debug_gcj_malloc(s,d,GC_EXTRAS) +# define GC_GCJ_MALLOC_IGNORE_OFF_PAGE(s,d) GC_debug_gcj_malloc(s,d,GC_EXTRAS) +# else +# define GC_GCJ_MALLOC(s,d) GC_gcj_malloc(s,d) +# define GC_GCJ_MALLOC_IGNORE_OFF_PAGE(s,d) \ + GC_gcj_malloc_ignore_off_page(s,d) +# endif + +#endif /* GC_GCJ_H */ diff --git a/tools/build/src/engine/boehm_gc/include/gc_inline.h b/tools/build/src/engine/boehm_gc/include/gc_inline.h new file mode 100644 index 000000000..da7e2e91f --- /dev/null +++ b/tools/build/src/engine/boehm_gc/include/gc_inline.h @@ -0,0 +1,128 @@ +/* + * Copyright 1988, 1989 Hans-J. Boehm, Alan J. Demers + * Copyright (c) 1991-1995 by Xerox Corporation. All rights reserved. + * Copyright (c) 2005 Hewlett-Packard Development Company, L.P. + * + * THIS MATERIAL IS PROVIDED AS IS, WITH ABSOLUTELY NO WARRANTY EXPRESSED + * OR IMPLIED. ANY USE IS AT YOUR OWN RISK. + * + * Permission is hereby granted to use or copy this program + * for any purpose, provided the above notices are retained on all copies. + * Permission to modify the code and to distribute modified code is granted, + * provided the above notices are retained, and a notice that the code was + * modified is included with the above copyright notice. + */ + +/* USE OF THIS FILE IS NOT RECOMMENDED unless GC_all_interior_pointers */ +/* is not set, or the collector has been built with */ +/* -DDONT_ADD_BYTE_AT_END, or the specified size includes a pointerfree */ +/* word at the end. In the standard collector configuration, */ +/* the final word of each object may not be scanned. */ +/* This interface is most useful for compilers that generate C. */ +/* It is also used internally for thread-local allocation, in which */ +/* case, the size is suitably adjusted by the caller. */ +/* Manual use is hereby discouraged. */ + +#include "gc.h" +#include "gc_tiny_fl.h" + +#if __GNUC__ >= 3 +# define GC_EXPECT(expr, outcome) __builtin_expect(expr,outcome) + /* Equivalent to (expr), but predict that usually (expr)==outcome. */ +#else +# define GC_EXPECT(expr, outcome) (expr) +#endif /* __GNUC__ */ + +/* The ultimately general inline allocation macro. Allocate an object */ +/* of size bytes, putting the resulting pointer in result. Tiny_fl is */ +/* a "tiny" free list array, which will be used first, if the size */ +/* is appropriate. If bytes is too large, we allocate with */ +/* default_expr instead. If we need to refill the free list, we use */ +/* GC_generic_malloc_many with the indicated kind. */ +/* Tiny_fl should be an array of GC_TINY_FREELISTS void * pointers. */ +/* If num_direct is nonzero, and the individual free list pointers */ +/* are initialized to (void *)1, then we allocate numdirect granules */ +/* directly using gmalloc before putting multiple objects into the */ +/* tiny_fl entry. If num_direct is zero, then the free lists may also */ +/* be initialized to (void *)0. */ +/* We rely on much of this hopefully getting optimized away in the */ +/* num_direct = 0 case. */ +/* Particularly if bytes is constant, this should generate a small */ +/* amount of code. */ +# define GC_FAST_MALLOC_GRANS(result,granules,tiny_fl,num_direct,\ + kind,default_expr,init) \ +{ \ + if (GC_EXPECT(granules >= GC_TINY_FREELISTS,0)) { \ + result = default_expr; \ + } else { \ + void **my_fl = tiny_fl + granules; \ + void *my_entry=*my_fl; \ + void *next; \ + \ + while (GC_EXPECT((GC_word)my_entry \ + <= num_direct + GC_TINY_FREELISTS + 1, 0)) { \ + /* Entry contains counter or NULL */ \ + if ((GC_word)my_entry - 1 < num_direct) { \ + /* Small counter value, not NULL */ \ + *my_fl = (ptr_t)my_entry + granules + 1; \ + result = default_expr; \ + goto out; \ + } else { \ + /* Large counter or NULL */ \ + GC_generic_malloc_many(((granules) == 0? GC_GRANULE_BYTES : \ + RAW_BYTES_FROM_INDEX(granules)), \ + kind, my_fl); \ + my_entry = *my_fl; \ + if (my_entry == 0) { \ + result = GC_oom_fn(bytes); \ + goto out; \ + } \ + } \ + } \ + next = *(void **)(my_entry); \ + result = (void *)my_entry; \ + *my_fl = next; \ + init; \ + PREFETCH_FOR_WRITE(next); \ + GC_ASSERT(GC_size(result) >= bytes + EXTRA_BYTES); \ + GC_ASSERT((kind) == PTRFREE || ((GC_word *)result)[1] == 0); \ + out: ; \ + } \ +} + +# define GC_WORDS_TO_WHOLE_GRANULES(n) \ + GC_WORDS_TO_GRANULES((n) + GC_GRANULE_WORDS - 1) + +/* Allocate n words (NOT BYTES). X is made to point to the result. */ +/* This should really only be used if GC_all_interior_pointers is */ +/* not set, or DONT_ADD_BYTE_AT_END is set. See above. */ +/* The semantics changed in version 7.0; we no longer lock, and */ +/* the caller is responsible for supplying a cleared tiny_fl */ +/* free list array. For single-threaded applications, this may be */ +/* a global array. */ +# define GC_MALLOC_WORDS(result,n,tiny_fl) \ +{ \ + size_t grans = WORDS_TO_WHOLE_GRANULES(n); \ + GC_FAST_MALLOC_GRANS(result, grans, tiny_fl, 0, \ + NORMAL, GC_malloc(grans*GRANULE_BYTES), \ + *(void **)result = 0); \ +} + +# define GC_MALLOC_ATOMIC_WORDS(result,n,tiny_fl) \ +{ \ + size_t grans = WORDS_TO_WHOLE_GRANULES(n); \ + GC_FAST_MALLOC_GRANS(result, grans, tiny_fl, 0, \ + PTRFREE, GC_malloc_atomic(grans*GRANULE_BYTES), \ + /* no initialization */); \ +} + + +/* And once more for two word initialized objects: */ +# define GC_CONS(result, first, second, tiny_fl) \ +{ \ + size_t grans = WORDS_TO_WHOLE_GRANULES(2); \ + GC_FAST_MALLOC_GRANS(result, grans, tiny_fl, 0, \ + NORMAL, GC_malloc(grans*GRANULE_BYTES), \ + *(void **)result = (void *)(first)); \ + ((void **)(result))[1] = (void *)(second); \ +} diff --git a/tools/build/src/engine/boehm_gc/include/gc_mark.h b/tools/build/src/engine/boehm_gc/include/gc_mark.h new file mode 100644 index 000000000..8ee50b5d4 --- /dev/null +++ b/tools/build/src/engine/boehm_gc/include/gc_mark.h @@ -0,0 +1,201 @@ +/* + * Copyright (c) 1991-1994 by Xerox Corporation. All rights reserved. + * Copyright (c) 2001 by Hewlett-Packard Company. All rights reserved. + * + * THIS MATERIAL IS PROVIDED AS IS, WITH ABSOLUTELY NO WARRANTY EXPRESSED + * OR IMPLIED. ANY USE IS AT YOUR OWN RISK. + * + * Permission is hereby granted to use or copy this program + * for any purpose, provided the above notices are retained on all copies. + * Permission to modify the code and to distribute modified code is granted, + * provided the above notices are retained, and a notice that the code was + * modified is included with the above copyright notice. + * + */ + +/* + * This contains interfaces to the GC marker that are likely to be useful to + * clients that provide detailed heap layout information to the collector. + * This interface should not be used by normal C or C++ clients. + * It will be useful to runtimes for other languages. + * + * This is an experts-only interface! There are many ways to break the + * collector in subtle ways by using this functionality. + */ +#ifndef GC_MARK_H +# define GC_MARK_H + +# ifndef GC_H +# include "gc.h" +# endif + +/* A client supplied mark procedure. Returns new mark stack pointer. */ +/* Primary effect should be to push new entries on the mark stack. */ +/* Mark stack pointer values are passed and returned explicitly. */ +/* Global variables decribing mark stack are not necessarily valid. */ +/* (This usually saves a few cycles by keeping things in registers.) */ +/* Assumed to scan about GC_PROC_BYTES on average. If it needs to do */ +/* much more work than that, it should do it in smaller pieces by */ +/* pushing itself back on the mark stack. */ +/* Note that it should always do some work (defined as marking some */ +/* objects) before pushing more than one entry on the mark stack. */ +/* This is required to ensure termination in the event of mark stack */ +/* overflows. */ +/* This procedure is always called with at least one empty entry on the */ +/* mark stack. */ +/* Currently we require that mark procedures look for pointers in a */ +/* subset of the places the conservative marker would. It must be safe */ +/* to invoke the normal mark procedure instead. */ +/* WARNING: Such a mark procedure may be invoked on an unused object */ +/* residing on a free list. Such objects are cleared, except for a */ +/* free list link field in the first word. Thus mark procedures may */ +/* not count on the presence of a type descriptor, and must handle this */ +/* case correctly somehow. */ +# define GC_PROC_BYTES 100 +struct GC_ms_entry; +typedef struct GC_ms_entry * (*GC_mark_proc) ( + GC_word * addr, struct GC_ms_entry * mark_stack_ptr, + struct GC_ms_entry * mark_stack_limit, GC_word env); + +# define GC_LOG_MAX_MARK_PROCS 6 +# define GC_MAX_MARK_PROCS (1 << GC_LOG_MAX_MARK_PROCS) + +/* In a few cases it's necessary to assign statically known indices to */ +/* certain mark procs. Thus we reserve a few for well known clients. */ +/* (This is necessary if mark descriptors are compiler generated.) */ +#define GC_RESERVED_MARK_PROCS 8 +# define GC_GCJ_RESERVED_MARK_PROC_INDEX 0 + +/* Object descriptors on mark stack or in objects. Low order two */ +/* bits are tags distinguishing among the following 4 possibilities */ +/* for the high order 30 bits. */ +#define GC_DS_TAG_BITS 2 +#define GC_DS_TAGS ((1 << GC_DS_TAG_BITS) - 1) +#define GC_DS_LENGTH 0 /* The entire word is a length in bytes that */ + /* must be a multiple of 4. */ +#define GC_DS_BITMAP 1 /* 30 (62) bits are a bitmap describing pointer */ + /* fields. The msb is 1 iff the first word */ + /* is a pointer. */ + /* (This unconventional ordering sometimes */ + /* makes the marker slightly faster.) */ + /* Zeroes indicate definite nonpointers. Ones */ + /* indicate possible pointers. */ + /* Only usable if pointers are word aligned. */ +#define GC_DS_PROC 2 + /* The objects referenced by this object can be */ + /* pushed on the mark stack by invoking */ + /* PROC(descr). ENV(descr) is passed as the */ + /* last argument. */ +# define GC_MAKE_PROC(proc_index, env) \ + (((((env) << GC_LOG_MAX_MARK_PROCS) \ + | (proc_index)) << GC_DS_TAG_BITS) | GC_DS_PROC) +#define GC_DS_PER_OBJECT 3 /* The real descriptor is at the */ + /* byte displacement from the beginning of the */ + /* object given by descr & ~DS_TAGS */ + /* If the descriptor is negative, the real */ + /* descriptor is at (*<object_start>) - */ + /* (descr & ~DS_TAGS) - GC_INDIR_PER_OBJ_BIAS */ + /* The latter alternative can be used if each */ + /* object contains a type descriptor in the */ + /* first word. */ + /* Note that in multithreaded environments */ + /* per object descriptors maust be located in */ + /* either the first two or last two words of */ + /* the object, since only those are guaranteed */ + /* to be cleared while the allocation lock is */ + /* held. */ +#define GC_INDIR_PER_OBJ_BIAS 0x10 + +extern void * GC_least_plausible_heap_addr; +extern void * GC_greatest_plausible_heap_addr; + /* Bounds on the heap. Guaranteed valid */ + /* Likely to include future heap expansion. */ + +/* Handle nested references in a custom mark procedure. */ +/* Check if obj is a valid object. If so, ensure that it is marked. */ +/* If it was not previously marked, push its contents onto the mark */ +/* stack for future scanning. The object will then be scanned using */ +/* its mark descriptor. */ +/* Returns the new mark stack pointer. */ +/* Handles mark stack overflows correctly. */ +/* Since this marks first, it makes progress even if there are mark */ +/* stack overflows. */ +/* Src is the address of the pointer to obj, which is used only */ +/* for back pointer-based heap debugging. */ +/* It is strongly recommended that most objects be handled without mark */ +/* procedures, e.g. with bitmap descriptors, and that mark procedures */ +/* be reserved for exceptional cases. That will ensure that */ +/* performance of this call is not extremely performance critical. */ +/* (Otherwise we would need to inline GC_mark_and_push completely, */ +/* which would tie the client code to a fixed collector version.) */ +/* Note that mark procedures should explicitly call FIXUP_POINTER() */ +/* if required. */ +struct GC_ms_entry *GC_mark_and_push(void * obj, + struct GC_ms_entry * mark_stack_ptr, + struct GC_ms_entry * mark_stack_limit, + void * *src); + +#define GC_MARK_AND_PUSH(obj, msp, lim, src) \ + (((GC_word)obj >= (GC_word)GC_least_plausible_heap_addr && \ + (GC_word)obj <= (GC_word)GC_greatest_plausible_heap_addr)? \ + GC_mark_and_push(obj, msp, lim, src) : \ + msp) + +extern size_t GC_debug_header_size; + /* The size of the header added to objects allocated through */ + /* the GC_debug routines. */ + /* Defined as a variable so that client mark procedures don't */ + /* need to be recompiled for collector version changes. */ +#define GC_USR_PTR_FROM_BASE(p) ((void *)((char *)(p) + GC_debug_header_size)) + +/* And some routines to support creation of new "kinds", e.g. with */ +/* custom mark procedures, by language runtimes. */ +/* The _inner versions assume the caller holds the allocation lock. */ + +/* Return a new free list array. */ +void ** GC_new_free_list(void); +void ** GC_new_free_list_inner(void); + +/* Return a new kind, as specified. */ +unsigned GC_new_kind(void **free_list, GC_word mark_descriptor_template, + int add_size_to_descriptor, int clear_new_objects); + /* The last two parameters must be zero or one. */ +unsigned GC_new_kind_inner(void **free_list, + GC_word mark_descriptor_template, + int add_size_to_descriptor, + int clear_new_objects); + +/* Return a new mark procedure identifier, suitable for use as */ +/* the first argument in GC_MAKE_PROC. */ +unsigned GC_new_proc(GC_mark_proc); +unsigned GC_new_proc_inner(GC_mark_proc); + +/* Allocate an object of a given kind. Note that in multithreaded */ +/* contexts, this is usually unsafe for kinds that have the descriptor */ +/* in the object itself, since there is otherwise a window in which */ +/* the descriptor is not correct. Even in the single-threaded case, */ +/* we need to be sure that cleared objects on a free list don't */ +/* cause a GC crash if they are accidentally traced. */ +void * GC_generic_malloc(size_t lb, int k); + +typedef void (*GC_describe_type_fn) (void *p, char *out_buf); + /* A procedure which */ + /* produces a human-readable */ + /* description of the "type" of object */ + /* p into the buffer out_buf of length */ + /* GC_TYPE_DESCR_LEN. This is used by */ + /* the debug support when printing */ + /* objects. */ + /* These functions should be as robust */ + /* as possible, though we do avoid */ + /* invoking them on objects on the */ + /* global free list. */ +# define GC_TYPE_DESCR_LEN 40 + +void GC_register_describe_type_fn(int kind, GC_describe_type_fn knd); + /* Register a describe_type function */ + /* to be used when printing objects */ + /* of a particular kind. */ + +#endif /* GC_MARK_H */ + diff --git a/tools/build/src/engine/boehm_gc/include/gc_pthread_redirects.h b/tools/build/src/engine/boehm_gc/include/gc_pthread_redirects.h new file mode 100644 index 000000000..b567f63e1 --- /dev/null +++ b/tools/build/src/engine/boehm_gc/include/gc_pthread_redirects.h @@ -0,0 +1,54 @@ +/* Our pthread support normally needs to intercept a number of thread */ +/* calls. We arrange to do that here, if appropriate. */ + +#ifndef GC_PTHREAD_REDIRECTS_H + +#define GC_PTHREAD_REDIRECTS_H + +#if !defined(GC_USE_LD_WRAP) && defined(GC_PTHREADS) +/* We need to intercept calls to many of the threads primitives, so */ +/* that we can locate thread stacks and stop the world. */ +/* Note also that the collector cannot always see thread specific data. */ +/* Thread specific data should generally consist of pointers to */ +/* uncollectable objects (allocated with GC_malloc_uncollectable, */ +/* not the system malloc), which are deallocated using the destructor */ +/* facility in thr_keycreate. Alternatively, keep a redundant pointer */ +/* to thread specific data on the thread stack. */ + +# include <pthread.h> +# include <signal.h> + + int GC_pthread_create(pthread_t *new_thread, + const pthread_attr_t *attr, + void *(*start_routine)(void *), void *arg); +#ifndef GC_DARWIN_THREADS + int GC_pthread_sigmask(int how, const sigset_t *set, sigset_t *oset); +#endif + int GC_pthread_join(pthread_t thread, void **retval); + int GC_pthread_detach(pthread_t thread); + +#if defined(GC_OSF1_THREADS) \ + && defined(_PTHREAD_USE_MANGLED_NAMES_) && !defined(_PTHREAD_USE_PTDNAM_) +/* Unless the compiler supports #pragma extern_prefix, the Tru64 UNIX + <pthread.h> redefines some POSIX thread functions to use mangled names. + If so, undef them before redefining. */ +# undef pthread_create +# undef pthread_join +# undef pthread_detach +#endif + +# define pthread_create GC_pthread_create +# define pthread_join GC_pthread_join +# define pthread_detach GC_pthread_detach + +#ifndef GC_DARWIN_THREADS +# ifdef pthread_sigmask +# undef pthread_sigmask +# endif /* pthread_sigmask */ +# define pthread_sigmask GC_pthread_sigmask +# define dlopen GC_dlopen +#endif + +#endif /* GC_xxxxx_THREADS */ + +#endif /* GC_PTHREAD_REDIRECTS_H */ diff --git a/tools/build/src/engine/boehm_gc/include/gc_tiny_fl.h b/tools/build/src/engine/boehm_gc/include/gc_tiny_fl.h new file mode 100644 index 000000000..52b6864b6 --- /dev/null +++ b/tools/build/src/engine/boehm_gc/include/gc_tiny_fl.h @@ -0,0 +1,89 @@ +/* + * Copyright (c) 1999-2005 Hewlett-Packard Development Company, L.P. + * + * THIS MATERIAL IS PROVIDED AS IS, WITH ABSOLUTELY NO WARRANTY EXPRESSED + * OR IMPLIED. ANY USE IS AT YOUR OWN RISK. + * + * Permission is hereby granted to use or copy this program + * for any purpose, provided the above notices are retained on all copies. + * Permission to modify the code and to distribute modified code is granted, + * provided the above notices are retained, and a notice that the code was + * modified is included with the above copyright notice. + */ + +#ifndef GC_TINY_FL_H +#define GC_TINY_FL_H +/* + * Constants and data structures for "tiny" free lists. + * These are used for thread-local allocation or in-lined allocators. + * Each global free list also essentially starts with one of these. + * However, global free lists are known to the GC. "Tiny" free lists + * are basically private to the client. Their contents are viewed as + * "in use" and marked accordingly by the core of the GC. + * + * Note that inlined code might know about the layout of these and the constants + * involved. Thus any change here may invalidate clients, and such changes should + * be avoided. Hence we keep this as simple as possible. + */ + +/* + * We always set GRANULE_BYTES to twice the length of a pointer. + * This means that all allocation requests are rounded up to the next + * multiple of 16 on 64-bit architectures or 8 on 32-bit architectures. + * This appears to be a reasonable compromise between fragmentation overhead + * and space usage for mark bits (usually mark bytes). + * On many 64-bit architectures some memory references require 16-byte + * alignment, making this necessary anyway. + * For a few 32-bit architecture (e.g. x86), we may also need 16-byte alignment + * for certain memory references. But currently that does not seem to be the + * default for all conventional malloc implementations, so we ignore that + * problem. + * It would always be safe, and often useful, to be able to allocate very + * small objects with smaller alignment. But that would cost us mark bit + * space, so we no longer do so. + */ +#ifndef GC_GRANULE_BYTES + /* GC_GRANULE_BYTES should not be overridden in any instances of the GC */ + /* library that may be shared between applications, since it affects */ + /* the binary interface to the library. */ +# if defined(__LP64__) || defined (_LP64) || defined(_WIN64) \ + || defined(__s390x__) || defined(__x86_64__) \ + || defined(__alpha__) || defined(__powerpc64__) \ + || defined(__arch64__) +# define GC_GRANULE_BYTES 16 +# define GC_GRANULE_WORDS 2 +# else +# define GC_GRANULE_BYTES 8 +# define GC_GRANULE_WORDS 2 +# endif +#endif /* !GC_GRANULE_BYTES */ + +#if GC_GRANULE_WORDS == 2 +# define GC_WORDS_TO_GRANULES(n) ((n)>>1) +#else +# define GC_WORDS_TO_GRANULES(n) ((n)*sizeof(void *)/GRANULE_BYTES) +#endif + +/* A "tiny" free list header contains TINY_FREELISTS pointers to */ +/* singly linked lists of objects of different sizes, the ith one */ +/* containing objects i granules in size. Note that there is a list */ +/* of size zero objects. */ +#ifndef GC_TINY_FREELISTS +# if GC_GRANULE_BYTES == 16 +# define GC_TINY_FREELISTS 25 +# else +# define GC_TINY_FREELISTS 33 /* Up to and including 256 bytes */ +# endif +#endif /* !GC_TINY_FREELISTS */ + +/* The ith free list corresponds to size i*GRANULE_BYTES */ +/* Internally to the collector, the index can be computed with */ +/* ROUNDED_UP_GRANULES. Externally, we don't know whether */ +/* DONT_ADD_BYTE_AT_END is set, but the client should know. */ + +/* Convert a free list index to the actual size of objects */ +/* on that list, including extra space we added. Not an */ +/* inverse of the above. */ +#define RAW_BYTES_FROM_INDEX(i) ((i) * GC_GRANULE_BYTES) + +#endif /* GC_TINY_FL_H */ diff --git a/tools/build/src/engine/boehm_gc/include/gc_typed.h b/tools/build/src/engine/boehm_gc/include/gc_typed.h new file mode 100644 index 000000000..1086acdd1 --- /dev/null +++ b/tools/build/src/engine/boehm_gc/include/gc_typed.h @@ -0,0 +1,111 @@ +/* + * Copyright 1988, 1989 Hans-J. Boehm, Alan J. Demers + * Copyright (c) 1991-1994 by Xerox Corporation. All rights reserved. + * Copyright 1996 Silicon Graphics. All rights reserved. + * + * THIS MATERIAL IS PROVIDED AS IS, WITH ABSOLUTELY NO WARRANTY EXPRESSED + * OR IMPLIED. ANY USE IS AT YOUR OWN RISK. + * + * Permission is hereby granted to use or copy this program + * for any purpose, provided the above notices are retained on all copies. + * Permission to modify the code and to distribute modified code is granted, + * provided the above notices are retained, and a notice that the code was + * modified is included with the above copyright notice. + */ +/* + * Some simple primitives for allocation with explicit type information. + * Facilities for dynamic type inference may be added later. + * Should be used only for extremely performance critical applications, + * or if conservative collector leakage is otherwise a problem (unlikely). + * Note that this is implemented completely separately from the rest + * of the collector, and is not linked in unless referenced. + * This does not currently support GC_DEBUG in any interesting way. + */ +/* Boehm, May 19, 1994 2:13 pm PDT */ + +#ifndef _GC_TYPED_H +# define _GC_TYPED_H +# ifndef _GC_H +# include "gc.h" +# endif + +#ifdef __cplusplus + extern "C" { +#endif +typedef GC_word * GC_bitmap; + /* The least significant bit of the first word is one if */ + /* the first word in the object may be a pointer. */ + +# define GC_WORDSZ (8*sizeof(GC_word)) +# define GC_get_bit(bm, index) \ + (((bm)[index/GC_WORDSZ] >> (index%GC_WORDSZ)) & 1) +# define GC_set_bit(bm, index) \ + (bm)[index/GC_WORDSZ] |= ((GC_word)1 << (index%GC_WORDSZ)) +# define GC_WORD_OFFSET(t, f) (offsetof(t,f)/sizeof(GC_word)) +# define GC_WORD_LEN(t) (sizeof(t)/ sizeof(GC_word)) +# define GC_BITMAP_SIZE(t) ((GC_WORD_LEN(t) + GC_WORDSZ-1)/GC_WORDSZ) + +typedef GC_word GC_descr; + +GC_API GC_descr GC_make_descriptor(GC_bitmap bm, size_t len); + /* Return a type descriptor for the object whose layout */ + /* is described by the argument. */ + /* The least significant bit of the first word is one */ + /* if the first word in the object may be a pointer. */ + /* The second argument specifies the number of */ + /* meaningful bits in the bitmap. The actual object */ + /* may be larger (but not smaller). Any additional */ + /* words in the object are assumed not to contain */ + /* pointers. */ + /* Returns a conservative approximation in the */ + /* (unlikely) case of insufficient memory to build */ + /* the descriptor. Calls to GC_make_descriptor */ + /* may consume some amount of a finite resource. This */ + /* is intended to be called once per type, not once */ + /* per allocation. */ + +/* It is possible to generate a descriptor for a C type T with */ +/* word aligned pointer fields f1, f2, ... as follows: */ +/* */ +/* GC_descr T_descr; */ +/* GC_word T_bitmap[GC_BITMAP_SIZE(T)] = {0}; */ +/* GC_set_bit(T_bitmap, GC_WORD_OFFSET(T,f1)); */ +/* GC_set_bit(T_bitmap, GC_WORD_OFFSET(T,f2)); */ +/* ... */ +/* T_descr = GC_make_descriptor(T_bitmap, GC_WORD_LEN(T)); */ + +GC_API void * GC_malloc_explicitly_typed(size_t size_in_bytes, GC_descr d); + /* Allocate an object whose layout is described by d. */ + /* The resulting object MAY NOT BE PASSED TO REALLOC. */ + /* The returned object is cleared. */ + +GC_API void * GC_malloc_explicitly_typed_ignore_off_page + (size_t size_in_bytes, GC_descr d); + +GC_API void * GC_calloc_explicitly_typed(size_t nelements, + size_t element_size_in_bytes, + GC_descr d); + /* Allocate an array of nelements elements, each of the */ + /* given size, and with the given descriptor. */ + /* The elemnt size must be a multiple of the byte */ + /* alignment required for pointers. E.g. on a 32-bit */ + /* machine with 16-bit aligned pointers, size_in_bytes */ + /* must be a multiple of 2. */ + /* Returned object is cleared. */ + +#ifdef GC_DEBUG +# define GC_MALLOC_EXPLICITLY_TYPED(bytes, d) GC_MALLOC(bytes) +# define GC_CALLOC_EXPLICITLY_TYPED(n, bytes, d) GC_MALLOC(n*bytes) +#else +# define GC_MALLOC_EXPLICITLY_TYPED(bytes, d) \ + GC_malloc_explicitly_typed(bytes, d) +# define GC_CALLOC_EXPLICITLY_TYPED(n, bytes, d) \ + GC_calloc_explicitly_typed(n, bytes, d) +#endif /* !GC_DEBUG */ + +#ifdef __cplusplus + } /* matches extern "C" */ +#endif + +#endif /* _GC_TYPED_H */ + diff --git a/tools/build/src/engine/boehm_gc/include/include.am b/tools/build/src/engine/boehm_gc/include/include.am new file mode 100644 index 000000000..78c57c346 --- /dev/null +++ b/tools/build/src/engine/boehm_gc/include/include.am @@ -0,0 +1,54 @@ +# +# +# THIS MATERIAL IS PROVIDED AS IS, WITH ABSOLUTELY NO WARRANTY EXPRESSED +# OR IMPLIED. ANY USE IS AT YOUR OWN RISK. +# +# Permission is hereby granted to use or copy this program +# for any purpose, provided the above notices are retained on all copies. +# Permission to modify the code and to distribute modified code is granted, +# provided the above notices are retained, and a notice that the code was +# modified is included with the above copyright notice. +# +# Modified by: Grzegorz Jakacki <jakacki at acm dot org> +# Modified by: Petter Urkedal <petter.urkedal@nordita.dk> + +## Process this file with automake to produce part of Makefile.in. + +# installed headers +# +pkginclude_HEADERS += \ + include/gc.h \ + include/gc_typed.h \ + include/gc_inline.h \ + include/gc_mark.h \ + include/gc_cpp.h \ + include/weakpointer.h \ + include/new_gc_alloc.h \ + include/gc_allocator.h \ + include/gc_backptr.h \ + include/gc_gcj.h \ + include/leak_detector.h \ + include/gc_amiga_redirects.h \ + include/gc_pthread_redirects.h \ + include/gc_config_macros.h \ + include/gc_tiny_fl.h + +# headers which are not installed +# +dist_noinst_HEADERS += \ + include/private/gc_hdrs.h \ + include/private/gc_priv.h \ + include/private/gcconfig.h \ + include/private/gc_pmark.h \ + include/private/gc_locks.h \ + include/private/dbg_mlc.h \ + include/private/specific.h \ + include/private/cord_pos.h \ + include/private/pthread_support.h \ + include/private/pthread_stop_world.h \ + include/private/darwin_semaphore.h \ + include/private/darwin_stop_world.h \ + include/private/thread_local_alloc.h \ + include/cord.h \ + include/ec.h \ + include/javaxfc.h diff --git a/tools/build/src/engine/boehm_gc/include/javaxfc.h b/tools/build/src/engine/boehm_gc/include/javaxfc.h new file mode 100644 index 000000000..23e01005a --- /dev/null +++ b/tools/build/src/engine/boehm_gc/include/javaxfc.h @@ -0,0 +1,21 @@ +# ifndef GC_H +# include "gc.h" +# endif + +/* + * Invoke all remaining finalizers that haven't yet been run. + * This is needed for strict compliance with the Java standard, + * which can make the runtime guarantee that all finalizers are run. + * This is problematic for several reasons: + * 1) It means that finalizers, and all methods calle by them, + * must be prepared to deal with objects that have been finalized in + * spite of the fact that they are still referenced by statically + * allocated pointer variables. + * 1) It may mean that we get stuck in an infinite loop running + * finalizers which create new finalizable objects, though that's + * probably unlikely. + * Thus this is not recommended for general use. + */ +void GC_finalize_all(); + + diff --git a/tools/build/src/engine/boehm_gc/include/leak_detector.h b/tools/build/src/engine/boehm_gc/include/leak_detector.h new file mode 100644 index 000000000..1d02f4007 --- /dev/null +++ b/tools/build/src/engine/boehm_gc/include/leak_detector.h @@ -0,0 +1,9 @@ +#define GC_DEBUG +#include "gc.h" +#define malloc(n) GC_MALLOC(n) +#define calloc(m,n) GC_MALLOC((m)*(n)) +#define free(p) GC_FREE(p) +#define realloc(p,n) GC_REALLOC((p),(n)) +#undef strdup +#define strdup(s) GC_STRDUP((s)) +#define CHECK_LEAKS() GC_gcollect() diff --git a/tools/build/src/engine/boehm_gc/include/new_gc_alloc.h b/tools/build/src/engine/boehm_gc/include/new_gc_alloc.h new file mode 100644 index 000000000..b4906af54 --- /dev/null +++ b/tools/build/src/engine/boehm_gc/include/new_gc_alloc.h @@ -0,0 +1,484 @@ +/* + * Copyright (c) 1996-1998 by Silicon Graphics. All rights reserved. + * + * THIS MATERIAL IS PROVIDED AS IS, WITH ABSOLUTELY NO WARRANTY EXPRESSED + * OR IMPLIED. ANY USE IS AT YOUR OWN RISK. + * + * Permission is hereby granted to use or copy this program + * for any purpose, provided the above notices are retained on all copies. + * Permission to modify the code and to distribute modified code is granted, + * provided the above notices are retained, and a notice that the code was + * modified is included with the above copyright notice. + */ + +// +// This is a revision of gc_alloc.h for SGI STL versions > 3.0 +// Unlike earlier versions, it supplements the standard "alloc.h" +// instead of replacing it. +// +// This is sloppy about variable names used in header files. +// It also doesn't yet understand the new header file names or +// namespaces. +// +// This assumes the collector has been compiled with -DATOMIC_UNCOLLECTABLE. +// The user should also consider -DREDIRECT_MALLOC=GC_uncollectable_malloc, +// to ensure that object allocated through malloc are traced. +// +// Some of this could be faster in the explicit deallocation case. +// In particular, we spend too much time clearing objects on the +// free lists. That could be avoided. +// +// This uses template classes with static members, and hence does not work +// with g++ 2.7.2 and earlier. +// +// Unlike its predecessor, this one simply defines +// gc_alloc +// single_client_gc_alloc +// traceable_alloc +// single_client_traceable_alloc +// +// It does not redefine alloc. Nor does it change the default allocator, +// though the user may wish to do so. (The argument against changing +// the default allocator is that it may introduce subtle link compatibility +// problems. The argument for changing it is that the usual default +// allocator is usually a very bad choice for a garbage collected environment.) +// +// This code assumes that the collector itself has been compiled with a +// compiler that defines __STDC__ . +// + +#ifndef GC_ALLOC_H + +#include "gc.h" + +#if (__GNUC__ < 3) +# include <stack> // A more portable way to get stl_alloc.h . +#else +# include <bits/stl_alloc.h> +# ifndef __STL_BEGIN_NAMESPACE +# define __STL_BEGIN_NAMESPACE namespace std { +# define __STL_END_NAMESPACE }; +# endif +#ifndef __STL_USE_STD_ALLOCATORS +#define __STL_USE_STD_ALLOCATORS +#endif +#endif + +/* A hack to deal with gcc 3.1. If you are using gcc3.1 and later, */ +/* you should probably really use gc_allocator.h instead. */ +#if defined (__GNUC__) && \ + (__GNUC__ > 3 || (__GNUC__ == 3 && (__GNUC_MINOR__ >= 1))) +# define simple_alloc __simple_alloc +#endif + + + +#define GC_ALLOC_H + +#include <stddef.h> +#include <string.h> + +// The following need to match collector data structures. +// We can't include gc_priv.h, since that pulls in way too much stuff. +// This should eventually be factored out into another include file. + +extern "C" { + extern void ** const GC_objfreelist_ptr; + extern void ** const GC_aobjfreelist_ptr; + extern void ** const GC_uobjfreelist_ptr; + extern void ** const GC_auobjfreelist_ptr; + + extern void GC_incr_bytes_allocd(size_t bytes); + extern void GC_incr_mem_freed(size_t words); /* FIXME: use bytes */ + + extern char * GC_generic_malloc_words_small(size_t word, int kind); + /* FIXME: Doesn't exist anymore. */ +} + +// Object kinds; must match PTRFREE, NORMAL, UNCOLLECTABLE, and +// AUNCOLLECTABLE in gc_priv.h. + +enum { GC_PTRFREE = 0, GC_NORMAL = 1, GC_UNCOLLECTABLE = 2, + GC_AUNCOLLECTABLE = 3 }; + +enum { GC_max_fast_bytes = 255 }; + +enum { GC_bytes_per_word = sizeof(char *) }; + +enum { GC_byte_alignment = 8 }; + +enum { GC_word_alignment = GC_byte_alignment/GC_bytes_per_word }; + +inline void * &GC_obj_link(void * p) +{ return *reinterpret_cast<void **>(p); } + +// Compute a number of words >= n+1 bytes. +// The +1 allows for pointers one past the end. +inline size_t GC_round_up(size_t n) +{ + return ((n + GC_byte_alignment)/GC_byte_alignment)*GC_word_alignment; +} + +// The same but don't allow for extra byte. +inline size_t GC_round_up_uncollectable(size_t n) +{ + return ((n + GC_byte_alignment - 1)/GC_byte_alignment)*GC_word_alignment; +} + +template <int dummy> +class GC_aux_template { +public: + // File local count of allocated words. Occasionally this is + // added into the global count. A separate count is necessary since the + // real one must be updated with a procedure call. + static size_t GC_bytes_recently_allocd; + + // Same for uncollectable mmory. Not yet reflected in either + // GC_bytes_recently_allocd or GC_non_gc_bytes. + static size_t GC_uncollectable_bytes_recently_allocd; + + // Similar counter for explicitly deallocated memory. + static size_t GC_bytes_recently_freed; + + // Again for uncollectable memory. + static size_t GC_uncollectable_bytes_recently_freed; + + static void * GC_out_of_line_malloc(size_t nwords, int kind); +}; + +template <int dummy> +size_t GC_aux_template<dummy>::GC_bytes_recently_allocd = 0; + +template <int dummy> +size_t GC_aux_template<dummy>::GC_uncollectable_bytes_recently_allocd = 0; + +template <int dummy> +size_t GC_aux_template<dummy>::GC_bytes_recently_freed = 0; + +template <int dummy> +size_t GC_aux_template<dummy>::GC_uncollectable_bytes_recently_freed = 0; + +template <int dummy> +void * GC_aux_template<dummy>::GC_out_of_line_malloc(size_t nwords, int kind) +{ + GC_bytes_recently_allocd += GC_uncollectable_bytes_recently_allocd; + GC_non_gc_bytes += + GC_uncollectable_bytes_recently_allocd; + GC_uncollectable_bytes_recently_allocd = 0; + + GC_bytes_recently_freed += GC_uncollectable_bytes_recently_freed; + GC_non_gc_bytes -= GC_uncollectable_bytes_recently_freed; + GC_uncollectable_bytes_recently_freed = 0; + + GC_incr_bytes_allocd(GC_bytes_recently_allocd); + GC_bytes_recently_allocd = 0; + + GC_incr_mem_freed(GC_bytes_per_word(GC_bytes_recently_freed)); + GC_bytes_recently_freed = 0; + + return GC_generic_malloc_words_small(nwords, kind); +} + +typedef GC_aux_template<0> GC_aux; + +// A fast, single-threaded, garbage-collected allocator +// We assume the first word will be immediately overwritten. +// In this version, deallocation is not a noop, and explicit +// deallocation is likely to help performance. +template <int dummy> +class single_client_gc_alloc_template { + public: + static void * allocate(size_t n) + { + size_t nwords = GC_round_up(n); + void ** flh; + void * op; + + if (n > GC_max_fast_bytes) return GC_malloc(n); + flh = GC_objfreelist_ptr + nwords; + if (0 == (op = *flh)) { + return GC_aux::GC_out_of_line_malloc(nwords, GC_NORMAL); + } + *flh = GC_obj_link(op); + GC_aux::GC_bytes_recently_allocd += nwords * GC_bytes_per_word; + return op; + } + static void * ptr_free_allocate(size_t n) + { + size_t nwords = GC_round_up(n); + void ** flh; + void * op; + + if (n > GC_max_fast_bytes) return GC_malloc_atomic(n); + flh = GC_aobjfreelist_ptr + nwords; + if (0 == (op = *flh)) { + return GC_aux::GC_out_of_line_malloc(nwords, GC_PTRFREE); + } + *flh = GC_obj_link(op); + GC_aux::GC_bytes_recently_allocd += nwords * GC_bytes_per_word; + return op; + } + static void deallocate(void *p, size_t n) + { + size_t nwords = GC_round_up(n); + void ** flh; + + if (n > GC_max_fast_bytes) { + GC_free(p); + } else { + flh = GC_objfreelist_ptr + nwords; + GC_obj_link(p) = *flh; + memset(reinterpret_cast<char *>(p) + GC_bytes_per_word, 0, + GC_bytes_per_word * (nwords - 1)); + *flh = p; + GC_aux::GC_bytes_recently_freed += nwords * GC_bytes_per_word; + } + } + static void ptr_free_deallocate(void *p, size_t n) + { + size_t nwords = GC_round_up(n); + void ** flh; + + if (n > GC_max_fast_bytes) { + GC_free(p); + } else { + flh = GC_aobjfreelist_ptr + nwords; + GC_obj_link(p) = *flh; + *flh = p; + GC_aux::GC_bytes_recently_freed += nwords * GC_bytes_per_word; + } + } +}; + +typedef single_client_gc_alloc_template<0> single_client_gc_alloc; + +// Once more, for uncollectable objects. +template <int dummy> +class single_client_traceable_alloc_template { + public: + static void * allocate(size_t n) + { + size_t nwords = GC_round_up_uncollectable(n); + void ** flh; + void * op; + + if (n > GC_max_fast_bytes) return GC_malloc_uncollectable(n); + flh = GC_uobjfreelist_ptr + nwords; + if (0 == (op = *flh)) { + return GC_aux::GC_out_of_line_malloc(nwords, GC_UNCOLLECTABLE); + } + *flh = GC_obj_link(op); + GC_aux::GC_uncollectable_bytes_recently_allocd += + nwords * GC_bytes_per_word; + return op; + } + static void * ptr_free_allocate(size_t n) + { + size_t nwords = GC_round_up_uncollectable(n); + void ** flh; + void * op; + + if (n > GC_max_fast_bytes) return GC_malloc_atomic_uncollectable(n); + flh = GC_auobjfreelist_ptr + nwords; + if (0 == (op = *flh)) { + return GC_aux::GC_out_of_line_malloc(nwords, GC_AUNCOLLECTABLE); + } + *flh = GC_obj_link(op); + GC_aux::GC_uncollectable_bytes_recently_allocd += + nwords * GC_bytes_per_word; + return op; + } + static void deallocate(void *p, size_t n) + { + size_t nwords = GC_round_up_uncollectable(n); + void ** flh; + + if (n > GC_max_fast_bytes) { + GC_free(p); + } else { + flh = GC_uobjfreelist_ptr + nwords; + GC_obj_link(p) = *flh; + *flh = p; + GC_aux::GC_uncollectable_bytes_recently_freed += + nwords * GC_bytes_per_word; + } + } + static void ptr_free_deallocate(void *p, size_t n) + { + size_t nwords = GC_round_up_uncollectable(n); + void ** flh; + + if (n > GC_max_fast_bytes) { + GC_free(p); + } else { + flh = GC_auobjfreelist_ptr + nwords; + GC_obj_link(p) = *flh; + *flh = p; + GC_aux::GC_uncollectable_bytes_recently_freed += + nwords * GC_bytes_per_word; + } + } +}; + +typedef single_client_traceable_alloc_template<0> single_client_traceable_alloc; + +template < int dummy > +class gc_alloc_template { + public: + static void * allocate(size_t n) { return GC_malloc(n); } + static void * ptr_free_allocate(size_t n) + { return GC_malloc_atomic(n); } + static void deallocate(void *, size_t) { } + static void ptr_free_deallocate(void *, size_t) { } +}; + +typedef gc_alloc_template < 0 > gc_alloc; + +template < int dummy > +class traceable_alloc_template { + public: + static void * allocate(size_t n) { return GC_malloc_uncollectable(n); } + static void * ptr_free_allocate(size_t n) + { return GC_malloc_atomic_uncollectable(n); } + static void deallocate(void *p, size_t) { GC_free(p); } + static void ptr_free_deallocate(void *p, size_t) { GC_free(p); } +}; + +typedef traceable_alloc_template < 0 > traceable_alloc; + +// We want to specialize simple_alloc so that it does the right thing +// for all pointerfree types. At the moment there is no portable way to +// even approximate that. The following approximation should work for +// SGI compilers, and recent versions of g++. + +# define __GC_SPECIALIZE(T,alloc) \ +class simple_alloc<T, alloc> { \ +public: \ + static T *allocate(size_t n) \ + { return 0 == n? 0 : \ + reinterpret_cast<T*>(alloc::ptr_free_allocate(n * sizeof (T))); } \ + static T *allocate(void) \ + { return reinterpret_cast<T*>(alloc::ptr_free_allocate(sizeof (T))); } \ + static void deallocate(T *p, size_t n) \ + { if (0 != n) alloc::ptr_free_deallocate(p, n * sizeof (T)); } \ + static void deallocate(T *p) \ + { alloc::ptr_free_deallocate(p, sizeof (T)); } \ +}; + +__STL_BEGIN_NAMESPACE + +__GC_SPECIALIZE(char, gc_alloc) +__GC_SPECIALIZE(int, gc_alloc) +__GC_SPECIALIZE(unsigned, gc_alloc) +__GC_SPECIALIZE(float, gc_alloc) +__GC_SPECIALIZE(double, gc_alloc) + +__GC_SPECIALIZE(char, traceable_alloc) +__GC_SPECIALIZE(int, traceable_alloc) +__GC_SPECIALIZE(unsigned, traceable_alloc) +__GC_SPECIALIZE(float, traceable_alloc) +__GC_SPECIALIZE(double, traceable_alloc) + +__GC_SPECIALIZE(char, single_client_gc_alloc) +__GC_SPECIALIZE(int, single_client_gc_alloc) +__GC_SPECIALIZE(unsigned, single_client_gc_alloc) +__GC_SPECIALIZE(float, single_client_gc_alloc) +__GC_SPECIALIZE(double, single_client_gc_alloc) + +__GC_SPECIALIZE(char, single_client_traceable_alloc) +__GC_SPECIALIZE(int, single_client_traceable_alloc) +__GC_SPECIALIZE(unsigned, single_client_traceable_alloc) +__GC_SPECIALIZE(float, single_client_traceable_alloc) +__GC_SPECIALIZE(double, single_client_traceable_alloc) + +__STL_END_NAMESPACE + +#ifdef __STL_USE_STD_ALLOCATORS + +__STL_BEGIN_NAMESPACE + +template <class _Tp> +struct _Alloc_traits<_Tp, gc_alloc > +{ + static const bool _S_instanceless = true; + typedef simple_alloc<_Tp, gc_alloc > _Alloc_type; + typedef __allocator<_Tp, gc_alloc > allocator_type; +}; + +inline bool operator==(const gc_alloc&, + const gc_alloc&) +{ + return true; +} + +inline bool operator!=(const gc_alloc&, + const gc_alloc&) +{ + return false; +} + +template <class _Tp> +struct _Alloc_traits<_Tp, single_client_gc_alloc > +{ + static const bool _S_instanceless = true; + typedef simple_alloc<_Tp, single_client_gc_alloc > _Alloc_type; + typedef __allocator<_Tp, single_client_gc_alloc > allocator_type; +}; + +inline bool operator==(const single_client_gc_alloc&, + const single_client_gc_alloc&) +{ + return true; +} + +inline bool operator!=(const single_client_gc_alloc&, + const single_client_gc_alloc&) +{ + return false; +} + +template <class _Tp> +struct _Alloc_traits<_Tp, traceable_alloc > +{ + static const bool _S_instanceless = true; + typedef simple_alloc<_Tp, traceable_alloc > _Alloc_type; + typedef __allocator<_Tp, traceable_alloc > allocator_type; +}; + +inline bool operator==(const traceable_alloc&, + const traceable_alloc&) +{ + return true; +} + +inline bool operator!=(const traceable_alloc&, + const traceable_alloc&) +{ + return false; +} + +template <class _Tp> +struct _Alloc_traits<_Tp, single_client_traceable_alloc > +{ + static const bool _S_instanceless = true; + typedef simple_alloc<_Tp, single_client_traceable_alloc > _Alloc_type; + typedef __allocator<_Tp, single_client_traceable_alloc > allocator_type; +}; + +inline bool operator==(const single_client_traceable_alloc&, + const single_client_traceable_alloc&) +{ + return true; +} + +inline bool operator!=(const single_client_traceable_alloc&, + const single_client_traceable_alloc&) +{ + return false; +} + +__STL_END_NAMESPACE + +#endif /* __STL_USE_STD_ALLOCATORS */ + +#endif /* GC_ALLOC_H */ diff --git a/tools/build/src/engine/boehm_gc/include/private/cord_pos.h b/tools/build/src/engine/boehm_gc/include/private/cord_pos.h new file mode 100644 index 000000000..d2b24bb8a --- /dev/null +++ b/tools/build/src/engine/boehm_gc/include/private/cord_pos.h @@ -0,0 +1,118 @@ +/* + * Copyright (c) 1993-1994 by Xerox Corporation. All rights reserved. + * + * THIS MATERIAL IS PROVIDED AS IS, WITH ABSOLUTELY NO WARRANTY EXPRESSED + * OR IMPLIED. ANY USE IS AT YOUR OWN RISK. + * + * Permission is hereby granted to use or copy this program + * for any purpose, provided the above notices are retained on all copies. + * Permission to modify the code and to distribute modified code is granted, + * provided the above notices are retained, and a notice that the code was + * modified is included with the above copyright notice. + */ +/* Boehm, May 19, 1994 2:23 pm PDT */ +# ifndef CORD_POSITION_H + +/* The representation of CORD_position. This is private to the */ +/* implementation, but the size is known to clients. Also */ +/* the implementation of some exported macros relies on it. */ +/* Don't use anything defined here and not in cord.h. */ + +# define MAX_DEPTH 48 + /* The maximum depth of a balanced cord + 1. */ + /* We don't let cords get deeper than MAX_DEPTH. */ + +struct CORD_pe { + CORD pe_cord; + size_t pe_start_pos; +}; + +/* A structure describing an entry on the path from the root */ +/* to current position. */ +typedef struct CORD_Pos { + size_t cur_pos; + int path_len; +# define CORD_POS_INVALID (0x55555555) + /* path_len == INVALID <==> position invalid */ + const char *cur_leaf; /* Current leaf, if it is a string. */ + /* If the current leaf is a function, */ + /* then this may point to function_buf */ + /* containing the next few characters. */ + /* Always points to a valid string */ + /* containing the current character */ + /* unless cur_end is 0. */ + size_t cur_start; /* Start position of cur_leaf */ + size_t cur_end; /* Ending position of cur_leaf */ + /* 0 if cur_leaf is invalid. */ + struct CORD_pe path[MAX_DEPTH + 1]; + /* path[path_len] is the leaf corresponding to cur_pos */ + /* path[0].pe_cord is the cord we point to. */ +# define FUNCTION_BUF_SZ 8 + char function_buf[FUNCTION_BUF_SZ]; /* Space for next few chars */ + /* from function node. */ +} CORD_pos[1]; + +/* Extract the cord from a position: */ +CORD CORD_pos_to_cord(CORD_pos p); + +/* Extract the current index from a position: */ +size_t CORD_pos_to_index(CORD_pos p); + +/* Fetch the character located at the given position: */ +char CORD_pos_fetch(CORD_pos p); + +/* Initialize the position to refer to the give cord and index. */ +/* Note that this is the most expensive function on positions: */ +void CORD_set_pos(CORD_pos p, CORD x, size_t i); + +/* Advance the position to the next character. */ +/* P must be initialized and valid. */ +/* Invalidates p if past end: */ +void CORD_next(CORD_pos p); + +/* Move the position to the preceding character. */ +/* P must be initialized and valid. */ +/* Invalidates p if past beginning: */ +void CORD_prev(CORD_pos p); + +/* Is the position valid, i.e. inside the cord? */ +int CORD_pos_valid(CORD_pos p); + +char CORD__pos_fetch(CORD_pos); +void CORD__next(CORD_pos); +void CORD__prev(CORD_pos); + +#define CORD_pos_fetch(p) \ + (((p)[0].cur_end != 0)? \ + (p)[0].cur_leaf[(p)[0].cur_pos - (p)[0].cur_start] \ + : CORD__pos_fetch(p)) + +#define CORD_next(p) \ + (((p)[0].cur_pos + 1 < (p)[0].cur_end)? \ + (p)[0].cur_pos++ \ + : (CORD__next(p), 0)) + +#define CORD_prev(p) \ + (((p)[0].cur_end != 0 && (p)[0].cur_pos > (p)[0].cur_start)? \ + (p)[0].cur_pos-- \ + : (CORD__prev(p), 0)) + +#define CORD_pos_to_index(p) ((p)[0].cur_pos) + +#define CORD_pos_to_cord(p) ((p)[0].path[0].pe_cord) + +#define CORD_pos_valid(p) ((p)[0].path_len != CORD_POS_INVALID) + +/* Some grubby stuff for performance-critical friends: */ +#define CORD_pos_chars_left(p) ((long)((p)[0].cur_end) - (long)((p)[0].cur_pos)) + /* Number of characters in cache. <= 0 ==> none */ + +#define CORD_pos_advance(p,n) ((p)[0].cur_pos += (n) - 1, CORD_next(p)) + /* Advance position by n characters */ + /* 0 < n < CORD_pos_chars_left(p) */ + +#define CORD_pos_cur_char_addr(p) \ + (p)[0].cur_leaf + ((p)[0].cur_pos - (p)[0].cur_start) + /* address of current character in cache. */ + +#endif diff --git a/tools/build/src/engine/boehm_gc/include/private/darwin_semaphore.h b/tools/build/src/engine/boehm_gc/include/private/darwin_semaphore.h new file mode 100644 index 000000000..0f43982d5 --- /dev/null +++ b/tools/build/src/engine/boehm_gc/include/private/darwin_semaphore.h @@ -0,0 +1,68 @@ +#ifndef GC_DARWIN_SEMAPHORE_H +#define GC_DARWIN_SEMAPHORE_H + +#if !defined(GC_DARWIN_THREADS) +#error darwin_semaphore.h included with GC_DARWIN_THREADS not defined +#endif + +/* + This is a very simple semaphore implementation for darwin. It + is implemented in terms of pthreads calls so it isn't async signal + safe. This isn't a problem because signals aren't used to + suspend threads on darwin. +*/ + +typedef struct { + pthread_mutex_t mutex; + pthread_cond_t cond; + int value; +} sem_t; + +static int sem_init(sem_t *sem, int pshared, int value) { + int ret; + if(pshared) + GC_abort("sem_init with pshared set"); + sem->value = value; + + ret = pthread_mutex_init(&sem->mutex,NULL); + if(ret < 0) return -1; + ret = pthread_cond_init(&sem->cond,NULL); + if(ret < 0) return -1; + return 0; +} + +static int sem_post(sem_t *sem) { + if(pthread_mutex_lock(&sem->mutex) < 0) + return -1; + sem->value++; + if(pthread_cond_signal(&sem->cond) < 0) { + pthread_mutex_unlock(&sem->mutex); + return -1; + } + if(pthread_mutex_unlock(&sem->mutex) < 0) + return -1; + return 0; +} + +static int sem_wait(sem_t *sem) { + if(pthread_mutex_lock(&sem->mutex) < 0) + return -1; + while(sem->value == 0) { + pthread_cond_wait(&sem->cond,&sem->mutex); + } + sem->value--; + if(pthread_mutex_unlock(&sem->mutex) < 0) + return -1; + return 0; +} + +static int sem_destroy(sem_t *sem) { + int ret; + ret = pthread_cond_destroy(&sem->cond); + if(ret < 0) return -1; + ret = pthread_mutex_destroy(&sem->mutex); + if(ret < 0) return -1; + return 0; +} + +#endif diff --git a/tools/build/src/engine/boehm_gc/include/private/darwin_stop_world.h b/tools/build/src/engine/boehm_gc/include/private/darwin_stop_world.h new file mode 100644 index 000000000..f6f5314ee --- /dev/null +++ b/tools/build/src/engine/boehm_gc/include/private/darwin_stop_world.h @@ -0,0 +1,22 @@ +#ifndef GC_DARWIN_STOP_WORLD_H +#define GC_DARWIN_STOP_WORLD_H + +#if !defined(GC_DARWIN_THREADS) +#error darwin_stop_world.h included without GC_DARWIN_THREADS defined +#endif + +#include <mach/mach.h> +#include <mach/thread_act.h> + +struct thread_stop_info { + mach_port_t mach_thread; +}; + +struct GC_mach_thread { + thread_act_t thread; + int already_suspended; +}; + +void GC_darwin_register_mach_handler_thread(mach_port_t thread); + +#endif diff --git a/tools/build/src/engine/boehm_gc/include/private/dbg_mlc.h b/tools/build/src/engine/boehm_gc/include/private/dbg_mlc.h new file mode 100644 index 000000000..fcd027c4f --- /dev/null +++ b/tools/build/src/engine/boehm_gc/include/private/dbg_mlc.h @@ -0,0 +1,178 @@ +/* + * Copyright 1988, 1989 Hans-J. Boehm, Alan J. Demers + * Copyright (c) 1991-1995 by Xerox Corporation. All rights reserved. + * Copyright (c) 1997 by Silicon Graphics. All rights reserved. + * Copyright (c) 1999 by Hewlett-Packard Company. All rights reserved. + * + * THIS MATERIAL IS PROVIDED AS IS, WITH ABSOLUTELY NO WARRANTY EXPRESSED + * OR IMPLIED. ANY USE IS AT YOUR OWN RISK. + * + * Permission is hereby granted to use or copy this program + * for any purpose, provided the above notices are retained on all copies. + * Permission to modify the code and to distribute modified code is granted, + * provided the above notices are retained, and a notice that the code was + * modified is included with the above copyright notice. + */ + +/* + * This is mostly an internal header file. Typical clients should + * not use it. Clients that define their own object kinds with + * debugging allocators will probably want to include this, however. + * No attempt is made to keep the namespace clean. This should not be + * included from header files that are frequently included by clients. + */ + +#ifndef _DBG_MLC_H + +#define _DBG_MLC_H + +# define I_HIDE_POINTERS +# include "gc_priv.h" +# ifdef KEEP_BACK_PTRS +# include "gc_backptr.h" +# endif + +#ifndef HIDE_POINTER + /* Gc.h was previously included, and hence the I_HIDE_POINTERS */ + /* definition had no effect. Repeat the gc.h definitions here to */ + /* get them anyway. */ + typedef GC_word GC_hidden_pointer; +# define HIDE_POINTER(p) (~(GC_hidden_pointer)(p)) +# define REVEAL_POINTER(p) ((void *)(HIDE_POINTER(p))) +#endif /* HIDE_POINTER */ + +# define START_FLAG ((word)0xfedcedcb) +# define END_FLAG ((word)0xbcdecdef) + /* Stored both one past the end of user object, and one before */ + /* the end of the object as seen by the allocator. */ + +# if defined(KEEP_BACK_PTRS) || defined(PRINT_BLACK_LIST) \ + || defined(MAKE_BACK_GRAPH) + /* Pointer "source"s that aren't real locations. */ + /* Used in oh_back_ptr fields and as "source" */ + /* argument to some marking functions. */ +# define NOT_MARKED (ptr_t)(0) +# define MARKED_FOR_FINALIZATION (ptr_t)(2) + /* Object was marked because it is finalizable. */ +# define MARKED_FROM_REGISTER (ptr_t)(4) + /* Object was marked from a rgister. Hence the */ + /* source of the reference doesn't have an address. */ +# endif /* KEEP_BACK_PTRS || PRINT_BLACK_LIST */ + +/* Object header */ +typedef struct { +# if defined(KEEP_BACK_PTRS) || defined(MAKE_BACK_GRAPH) + /* We potentially keep two different kinds of back */ + /* pointers. KEEP_BACK_PTRS stores a single back */ + /* pointer in each reachable object to allow reporting */ + /* of why an object was retained. MAKE_BACK_GRAPH */ + /* builds a graph containing the inverse of all */ + /* "points-to" edges including those involving */ + /* objects that have just become unreachable. This */ + /* allows detection of growing chains of unreachable */ + /* objects. It may be possible to eventually combine */ + /* both, but for now we keep them separate. Both */ + /* kinds of back pointers are hidden using the */ + /* following macros. In both cases, the plain version */ + /* is constrained to have an least significant bit of 1,*/ + /* to allow it to be distinguished from a free list */ + /* link. This means the plain version must have an */ + /* lsb of 0. */ + /* Note that blocks dropped by black-listing will */ + /* also have the lsb clear once debugging has */ + /* started. */ + /* We're careful never to overwrite a value with lsb 0. */ +# if ALIGNMENT == 1 + /* Fudge back pointer to be even. */ +# define HIDE_BACK_PTR(p) HIDE_POINTER(~1 & (GC_word)(p)) +# else +# define HIDE_BACK_PTR(p) HIDE_POINTER(p) +# endif + +# ifdef KEEP_BACK_PTRS + GC_hidden_pointer oh_back_ptr; +# endif +# ifdef MAKE_BACK_GRAPH + GC_hidden_pointer oh_bg_ptr; +# endif +# if defined(KEEP_BACK_PTRS) != defined(MAKE_BACK_GRAPH) + /* Keep double-pointer-sized alignment. */ + word oh_dummy; +# endif +# endif + const char * oh_string; /* object descriptor string */ + word oh_int; /* object descriptor integers */ +# ifdef NEED_CALLINFO + struct callinfo oh_ci[NFRAMES]; +# endif +# ifndef SHORT_DBG_HDRS + word oh_sz; /* Original malloc arg. */ + word oh_sf; /* start flag */ +# endif /* SHORT_DBG_HDRS */ +} oh; +/* The size of the above structure is assumed not to dealign things, */ +/* and to be a multiple of the word length. */ + +#ifdef SHORT_DBG_HDRS +# define DEBUG_BYTES (sizeof (oh)) +# define UNCOLLECTABLE_DEBUG_BYTES DEBUG_BYTES +#else + /* Add space for END_FLAG, but use any extra space that was already */ + /* added to catch off-the-end pointers. */ + /* For uncollectable objects, the extra byte is not added. */ +# define UNCOLLECTABLE_DEBUG_BYTES (sizeof (oh) + sizeof (word)) +# define DEBUG_BYTES (UNCOLLECTABLE_DEBUG_BYTES - EXTRA_BYTES) +#endif + +/* Round bytes to words without adding extra byte at end. */ +#define SIMPLE_ROUNDED_UP_WORDS(n) BYTES_TO_WORDS((n) + WORDS_TO_BYTES(1) - 1) + +/* ADD_CALL_CHAIN stores a (partial) call chain into an object */ +/* header. It may be called with or without the allocation */ +/* lock. */ +/* PRINT_CALL_CHAIN prints the call chain stored in an object */ +/* to stderr. It requires that we do not hold the lock. */ +#if defined(SAVE_CALL_CHAIN) + struct callinfo; + void GC_save_callers(struct callinfo info[NFRAMES]); + void GC_print_callers(struct callinfo info[NFRAMES]); +# define ADD_CALL_CHAIN(base, ra) GC_save_callers(((oh *)(base)) -> oh_ci) +# define PRINT_CALL_CHAIN(base) GC_print_callers(((oh *)(base)) -> oh_ci) +#elif defined(GC_ADD_CALLER) + struct callinfo; + void GC_print_callers(struct callinfo info[NFRAMES]); +# define ADD_CALL_CHAIN(base, ra) ((oh *)(base)) -> oh_ci[0].ci_pc = (ra) +# define PRINT_CALL_CHAIN(base) GC_print_callers(((oh *)(base)) -> oh_ci) +#else +# define ADD_CALL_CHAIN(base, ra) +# define PRINT_CALL_CHAIN(base) +#endif + +# ifdef GC_ADD_CALLER +# define OPT_RA ra, +# else +# define OPT_RA +# endif + + +/* Check whether object with base pointer p has debugging info */ +/* p is assumed to point to a legitimate object in our part */ +/* of the heap. */ +#ifdef SHORT_DBG_HDRS +# define GC_has_other_debug_info(p) TRUE +#else + GC_bool GC_has_other_debug_info(/* p */); +#endif + +#if defined(KEEP_BACK_PTRS) || defined(MAKE_BACK_GRAPH) +# define GC_HAS_DEBUG_INFO(p) \ + ((*((word *)p) & 1) && GC_has_other_debug_info(p)) +#else +# define GC_HAS_DEBUG_INFO(p) GC_has_other_debug_info(p) +#endif + +/* Store debugging info into p. Return displaced pointer. */ +/* Assumes we don't hold allocation lock. */ +ptr_t GC_store_debug_info(/* p, sz, string, integer */); + +#endif /* _DBG_MLC_H */ diff --git a/tools/build/src/engine/boehm_gc/include/private/gc_hdrs.h b/tools/build/src/engine/boehm_gc/include/private/gc_hdrs.h new file mode 100644 index 000000000..559556ca7 --- /dev/null +++ b/tools/build/src/engine/boehm_gc/include/private/gc_hdrs.h @@ -0,0 +1,206 @@ +/* + * Copyright 1988, 1989 Hans-J. Boehm, Alan J. Demers + * Copyright (c) 1991-1994 by Xerox Corporation. All rights reserved. + * + * THIS MATERIAL IS PROVIDED AS IS, WITH ABSOLUTELY NO WARRANTY EXPRESSED + * OR IMPLIED. ANY USE IS AT YOUR OWN RISK. + * + * Permission is hereby granted to use or copy this program + * for any purpose, provided the above notices are retained on all copies. + * Permission to modify the code and to distribute modified code is granted, + * provided the above notices are retained, and a notice that the code was + * modified is included with the above copyright notice. + */ +/* Boehm, July 11, 1995 11:54 am PDT */ +# ifndef GC_HEADERS_H +# define GC_HEADERS_H +typedef struct hblkhdr hdr; + +# if CPP_WORDSZ != 32 && CPP_WORDSZ < 36 + --> Get a real machine. +# endif + +/* + * The 2 level tree data structure that is used to find block headers. + * If there are more than 32 bits in a pointer, the top level is a hash + * table. + * + * This defines HDR, GET_HDR, and SET_HDR, the main macros used to + * retrieve and set object headers. + * + * We take advantage of a header lookup + * cache. This is a locally declared direct mapped cache, used inside + * the marker. The HC_GET_HDR macro uses and maintains this + * cache. Assuming we get reasonable hit rates, this shaves a few + * memory references from each pointer validation. + */ + +# if CPP_WORDSZ > 32 +# define HASH_TL +# endif + +/* Define appropriate out-degrees for each of the two tree levels */ +# ifdef SMALL_CONFIG +# define LOG_BOTTOM_SZ 11 + /* Keep top index size reasonable with smaller blocks. */ +# else +# define LOG_BOTTOM_SZ 10 +# endif +# ifndef HASH_TL +# define LOG_TOP_SZ (WORDSZ - LOG_BOTTOM_SZ - LOG_HBLKSIZE) +# else +# define LOG_TOP_SZ 11 +# endif +# define TOP_SZ (1 << LOG_TOP_SZ) +# define BOTTOM_SZ (1 << LOG_BOTTOM_SZ) + +#ifndef SMALL_CONFIG +# define USE_HDR_CACHE +#endif + +/* #define COUNT_HDR_CACHE_HITS */ + +# ifdef COUNT_HDR_CACHE_HITS + extern word GC_hdr_cache_hits; + extern word GC_hdr_cache_misses; +# define HC_HIT() ++GC_hdr_cache_hits +# define HC_MISS() ++GC_hdr_cache_misses +# else +# define HC_HIT() +# define HC_MISS() +# endif + + typedef struct hce { + word block_addr; /* right shifted by LOG_HBLKSIZE */ + hdr * hce_hdr; + } hdr_cache_entry; + +# define HDR_CACHE_SIZE 8 /* power of 2 */ + +# define DECLARE_HDR_CACHE \ + hdr_cache_entry hdr_cache[HDR_CACHE_SIZE] + +# define INIT_HDR_CACHE BZERO(hdr_cache, sizeof(hdr_cache)) + +# define HCE(h) hdr_cache + (((word)(h) >> LOG_HBLKSIZE) & (HDR_CACHE_SIZE-1)) + +# define HCE_VALID_FOR(hce,h) ((hce) -> block_addr == \ + ((word)(h) >> LOG_HBLKSIZE)) + +# define HCE_HDR(h) ((hce) -> hce_hdr) + +#ifdef PRINT_BLACK_LIST + hdr * GC_header_cache_miss(ptr_t p, hdr_cache_entry *hce, ptr_t source); +# define HEADER_CACHE_MISS(p, hce, source) \ + GC_header_cache_miss(p, hce, source) +#else + hdr * GC_header_cache_miss(ptr_t p, hdr_cache_entry *hce); +# define HEADER_CACHE_MISS(p, hce, source) GC_header_cache_miss(p, hce) +#endif + +/* Set hhdr to the header for p. Analogous to GET_HDR below, */ +/* except that in the case of large objects, it */ +/* gets the header for the object beginning, if GC_all_interior_ptrs */ +/* is set. */ +/* Returns zero if p points to somewhere other than the first page */ +/* of an object, and it is not a valid pointer to the object. */ +# define HC_GET_HDR(p, hhdr, source, exit_label) \ + { \ + hdr_cache_entry * hce = HCE(p); \ + if (EXPECT(HCE_VALID_FOR(hce, p), 1)) { \ + HC_HIT(); \ + hhdr = hce -> hce_hdr; \ + } else { \ + hhdr = HEADER_CACHE_MISS(p, hce, source); \ + if (0 == hhdr) goto exit_label; \ + } \ + } + +typedef struct bi { + hdr * index[BOTTOM_SZ]; + /* + * The bottom level index contains one of three kinds of values: + * 0 means we're not responsible for this block, + * or this is a block other than the first one in a free block. + * 1 < (long)X <= MAX_JUMP means the block starts at least + * X * HBLKSIZE bytes before the current address. + * A valid pointer points to a hdr structure. (The above can't be + * valid pointers due to the GET_MEM return convention.) + */ + struct bi * asc_link; /* All indices are linked in */ + /* ascending order... */ + struct bi * desc_link; /* ... and in descending order. */ + word key; /* high order address bits. */ +# ifdef HASH_TL + struct bi * hash_link; /* Hash chain link. */ +# endif +} bottom_index; + +/* extern bottom_index GC_all_nils; - really part of GC_arrays */ + +/* extern bottom_index * GC_top_index []; - really part of GC_arrays */ + /* Each entry points to a bottom_index. */ + /* On a 32 bit machine, it points to */ + /* the index for a set of high order */ + /* bits equal to the index. For longer */ + /* addresses, we hash the high order */ + /* bits to compute the index in */ + /* GC_top_index, and each entry points */ + /* to a hash chain. */ + /* The last entry in each chain is */ + /* GC_all_nils. */ + + +# define MAX_JUMP (HBLKSIZE - 1) + +# define HDR_FROM_BI(bi, p) \ + ((bi)->index[((word)(p) >> LOG_HBLKSIZE) & (BOTTOM_SZ - 1)]) +# ifndef HASH_TL +# define BI(p) (GC_top_index \ + [(word)(p) >> (LOG_BOTTOM_SZ + LOG_HBLKSIZE)]) +# define HDR_INNER(p) HDR_FROM_BI(BI(p),p) +# ifdef SMALL_CONFIG +# define HDR(p) GC_find_header((ptr_t)(p)) +# else +# define HDR(p) HDR_INNER(p) +# endif +# define GET_BI(p, bottom_indx) (bottom_indx) = BI(p) +# define GET_HDR(p, hhdr) (hhdr) = HDR(p) +# define SET_HDR(p, hhdr) HDR_INNER(p) = (hhdr) +# define GET_HDR_ADDR(p, ha) (ha) = &(HDR_INNER(p)) +# else /* hash */ +/* Hash function for tree top level */ +# define TL_HASH(hi) ((hi) & (TOP_SZ - 1)) +/* Set bottom_indx to point to the bottom index for address p */ +# define GET_BI(p, bottom_indx) \ + { \ + register word hi = \ + (word)(p) >> (LOG_BOTTOM_SZ + LOG_HBLKSIZE); \ + register bottom_index * _bi = GC_top_index[TL_HASH(hi)]; \ + \ + while (_bi -> key != hi && _bi != GC_all_nils) \ + _bi = _bi -> hash_link; \ + (bottom_indx) = _bi; \ + } +# define GET_HDR_ADDR(p, ha) \ + { \ + register bottom_index * bi; \ + \ + GET_BI(p, bi); \ + (ha) = &(HDR_FROM_BI(bi, p)); \ + } +# define GET_HDR(p, hhdr) { register hdr ** _ha; GET_HDR_ADDR(p, _ha); \ + (hhdr) = *_ha; } +# define SET_HDR(p, hhdr) { register hdr ** _ha; GET_HDR_ADDR(p, _ha); \ + *_ha = (hhdr); } +# define HDR(p) GC_find_header((ptr_t)(p)) +# endif + +/* Is the result a forwarding address to someplace closer to the */ +/* beginning of the block or NIL? */ +# define IS_FORWARDING_ADDR_OR_NIL(hhdr) ((size_t) (hhdr) <= MAX_JUMP) + +/* Get an HBLKSIZE aligned address closer to the beginning of the block */ +/* h. Assumes hhdr == HDR(h) and IS_FORWARDING_ADDR(hhdr). */ +# define FORWARDED_ADDR(h, hhdr) ((struct hblk *)(h) - (size_t)(hhdr)) +# endif /* GC_HEADERS_H */ diff --git a/tools/build/src/engine/boehm_gc/include/private/gc_locks.h b/tools/build/src/engine/boehm_gc/include/private/gc_locks.h new file mode 100644 index 000000000..d7c83b07b --- /dev/null +++ b/tools/build/src/engine/boehm_gc/include/private/gc_locks.h @@ -0,0 +1,210 @@ +/* + * Copyright 1988, 1989 Hans-J. Boehm, Alan J. Demers + * Copyright (c) 1991-1994 by Xerox Corporation. All rights reserved. + * Copyright (c) 1996-1999 by Silicon Graphics. All rights reserved. + * Copyright (c) 1999 by Hewlett-Packard Company. All rights reserved. + * + * + * THIS MATERIAL IS PROVIDED AS IS, WITH ABSOLUTELY NO WARRANTY EXPRESSED + * OR IMPLIED. ANY USE IS AT YOUR OWN RISK. + * + * Permission is hereby granted to use or copy this program + * for any purpose, provided the above notices are retained on all copies. + * Permission to modify the code and to distribute modified code is granted, + * provided the above notices are retained, and a notice that the code was + * modified is included with the above copyright notice. + */ + +#ifndef GC_LOCKS_H +#define GC_LOCKS_H + +/* + * Mutual exclusion between allocator/collector routines. + * Needed if there is more than one allocator thread. + * DCL_LOCK_STATE declares any local variables needed by LOCK and UNLOCK. + * + * Note that I_HOLD_LOCK and I_DONT_HOLD_LOCK are used only positively + * in assertions, and may return TRUE in the "dont know" case. + */ +# ifdef THREADS +# include <atomic_ops.h> + + void GC_noop1(word); +# ifdef PCR +# include <base/PCR_Base.h> +# include <th/PCR_Th.h> + extern PCR_Th_ML GC_allocate_ml; +# define DCL_LOCK_STATE \ + PCR_ERes GC_fastLockRes; PCR_sigset_t GC_old_sig_mask +# define LOCK() PCR_Th_ML_Acquire(&GC_allocate_ml) +# define UNLOCK() PCR_Th_ML_Release(&GC_allocate_ml) +# endif + +# if !defined(AO_HAVE_test_and_set_acquire) && defined(GC_PTHREADS) +# define USE_PTHREAD_LOCKS +# endif + +# if defined(GC_WIN32_THREADS) && defined(GC_PTHREADS) +# define USE_PTHREAD_LOCKS +# endif + +# if defined(GC_WIN32_THREADS) && !defined(USE_PTHREAD_LOCKS) +# include <windows.h> +# define NO_THREAD (DWORD)(-1) + extern DWORD GC_lock_holder; + GC_API CRITICAL_SECTION GC_allocate_ml; +# ifdef GC_ASSERTIONS +# define UNCOND_LOCK() \ + { EnterCriticalSection(&GC_allocate_ml); \ + SET_LOCK_HOLDER(); } +# define UNCOND_UNLOCK() \ + { GC_ASSERT(I_HOLD_LOCK()); UNSET_LOCK_HOLDER(); \ + LeaveCriticalSection(&GC_allocate_ml); } +# else +# define UNCOND_LOCK() EnterCriticalSection(&GC_allocate_ml); +# define UNCOND_UNLOCK() LeaveCriticalSection(&GC_allocate_ml); +# endif /* !GC_ASSERTIONS */ +# define SET_LOCK_HOLDER() GC_lock_holder = GetCurrentThreadId() +# define UNSET_LOCK_HOLDER() GC_lock_holder = NO_THREAD +# define I_HOLD_LOCK() (!GC_need_to_lock \ + || GC_lock_holder == GetCurrentThreadId()) +# define I_DONT_HOLD_LOCK() (!GC_need_to_lock \ + || GC_lock_holder != GetCurrentThreadId()) +# elif defined(GC_PTHREADS) +# include <pthread.h> + + /* Posix allows pthread_t to be a struct, though it rarely is. */ + /* Unfortunately, we need to use a pthread_t to index a data */ + /* structure. It also helps if comparisons don't involve a */ + /* function call. Hence we introduce platform-dependent macros */ + /* to compare pthread_t ids and to map them to integers. */ + /* the mapping to integers does not need to result in different */ + /* integers for each thread, though that should be true as much */ + /* as possible. */ + /* Refine to exclude platforms on which pthread_t is struct */ +# if !defined(GC_WIN32_PTHREADS) +# define NUMERIC_THREAD_ID(id) ((unsigned long)(id)) +# define THREAD_EQUAL(id1, id2) ((id1) == (id2)) +# define NUMERIC_THREAD_ID_UNIQUE +# else +# if defined(GC_WIN32_PTHREADS) +# define NUMERIC_THREAD_ID(id) ((unsigned long)(id.p)) + /* Using documented internal details of win32_pthread library. */ + /* Faster than pthread_equal(). Should not change with */ + /* future versions of win32_pthread library. */ +# define THREAD_EQUAL(id1, id2) ((id1.p == id2.p) && (id1.x == id2.x)) +# undef NUMERIC_THREAD_ID_UNIQUE +# else + /* Generic definitions that always work, but will result in */ + /* poor performance and weak assertion checking. */ +# define NUMERIC_THREAD_ID(id) 1l +# define THREAD_EQUAL(id1, id2) pthread_equal(id1, id2) +# undef NUMERIC_THREAD_ID_UNIQUE +# endif +# endif +# define NO_THREAD (-1l) + /* != NUMERIC_THREAD_ID(pthread_self()) for any thread */ + +# if !defined(THREAD_LOCAL_ALLOC) && !defined(USE_PTHREAD_LOCKS) + /* In the THREAD_LOCAL_ALLOC case, the allocation lock tends to */ + /* be held for long periods, if it is held at all. Thus spinning */ + /* and sleeping for fixed periods are likely to result in */ + /* significant wasted time. We thus rely mostly on queued locks. */ +# define USE_SPIN_LOCK + extern volatile AO_TS_t GC_allocate_lock; + extern void GC_lock(void); + /* Allocation lock holder. Only set if acquired by client through */ + /* GC_call_with_alloc_lock. */ +# ifdef GC_ASSERTIONS +# define UNCOND_LOCK() \ + { if (AO_test_and_set_acquire(&GC_allocate_lock) == AO_TS_SET) \ + GC_lock(); \ + SET_LOCK_HOLDER(); } +# define UNCOND_UNLOCK() \ + { GC_ASSERT(I_HOLD_LOCK()); UNSET_LOCK_HOLDER(); \ + AO_CLEAR(&GC_allocate_lock); } +# else +# define UNCOND_LOCK() \ + { if (AO_test_and_set_acquire(&GC_allocate_lock) == AO_TS_SET) \ + GC_lock(); } +# define UNCOND_UNLOCK() \ + AO_CLEAR(&GC_allocate_lock) +# endif /* !GC_ASSERTIONS */ +# else /* THREAD_LOCAL_ALLOC || USE_PTHREAD_LOCKS */ +# ifndef USE_PTHREAD_LOCKS +# define USE_PTHREAD_LOCKS +# endif +# endif /* THREAD_LOCAL_ALLOC || USE_PTHREAD_LOCK */ +# ifdef USE_PTHREAD_LOCKS +# include <pthread.h> + extern pthread_mutex_t GC_allocate_ml; +# ifdef GC_ASSERTIONS +# define UNCOND_LOCK() \ + { GC_lock(); \ + SET_LOCK_HOLDER(); } +# define UNCOND_UNLOCK() \ + { GC_ASSERT(I_HOLD_LOCK()); UNSET_LOCK_HOLDER(); \ + pthread_mutex_unlock(&GC_allocate_ml); } +# else /* !GC_ASSERTIONS */ +# if defined(NO_PTHREAD_TRYLOCK) +# define UNCOND_LOCK() GC_lock(); +# else /* !defined(NO_PTHREAD_TRYLOCK) */ +# define UNCOND_LOCK() \ + { if (0 != pthread_mutex_trylock(&GC_allocate_ml)) GC_lock(); } +# endif +# define UNCOND_UNLOCK() pthread_mutex_unlock(&GC_allocate_ml) +# endif /* !GC_ASSERTIONS */ +# endif /* USE_PTHREAD_LOCKS */ +# define SET_LOCK_HOLDER() \ + GC_lock_holder = NUMERIC_THREAD_ID(pthread_self()) +# define UNSET_LOCK_HOLDER() GC_lock_holder = NO_THREAD +# define I_HOLD_LOCK() \ + (!GC_need_to_lock || \ + GC_lock_holder == NUMERIC_THREAD_ID(pthread_self())) +# ifndef NUMERIC_THREAD_ID_UNIQUE +# define I_DONT_HOLD_LOCK() 1 /* Conservatively say yes */ +# else +# define I_DONT_HOLD_LOCK() \ + (!GC_need_to_lock \ + || GC_lock_holder != NUMERIC_THREAD_ID(pthread_self())) +# endif + extern volatile GC_bool GC_collecting; +# define ENTER_GC() GC_collecting = 1; +# define EXIT_GC() GC_collecting = 0; + extern void GC_lock(void); + extern unsigned long GC_lock_holder; +# ifdef GC_ASSERTIONS + extern unsigned long GC_mark_lock_holder; +# endif +# endif /* GC_PTHREADS with linux_threads.c implementation */ + + +# else /* !THREADS */ +# define LOCK() +# define UNLOCK() +# define SET_LOCK_HOLDER() +# define UNSET_LOCK_HOLDER() +# define I_HOLD_LOCK() TRUE +# define I_DONT_HOLD_LOCK() TRUE + /* Used only in positive assertions or to test whether */ + /* we still need to acaquire the lock. TRUE works in */ + /* either case. */ +# endif /* !THREADS */ + +#if defined(UNCOND_LOCK) && !defined(LOCK) + GC_API GC_bool GC_need_to_lock; + /* At least two thread running; need to lock. */ +# define LOCK() if (GC_need_to_lock) { UNCOND_LOCK(); } +# define UNLOCK() if (GC_need_to_lock) { UNCOND_UNLOCK(); } +#endif + +# ifndef ENTER_GC +# define ENTER_GC() +# define EXIT_GC() +# endif + +# ifndef DCL_LOCK_STATE +# define DCL_LOCK_STATE +# endif + +#endif /* GC_LOCKS_H */ diff --git a/tools/build/src/engine/boehm_gc/include/private/gc_pmark.h b/tools/build/src/engine/boehm_gc/include/private/gc_pmark.h new file mode 100644 index 000000000..36083970a --- /dev/null +++ b/tools/build/src/engine/boehm_gc/include/private/gc_pmark.h @@ -0,0 +1,494 @@ +/* + * Copyright (c) 1991-1994 by Xerox Corporation. All rights reserved. + * Copyright (c) 2001 by Hewlett-Packard Company. All rights reserved. + * + * THIS MATERIAL IS PROVIDED AS IS, WITH ABSOLUTELY NO WARRANTY EXPRESSED + * OR IMPLIED. ANY USE IS AT YOUR OWN RISK. + * + * Permission is hereby granted to use or copy this program + * for any purpose, provided the above notices are retained on all copies. + * Permission to modify the code and to distribute modified code is granted, + * provided the above notices are retained, and a notice that the code was + * modified is included with the above copyright notice. + * + */ + +/* Private declarations of GC marker data structures and macros */ + +/* + * Declarations of mark stack. Needed by marker and client supplied mark + * routines. Transitively include gc_priv.h. + * (Note that gc_priv.h should not be included before this, since this + * includes dbg_mlc.h, which wants to include gc_priv.h AFTER defining + * I_HIDE_POINTERS.) + */ +#ifndef GC_PMARK_H +# define GC_PMARK_H + +# if defined(KEEP_BACK_PTRS) || defined(PRINT_BLACK_LIST) +# include "dbg_mlc.h" +# endif +# ifndef GC_MARK_H +# include "../gc_mark.h" +# endif +# ifndef GC_PRIVATE_H +# include "gc_priv.h" +# endif + +/* The real declarations of the following is in gc_priv.h, so that */ +/* we can avoid scanning the following table. */ +/* +extern mark_proc GC_mark_procs[MAX_MARK_PROCS]; +*/ + +/* + * Mark descriptor stuff that should remain private for now, mostly + * because it's hard to export WORDSZ without including gcconfig.h. + */ +# define BITMAP_BITS (WORDSZ - GC_DS_TAG_BITS) +# define PROC(descr) \ + (GC_mark_procs[((descr) >> GC_DS_TAG_BITS) & (GC_MAX_MARK_PROCS-1)]) +# define ENV(descr) \ + ((descr) >> (GC_DS_TAG_BITS + GC_LOG_MAX_MARK_PROCS)) +# define MAX_ENV \ + (((word)1 << (WORDSZ - GC_DS_TAG_BITS - GC_LOG_MAX_MARK_PROCS)) - 1) + + +extern unsigned GC_n_mark_procs; + +/* Number of mark stack entries to discard on overflow. */ +#define GC_MARK_STACK_DISCARDS (INITIAL_MARK_STACK_SIZE/8) + +typedef struct GC_ms_entry { + ptr_t mse_start; /* First word of object */ + GC_word mse_descr; /* Descriptor; low order two bits are tags, */ + /* identifying the upper 30 bits as one of the */ + /* following: */ +} mse; + +extern size_t GC_mark_stack_size; + +extern mse * GC_mark_stack_limit; + +#ifdef PARALLEL_MARK + extern mse * volatile GC_mark_stack_top; +#else + extern mse * GC_mark_stack_top; +#endif + +extern mse * GC_mark_stack; + +#ifdef PARALLEL_MARK + /* + * Allow multiple threads to participate in the marking process. + * This works roughly as follows: + * The main mark stack never shrinks, but it can grow. + * + * The initiating threads holds the GC lock, and sets GC_help_wanted. + * + * Other threads: + * 1) update helper_count (while holding mark_lock.) + * 2) allocate a local mark stack + * repeatedly: + * 3) Steal a global mark stack entry by atomically replacing + * its descriptor with 0. + * 4) Copy it to the local stack. + * 5) Mark on the local stack until it is empty, or + * it may be profitable to copy it back. + * 6) If necessary, copy local stack to global one, + * holding mark lock. + * 7) Stop when the global mark stack is empty. + * 8) decrement helper_count (holding mark_lock). + * + * This is an experiment to see if we can do something along the lines + * of the University of Tokyo SGC in a less intrusive, though probably + * also less performant, way. + */ + void GC_do_parallel_mark(); + /* inititate parallel marking. */ + + extern GC_bool GC_help_wanted; /* Protected by mark lock */ + extern unsigned GC_helper_count; /* Number of running helpers. */ + /* Protected by mark lock */ + extern unsigned GC_active_count; /* Number of active helpers. */ + /* Protected by mark lock */ + /* May increase and decrease */ + /* within each mark cycle. But */ + /* once it returns to 0, it */ + /* stays zero for the cycle. */ + /* GC_mark_stack_top is also protected by mark lock. */ + /* + * GC_notify_all_marker() is used when GC_help_wanted is first set, + * when the last helper becomes inactive, + * when something is added to the global mark stack, and just after + * GC_mark_no is incremented. + * This could be split into multiple CVs (and probably should be to + * scale to really large numbers of processors.) + */ +#endif /* PARALLEL_MARK */ + +/* Return a pointer to within 1st page of object. */ +/* Set *new_hdr_p to corr. hdr. */ +ptr_t GC_find_start(ptr_t current, hdr *hhdr, hdr **new_hdr_p); + +mse * GC_signal_mark_stack_overflow(mse *msp); + +/* Push the object obj with corresponding heap block header hhdr onto */ +/* the mark stack. */ +# define PUSH_OBJ(obj, hhdr, mark_stack_top, mark_stack_limit) \ +{ \ + register word _descr = (hhdr) -> hb_descr; \ + \ + if (_descr != 0) { \ + mark_stack_top++; \ + if (mark_stack_top >= mark_stack_limit) { \ + mark_stack_top = GC_signal_mark_stack_overflow(mark_stack_top); \ + } \ + mark_stack_top -> mse_start = (obj); \ + mark_stack_top -> mse_descr = _descr; \ + } \ +} + +/* Push the contents of current onto the mark stack if it is a valid */ +/* ptr to a currently unmarked object. Mark it. */ +/* If we assumed a standard-conforming compiler, we could probably */ +/* generate the exit_label transparently. */ +# define PUSH_CONTENTS(current, mark_stack_top, mark_stack_limit, \ + source, exit_label) \ +{ \ + hdr * my_hhdr; \ + \ + HC_GET_HDR(current, my_hhdr, source, exit_label); \ + PUSH_CONTENTS_HDR(current, mark_stack_top, mark_stack_limit, \ + source, exit_label, my_hhdr, TRUE); \ +exit_label: ; \ +} + +/* Set mark bit, exit if it was already set. */ + +# ifdef USE_MARK_BITS +# ifdef PARALLEL_MARK + /* The following may fail to exit even if the bit was already set. */ + /* For our uses, that's benign: */ +# define OR_WORD_EXIT_IF_SET(addr, bits, exit_label) \ + { \ + if (!(*(addr) & (mask))) { \ + AO_or((AO_t *)(addr), (mask); \ + } else { \ + goto label; \ + } \ + } +# else +# define OR_WORD_EXIT_IF_SET(addr, bits, exit_label) \ + { \ + word old = *(addr); \ + word my_bits = (bits); \ + if (old & my_bits) goto exit_label; \ + *(addr) = (old | my_bits); \ + } +# endif /* !PARALLEL_MARK */ +# define SET_MARK_BIT_EXIT_IF_SET(hhdr,bit_no,exit_label) \ + { \ + word * mark_word_addr = hhdr -> hb_marks + divWORDSZ(bit_no); \ + \ + OR_WORD_EXIT_IF_SET(mark_word_addr, (word)1 << modWORDSZ(bit_no), \ + exit_label); \ + } +# endif + + +#ifdef USE_MARK_BYTES +# if defined(I386) && defined(__GNUC__) +# define LONG_MULT(hprod, lprod, x, y) { \ + asm("mull %2" : "=a"(lprod), "=d"(hprod) : "g"(y), "0"(x)); \ + } +# else /* No in-line X86 assembly code */ +# define LONG_MULT(hprod, lprod, x, y) { \ + unsigned long long prod = (unsigned long long)x \ + * (unsigned long long)y; \ + hprod = prod >> 32; \ + lprod = (unsigned32)prod; \ + } +# endif + + /* There is a race here, and we may set */ + /* the bit twice in the concurrent case. This can result in the */ + /* object being pushed twice. But that's only a performance issue. */ +# define SET_MARK_BIT_EXIT_IF_SET(hhdr,bit_no,exit_label) \ + { \ + char * mark_byte_addr = (char *)hhdr -> hb_marks + (bit_no); \ + char mark_byte = *mark_byte_addr; \ + \ + if (mark_byte) goto exit_label; \ + *mark_byte_addr = 1; \ + } +#endif /* USE_MARK_BYTES */ + +#ifdef PARALLEL_MARK +# define INCR_MARKS(hhdr) \ + AO_store(&(hhdr -> hb_n_marks), AO_load(&(hhdr -> hb_n_marks))+1); +#else +# define INCR_MARKS(hhdr) ++(hhdr -> hb_n_marks) +#endif + +#ifdef ENABLE_TRACE +# define TRACE(source, cmd) \ + if (GC_trace_addr != 0 && (ptr_t)(source) == GC_trace_addr) cmd +# define TRACE_TARGET(target, cmd) \ + if (GC_trace_addr != 0 && (target) == *(ptr_t *)GC_trace_addr) cmd +#else +# define TRACE(source, cmd) +# define TRACE_TARGET(source, cmd) +#endif +/* If the mark bit corresponding to current is not set, set it, and */ +/* push the contents of the object on the mark stack. Current points */ +/* to the bginning of the object. We rely on the fact that the */ +/* preceding header calculation will succeed for a pointer past the */ +/* forst page of an object, only if it is in fact a valid pointer */ +/* to the object. Thus we can omit the otherwise necessary tests */ +/* here. Note in particular tha the "displ" value is the displacement */ +/* from the beggining of the heap block, which may itself be in the */ +/* interior of a large object. */ +#ifdef MARK_BIT_PER_GRANULE +# define PUSH_CONTENTS_HDR(current, mark_stack_top, mark_stack_limit, \ + source, exit_label, hhdr, do_offset_check) \ +{ \ + size_t displ = HBLKDISPL(current); /* Displacement in block; in bytes. */\ + /* displ is always within range. If current doesn't point to */ \ + /* first block, then we are in the all_interior_pointers case, and */ \ + /* it is safe to use any displacement value. */ \ + size_t gran_displ = BYTES_TO_GRANULES(displ); \ + size_t gran_offset = hhdr -> hb_map[gran_displ]; \ + size_t byte_offset = displ & (GRANULE_BYTES - 1); \ + ptr_t base = current; \ + /* The following always fails for large block references. */ \ + if (EXPECT((gran_offset | byte_offset) != 0, FALSE)) { \ + if (hhdr -> hb_large_block) { \ + /* gran_offset is bogus. */ \ + size_t obj_displ; \ + base = (ptr_t)(hhdr -> hb_block); \ + obj_displ = (ptr_t)(current) - base; \ + if (obj_displ != displ) { \ + GC_ASSERT(obj_displ < hhdr -> hb_sz); \ + /* Must be in all_interior_pointer case, not first block */ \ + /* already did validity check on cache miss. */ \ + ; \ + } else { \ + if (do_offset_check && !GC_valid_offsets[obj_displ]) { \ + GC_ADD_TO_BLACK_LIST_NORMAL(current, source); \ + goto exit_label; \ + } \ + } \ + gran_displ = 0; \ + GC_ASSERT(hhdr -> hb_sz > HBLKSIZE || \ + hhdr -> hb_block == HBLKPTR(current)); \ + GC_ASSERT((ptr_t)(hhdr -> hb_block) <= (ptr_t) current); \ + } else { \ + size_t obj_displ = GRANULES_TO_BYTES(gran_offset) \ + + byte_offset; \ + if (do_offset_check && !GC_valid_offsets[obj_displ]) { \ + GC_ADD_TO_BLACK_LIST_NORMAL(current, source); \ + goto exit_label; \ + } \ + gran_displ -= gran_offset; \ + base -= obj_displ; \ + } \ + } \ + GC_ASSERT(hhdr == GC_find_header(base)); \ + GC_ASSERT(gran_displ % BYTES_TO_GRANULES(hhdr -> hb_sz) == 0); \ + TRACE(source, GC_log_printf("GC:%d: passed validity tests\n",GC_gc_no)); \ + SET_MARK_BIT_EXIT_IF_SET(hhdr, gran_displ, exit_label); \ + TRACE(source, GC_log_printf("GC:%d: previously unmarked\n",GC_gc_no)); \ + TRACE_TARGET(base, \ + GC_log_printf("GC:%d: marking %p from %p instead\n", GC_gc_no, \ + base, source)); \ + INCR_MARKS(hhdr); \ + GC_STORE_BACK_PTR((ptr_t)source, base); \ + PUSH_OBJ(base, hhdr, mark_stack_top, mark_stack_limit); \ +} +#endif /* MARK_BIT_PER_GRANULE */ + +#ifdef MARK_BIT_PER_OBJ +# define PUSH_CONTENTS_HDR(current, mark_stack_top, mark_stack_limit, \ + source, exit_label, hhdr, do_offset_check) \ +{ \ + size_t displ = HBLKDISPL(current); /* Displacement in block; in bytes. */\ + unsigned32 low_prod, high_prod, offset_fraction; \ + unsigned32 inv_sz = hhdr -> hb_inv_sz; \ + ptr_t base = current; \ + LONG_MULT(high_prod, low_prod, displ, inv_sz); \ + /* product is > and within sz_in_bytes of displ * sz_in_bytes * 2**32 */ \ + if (EXPECT(low_prod >> 16 != 0, FALSE)) { \ + FIXME: fails if offset is a multiple of HBLKSIZE which becomes 0 \ + if (inv_sz == LARGE_INV_SZ) { \ + size_t obj_displ; \ + base = (ptr_t)(hhdr -> hb_block); \ + obj_displ = (ptr_t)(current) - base; \ + if (obj_displ != displ) { \ + GC_ASSERT(obj_displ < hhdr -> hb_sz); \ + /* Must be in all_interior_pointer case, not first block */ \ + /* already did validity check on cache miss. */ \ + ; \ + } else { \ + if (do_offset_check && !GC_valid_offsets[obj_displ]) { \ + GC_ADD_TO_BLACK_LIST_NORMAL(current, source); \ + goto exit_label; \ + } \ + } \ + GC_ASSERT(hhdr -> hb_sz > HBLKSIZE || \ + hhdr -> hb_block == HBLKPTR(current)); \ + GC_ASSERT((ptr_t)(hhdr -> hb_block) < (ptr_t) current); \ + } else { \ + /* Accurate enough if HBLKSIZE <= 2**15. */ \ + GC_ASSERT(HBLKSIZE <= (1 << 15)); \ + size_t obj_displ = (((low_prod >> 16) + 1) * (hhdr -> hb_sz)) >> 16; \ + if (do_offset_check && !GC_valid_offsets[obj_displ]) { \ + GC_ADD_TO_BLACK_LIST_NORMAL(current, source); \ + goto exit_label; \ + } \ + base -= obj_displ; \ + } \ + } \ + /* May get here for pointer to start of block not at */ \ + /* beginning of object. If so, it's valid, and we're fine. */ \ + GC_ASSERT(high_prod >= 0 && high_prod <= HBLK_OBJS(hhdr -> hb_sz)); \ + TRACE(source, GC_log_printf("GC:%d: passed validity tests\n",GC_gc_no)); \ + SET_MARK_BIT_EXIT_IF_SET(hhdr, high_prod, exit_label); \ + TRACE(source, GC_log_printf("GC:%d: previously unmarked\n",GC_gc_no)); \ + TRACE_TARGET(base, \ + GC_log_printf("GC:%d: marking %p from %p instead\n", GC_gc_no, \ + base, source)); \ + INCR_MARKS(hhdr); \ + GC_STORE_BACK_PTR((ptr_t)source, base); \ + PUSH_OBJ(base, hhdr, mark_stack_top, mark_stack_limit); \ +} +#endif /* MARK_BIT_PER_OBJ */ + +#if defined(PRINT_BLACK_LIST) || defined(KEEP_BACK_PTRS) +# define PUSH_ONE_CHECKED_STACK(p, source) \ + GC_mark_and_push_stack(p, (ptr_t)(source)) +#else +# define PUSH_ONE_CHECKED_STACK(p, source) \ + GC_mark_and_push_stack(p) +#endif + +/* + * Push a single value onto mark stack. Mark from the object pointed to by p. + * Invoke FIXUP_POINTER(p) before any further processing. + * P is considered valid even if it is an interior pointer. + * Previously marked objects are not pushed. Hence we make progress even + * if the mark stack overflows. + */ + +# if NEED_FIXUP_POINTER + /* Try both the raw version and the fixed up one. */ +# define GC_PUSH_ONE_STACK(p, source) \ + if ((p) >= (ptr_t)GC_least_plausible_heap_addr \ + && (p) < (ptr_t)GC_greatest_plausible_heap_addr) { \ + PUSH_ONE_CHECKED_STACK(p, source); \ + } \ + FIXUP_POINTER(p); \ + if ((p) >= (ptr_t)GC_least_plausible_heap_addr \ + && (p) < (ptr_t)GC_greatest_plausible_heap_addr) { \ + PUSH_ONE_CHECKED_STACK(p, source); \ + } +# else /* !NEED_FIXUP_POINTER */ +# define GC_PUSH_ONE_STACK(p, source) \ + if ((ptr_t)(p) >= (ptr_t)GC_least_plausible_heap_addr \ + && (ptr_t)(p) < (ptr_t)GC_greatest_plausible_heap_addr) { \ + PUSH_ONE_CHECKED_STACK(p, source); \ + } +# endif + + +/* + * As above, but interior pointer recognition as for + * normal heap pointers. + */ +# define GC_PUSH_ONE_HEAP(p,source) \ + FIXUP_POINTER(p); \ + if ((p) >= (ptr_t)GC_least_plausible_heap_addr \ + && (p) < (ptr_t)GC_greatest_plausible_heap_addr) { \ + GC_mark_stack_top = GC_mark_and_push( \ + (void *)(p), GC_mark_stack_top, \ + GC_mark_stack_limit, (void * *)(source)); \ + } + +/* Mark starting at mark stack entry top (incl.) down to */ +/* mark stack entry bottom (incl.). Stop after performing */ +/* about one page worth of work. Return the new mark stack */ +/* top entry. */ +mse * GC_mark_from(mse * top, mse * bottom, mse *limit); + +#define MARK_FROM_MARK_STACK() \ + GC_mark_stack_top = GC_mark_from(GC_mark_stack_top, \ + GC_mark_stack, \ + GC_mark_stack + GC_mark_stack_size); + +/* + * Mark from one finalizable object using the specified + * mark proc. May not mark the object pointed to by + * real_ptr. That is the job of the caller, if appropriate. + * Note that this is called with the mutator running, but + * with us holding the allocation lock. This is safe only if the + * mutator needs tha allocation lock to reveal hidden pointers. + * FIXME: Why do we need the GC_mark_state test below? + */ +# define GC_MARK_FO(real_ptr, mark_proc) \ +{ \ + (*(mark_proc))(real_ptr); \ + while (!GC_mark_stack_empty()) MARK_FROM_MARK_STACK(); \ + if (GC_mark_state != MS_NONE) { \ + GC_set_mark_bit(real_ptr); \ + while (!GC_mark_some((ptr_t)0)) {} \ + } \ +} + +extern GC_bool GC_mark_stack_too_small; + /* We need a larger mark stack. May be */ + /* set by client supplied mark routines.*/ + +typedef int mark_state_t; /* Current state of marking, as follows:*/ + /* Used to remember where we are during */ + /* concurrent marking. */ + + /* We say something is dirty if it was */ + /* written since the last time we */ + /* retrieved dirty bits. We say it's */ + /* grungy if it was marked dirty in the */ + /* last set of bits we retrieved. */ + + /* Invariant I: all roots and marked */ + /* objects p are either dirty, or point */ + /* to objects q that are either marked */ + /* or a pointer to q appears in a range */ + /* on the mark stack. */ + +# define MS_NONE 0 /* No marking in progress. I holds. */ + /* Mark stack is empty. */ + +# define MS_PUSH_RESCUERS 1 /* Rescuing objects are currently */ + /* being pushed. I holds, except */ + /* that grungy roots may point to */ + /* unmarked objects, as may marked */ + /* grungy objects above scan_ptr. */ + +# define MS_PUSH_UNCOLLECTABLE 2 + /* I holds, except that marked */ + /* uncollectable objects above scan_ptr */ + /* may point to unmarked objects. */ + /* Roots may point to unmarked objects */ + +# define MS_ROOTS_PUSHED 3 /* I holds, mark stack may be nonempty */ + +# define MS_PARTIALLY_INVALID 4 /* I may not hold, e.g. because of M.S. */ + /* overflow. However marked heap */ + /* objects below scan_ptr point to */ + /* marked or stacked objects. */ + +# define MS_INVALID 5 /* I may not hold. */ + +extern mark_state_t GC_mark_state; + +#endif /* GC_PMARK_H */ + diff --git a/tools/build/src/engine/boehm_gc/include/private/gc_priv.h b/tools/build/src/engine/boehm_gc/include/private/gc_priv.h new file mode 100644 index 000000000..ec93ffea9 --- /dev/null +++ b/tools/build/src/engine/boehm_gc/include/private/gc_priv.h @@ -0,0 +1,2040 @@ +/* + * Copyright 1988, 1989 Hans-J. Boehm, Alan J. Demers + * Copyright (c) 1991-1994 by Xerox Corporation. All rights reserved. + * Copyright (c) 1996-1999 by Silicon Graphics. All rights reserved. + * Copyright (c) 1999-2004 Hewlett-Packard Development Company, L.P. + * + * + * THIS MATERIAL IS PROVIDED AS IS, WITH ABSOLUTELY NO WARRANTY EXPRESSED + * OR IMPLIED. ANY USE IS AT YOUR OWN RISK. + * + * Permission is hereby granted to use or copy this program + * for any purpose, provided the above notices are retained on all copies. + * Permission to modify the code and to distribute modified code is granted, + * provided the above notices are retained, and a notice that the code was + * modified is included with the above copyright notice. + */ + + +# ifndef GC_PRIVATE_H +# define GC_PRIVATE_H + +# include <stdlib.h> +# if !(defined( sony_news ) ) +# include <stddef.h> +# endif + +#ifdef DGUX +# include <sys/types.h> +# include <sys/time.h> +# include <sys/resource.h> +#endif /* DGUX */ + +#ifdef BSD_TIME +# include <sys/types.h> +# include <sys/time.h> +# include <sys/resource.h> +#endif /* BSD_TIME */ + +#ifdef PARALLEL_MARK +# define AO_REQUIRE_CAS +#endif + +#ifndef _GC_H +# include "../gc.h" +#endif + +#ifndef GC_TINY_FL_H +# include "../gc_tiny_fl.h" +#endif + +#ifndef GC_MARK_H +# include "../gc_mark.h" +#endif + +typedef GC_word word; +typedef GC_signed_word signed_word; +typedef unsigned int unsigned32; + +typedef int GC_bool; +# define TRUE 1 +# define FALSE 0 + +typedef char * ptr_t; /* A generic pointer to which we can add */ + /* byte displacements and which can be used */ + /* for address comparisons. */ + +# ifndef GCCONFIG_H +# include "gcconfig.h" +# endif + +# ifndef HEADERS_H +# include "gc_hdrs.h" +# endif + +#if __GNUC__ >= 3 +# define EXPECT(expr, outcome) __builtin_expect(expr,outcome) + /* Equivalent to (expr), but predict that usually (expr)==outcome. */ +# define INLINE inline +#else +# define EXPECT(expr, outcome) (expr) +# define INLINE +#endif /* __GNUC__ */ + +# ifndef GC_LOCKS_H +# include "gc_locks.h" +# endif + +# ifdef STACK_GROWS_DOWN +# define COOLER_THAN > +# define HOTTER_THAN < +# define MAKE_COOLER(x,y) if ((x)+(y) > (x)) {(x) += (y);} \ + else {(x) = (ptr_t)ONES;} +# define MAKE_HOTTER(x,y) (x) -= (y) +# else +# define COOLER_THAN < +# define HOTTER_THAN > +# define MAKE_COOLER(x,y) if ((x)-(y) < (x)) {(x) -= (y);} else {(x) = 0;} +# define MAKE_HOTTER(x,y) (x) += (y) +# endif + +#if defined(AMIGA) && defined(__SASC) +# define GC_FAR __far +#else +# define GC_FAR +#endif + + +/*********************************/ +/* */ +/* Definitions for conservative */ +/* collector */ +/* */ +/*********************************/ + +/*********************************/ +/* */ +/* Easily changeable parameters */ +/* */ +/*********************************/ + +/* #define STUBBORN_ALLOC */ + /* Enable stubborm allocation, and thus a limited */ + /* form of incremental collection w/o dirty bits. */ + +/* #define ALL_INTERIOR_POINTERS */ + /* Forces all pointers into the interior of an */ + /* object to be considered valid. Also causes the */ + /* sizes of all objects to be inflated by at least */ + /* one byte. This should suffice to guarantee */ + /* that in the presence of a compiler that does */ + /* not perform garbage-collector-unsafe */ + /* optimizations, all portable, strictly ANSI */ + /* conforming C programs should be safely usable */ + /* with malloc replaced by GC_malloc and free */ + /* calls removed. There are several disadvantages: */ + /* 1. There are probably no interesting, portable, */ + /* strictly ANSI conforming C programs. */ + /* 2. This option makes it hard for the collector */ + /* to allocate space that is not ``pointed to'' */ + /* by integers, etc. Under SunOS 4.X with a */ + /* statically linked libc, we empiricaly */ + /* observed that it would be difficult to */ + /* allocate individual objects larger than 100K. */ + /* Even if only smaller objects are allocated, */ + /* more swap space is likely to be needed. */ + /* Fortunately, much of this will never be */ + /* touched. */ + /* If you can easily avoid using this option, do. */ + /* If not, try to keep individual objects small. */ + /* This is now really controlled at startup, */ + /* through GC_all_interior_pointers. */ + + +#define GC_INVOKE_FINALIZERS() GC_notify_or_invoke_finalizers() + +#if !defined(DONT_ADD_BYTE_AT_END) +# define EXTRA_BYTES GC_all_interior_pointers +# define MAX_EXTRA_BYTES 1 +#else +# define EXTRA_BYTES 0 +# define MAX_EXTRA_BYTES 0 +#endif + + +# ifndef LARGE_CONFIG +# define MINHINCR 16 /* Minimum heap increment, in blocks of HBLKSIZE */ + /* Must be multiple of largest page size. */ +# define MAXHINCR 2048 /* Maximum heap increment, in blocks */ +# else +# define MINHINCR 64 +# define MAXHINCR 4096 +# endif + +# define TIME_LIMIT 50 /* We try to keep pause times from exceeding */ + /* this by much. In milliseconds. */ + +# define BL_LIMIT GC_black_list_spacing + /* If we need a block of N bytes, and we have */ + /* a block of N + BL_LIMIT bytes available, */ + /* and N > BL_LIMIT, */ + /* but all possible positions in it are */ + /* blacklisted, we just use it anyway (and */ + /* print a warning, if warnings are enabled). */ + /* This risks subsequently leaking the block */ + /* due to a false reference. But not using */ + /* the block risks unreasonable immediate */ + /* heap growth. */ + +/*********************************/ +/* */ +/* Stack saving for debugging */ +/* */ +/*********************************/ + +#ifdef NEED_CALLINFO + struct callinfo { + word ci_pc; /* Caller, not callee, pc */ +# if NARGS > 0 + word ci_arg[NARGS]; /* bit-wise complement to avoid retention */ +# endif +# if (NFRAMES * (NARGS + 1)) % 2 == 1 + /* Likely alignment problem. */ + word ci_dummy; +# endif + }; +#endif + +#ifdef SAVE_CALL_CHAIN + +/* Fill in the pc and argument information for up to NFRAMES of my */ +/* callers. Ignore my frame and my callers frame. */ +void GC_save_callers(struct callinfo info[NFRAMES]); + +void GC_print_callers(struct callinfo info[NFRAMES]); + +#endif + + +/*********************************/ +/* */ +/* OS interface routines */ +/* */ +/*********************************/ + +#ifdef BSD_TIME +# undef CLOCK_TYPE +# undef GET_TIME +# undef MS_TIME_DIFF +# define CLOCK_TYPE struct timeval +# define GET_TIME(x) { struct rusage rusage; \ + getrusage (RUSAGE_SELF, &rusage); \ + x = rusage.ru_utime; } +# define MS_TIME_DIFF(a,b) ((double) (a.tv_sec - b.tv_sec) * 1000.0 \ + + (double) (a.tv_usec - b.tv_usec) / 1000.0) +#else /* !BSD_TIME */ +# if defined(MSWIN32) || defined(MSWINCE) +# include <windows.h> +# include <winbase.h> +# define CLOCK_TYPE DWORD +# define GET_TIME(x) x = GetTickCount() +# define MS_TIME_DIFF(a,b) ((long)((a)-(b))) +# else /* !MSWIN32, !MSWINCE, !BSD_TIME */ +# include <time.h> +# if !defined(__STDC__) && defined(SPARC) && defined(SUNOS4) + clock_t clock(); /* Not in time.h, where it belongs */ +# endif +# if defined(FREEBSD) && !defined(CLOCKS_PER_SEC) +# include <machine/limits.h> +# define CLOCKS_PER_SEC CLK_TCK +# endif +# if !defined(CLOCKS_PER_SEC) +# define CLOCKS_PER_SEC 1000000 +/* + * This is technically a bug in the implementation. ANSI requires that + * CLOCKS_PER_SEC be defined. But at least under SunOS4.1.1, it isn't. + * Also note that the combination of ANSI C and POSIX is incredibly gross + * here. The type clock_t is used by both clock() and times(). But on + * some machines these use different notions of a clock tick, CLOCKS_PER_SEC + * seems to apply only to clock. Hence we use it here. On many machines, + * including SunOS, clock actually uses units of microseconds (which are + * not really clock ticks). + */ +# endif +# define CLOCK_TYPE clock_t +# define GET_TIME(x) x = clock() +# define MS_TIME_DIFF(a,b) ((unsigned long) \ + (1000.0*(double)((a)-(b))/(double)CLOCKS_PER_SEC)) +# endif /* !MSWIN32 */ +#endif /* !BSD_TIME */ + +/* We use bzero and bcopy internally. They may not be available. */ +# if defined(SPARC) && defined(SUNOS4) +# define BCOPY_EXISTS +# endif +# if defined(M68K) && defined(AMIGA) +# define BCOPY_EXISTS +# endif +# if defined(M68K) && defined(NEXT) +# define BCOPY_EXISTS +# endif +# if defined(VAX) +# define BCOPY_EXISTS +# endif +# if defined(AMIGA) +# include <string.h> +# define BCOPY_EXISTS +# endif +# if defined(DARWIN) +# include <string.h> +# define BCOPY_EXISTS +# endif + +# ifndef BCOPY_EXISTS +# include <string.h> +# define BCOPY(x,y,n) memcpy(y, x, (size_t)(n)) +# define BZERO(x,n) memset(x, 0, (size_t)(n)) +# else +# define BCOPY(x,y,n) bcopy((void *)(x),(void *)(y),(size_t)(n)) +# define BZERO(x,n) bzero((void *)(x),(size_t)(n)) +# endif + +/* + * Stop and restart mutator threads. + */ +# ifdef PCR +# include "th/PCR_ThCtl.h" +# define STOP_WORLD() \ + PCR_ThCtl_SetExclusiveMode(PCR_ThCtl_ExclusiveMode_stopNormal, \ + PCR_allSigsBlocked, \ + PCR_waitForever) +# define START_WORLD() \ + PCR_ThCtl_SetExclusiveMode(PCR_ThCtl_ExclusiveMode_null, \ + PCR_allSigsBlocked, \ + PCR_waitForever); +# else +# if defined(GC_SOLARIS_THREADS) || defined(GC_WIN32_THREADS) \ + || defined(GC_PTHREADS) + void GC_stop_world(); + void GC_start_world(); +# define STOP_WORLD() GC_stop_world() +# define START_WORLD() GC_start_world() +# else +# define STOP_WORLD() +# define START_WORLD() +# endif +# endif + +/* Abandon ship */ +# ifdef PCR +# define ABORT(s) PCR_Base_Panic(s) +# else +# ifdef SMALL_CONFIG +# define ABORT(msg) abort() +# else + GC_API void GC_abort(const char * msg); +# define ABORT(msg) GC_abort(msg) +# endif +# endif + +/* Exit abnormally, but without making a mess (e.g. out of memory) */ +# ifdef PCR +# define EXIT() PCR_Base_Exit(1,PCR_waitForever) +# else +# define EXIT() (void)exit(1) +# endif + +/* Print warning message, e.g. almost out of memory. */ +# define WARN(msg,arg) (*GC_current_warn_proc)("GC Warning: " msg, (GC_word)(arg)) +extern GC_warn_proc GC_current_warn_proc; + +/* Get environment entry */ +#if !defined(NO_GETENV) +# if defined(EMPTY_GETENV_RESULTS) + /* Workaround for a reputed Wine bug. */ + static inline char * fixed_getenv(const char *name) + { + char * tmp = getenv(name); + if (tmp == 0 || strlen(tmp) == 0) + return 0; + return tmp; + } +# define GETENV(name) fixed_getenv(name) +# else +# define GETENV(name) getenv(name) +# endif +#else +# define GETENV(name) 0 +#endif + +#if defined(DARWIN) +# if defined(POWERPC) +# if CPP_WORDSZ == 32 +# define GC_THREAD_STATE_T ppc_thread_state_t +# define GC_MACH_THREAD_STATE PPC_THREAD_STATE +# define GC_MACH_THREAD_STATE_COUNT PPC_THREAD_STATE_COUNT +# define GC_MACH_HEADER mach_header +# define GC_MACH_SECTION section +# else +# define GC_THREAD_STATE_T ppc_thread_state64_t +# define GC_MACH_THREAD_STATE PPC_THREAD_STATE64 +# define GC_MACH_THREAD_STATE_COUNT PPC_THREAD_STATE64_COUNT +# define GC_MACH_HEADER mach_header_64 +# define GC_MACH_SECTION section_64 +# endif +# elif defined(I386) || defined(X86_64) +# if CPP_WORDSZ == 32 +# define GC_THREAD_STATE_T x86_thread_state32_t +# define GC_MACH_THREAD_STATE x86_THREAD_STATE32 +# define GC_MACH_THREAD_STATE_COUNT x86_THREAD_STATE32_COUNT +# define GC_MACH_HEADER mach_header +# define GC_MACH_SECTION section +# else +# define GC_THREAD_STATE_T x86_thread_state64_t +# define GC_MACH_THREAD_STATE x86_THREAD_STATE64 +# define GC_MACH_THREAD_STATE_COUNT x86_THREAD_STATE64_COUNT +# define GC_MACH_HEADER mach_header_64 +# define GC_MACH_SECTION section_64 +# endif +# else +# error define GC_THREAD_STATE_T +# define GC_MACH_THREAD_STATE MACHINE_THREAD_STATE +# define GC_MACH_THREAD_STATE_COUNT MACHINE_THREAD_STATE_COUNT +# endif +/* Try to work out the right way to access thread state structure members. + The structure has changed its definition in different Darwin versions. + This now defaults to the (older) names without __, thus hopefully, + not breaking any existing Makefile.direct builds. */ +# if defined (HAS_PPC_THREAD_STATE___R0) \ + || defined (HAS_PPC_THREAD_STATE64___R0) \ + || defined (HAS_X86_THREAD_STATE32___EAX) \ + || defined (HAS_X86_THREAD_STATE64___RAX) +# define THREAD_FLD(x) __ ## x +# else +# define THREAD_FLD(x) x +# endif +#endif + +/*********************************/ +/* */ +/* Word-size-dependent defines */ +/* */ +/*********************************/ + +#if CPP_WORDSZ == 32 +# define WORDS_TO_BYTES(x) ((x)<<2) +# define BYTES_TO_WORDS(x) ((x)>>2) +# define LOGWL ((word)5) /* log[2] of CPP_WORDSZ */ +# define modWORDSZ(n) ((n) & 0x1f) /* n mod size of word */ +# if ALIGNMENT != 4 +# define UNALIGNED +# endif +#endif + +#if CPP_WORDSZ == 64 +# define WORDS_TO_BYTES(x) ((x)<<3) +# define BYTES_TO_WORDS(x) ((x)>>3) +# define LOGWL ((word)6) /* log[2] of CPP_WORDSZ */ +# define modWORDSZ(n) ((n) & 0x3f) /* n mod size of word */ +# if ALIGNMENT != 8 +# define UNALIGNED +# endif +#endif + +/* The first TINY_FREELISTS free lists correspond to the first */ +/* TINY_FREELISTS multiples of GRANULE_BYTES, i.e. we keep */ +/* separate free lists for each multiple of GRANULE_BYTES */ +/* up to (TINY_FREELISTS-1) * GRANULE_BYTES. After that they */ +/* may be spread out further. */ +#include "../gc_tiny_fl.h" +#define GRANULE_BYTES GC_GRANULE_BYTES +#define TINY_FREELISTS GC_TINY_FREELISTS + +#define WORDSZ ((word)CPP_WORDSZ) +#define SIGNB ((word)1 << (WORDSZ-1)) +#define BYTES_PER_WORD ((word)(sizeof (word))) +#define ONES ((word)(signed_word)(-1)) +#define divWORDSZ(n) ((n) >> LOGWL) /* divide n by size of word */ + +#if GRANULE_BYTES == 8 +# define BYTES_TO_GRANULES(n) ((n)>>3) +# define GRANULES_TO_BYTES(n) ((n)<<3) +# if CPP_WORDSZ == 64 +# define GRANULES_TO_WORDS(n) (n) +# elif CPP_WORDSZ == 32 +# define GRANULES_TO_WORDS(n) ((n)<<1) +# else +# define GRANULES_TO_WORDS(n) BYTES_TO_WORDS(GRANULES_TO_BYTES(n)) +# endif +#elif GRANULE_BYTES == 16 +# define BYTES_TO_GRANULES(n) ((n)>>4) +# define GRANULES_TO_BYTES(n) ((n)<<4) +# if CPP_WORDSZ == 64 +# define GRANULES_TO_WORDS(n) ((n)<<1) +# elif CPP_WORDSZ == 32 +# define GRANULES_TO_WORDS(n) ((n)<<2) +# else +# define GRANULES_TO_WORDS(n) BYTES_TO_WORDS(GRANULES_TO_BYTES(n)) +# endif +#else +# error Bad GRANULE_BYTES value +#endif + +/*********************/ +/* */ +/* Size Parameters */ +/* */ +/*********************/ + +/* heap block size, bytes. Should be power of 2 */ + +#ifndef HBLKSIZE +# ifdef SMALL_CONFIG +# define CPP_LOG_HBLKSIZE 10 +# else +# if (CPP_WORDSZ == 32) || (defined(HPUX) && defined(HP_PA)) + /* HPUX/PA seems to use 4K pages with the 64 bit ABI */ +# define CPP_LOG_HBLKSIZE 12 +# else +# define CPP_LOG_HBLKSIZE 13 +# endif +# endif +#else +# if HBLKSIZE == 512 +# define CPP_LOG_HBLKSIZE 9 +# endif +# if HBLKSIZE == 1024 +# define CPP_LOG_HBLKSIZE 10 +# endif +# if HBLKSIZE == 2048 +# define CPP_LOG_HBLKSIZE 11 +# endif +# if HBLKSIZE == 4096 +# define CPP_LOG_HBLKSIZE 12 +# endif +# if HBLKSIZE == 8192 +# define CPP_LOG_HBLKSIZE 13 +# endif +# if HBLKSIZE == 16384 +# define CPP_LOG_HBLKSIZE 14 +# endif +# ifndef CPP_LOG_HBLKSIZE + --> fix HBLKSIZE +# endif +# undef HBLKSIZE +#endif +# define CPP_HBLKSIZE (1 << CPP_LOG_HBLKSIZE) +# define LOG_HBLKSIZE ((size_t)CPP_LOG_HBLKSIZE) +# define HBLKSIZE ((size_t)CPP_HBLKSIZE) + + +/* max size objects supported by freelist (larger objects are */ +/* allocated directly with allchblk(), by rounding to the next */ +/* multiple of HBLKSIZE. */ + +#define CPP_MAXOBJBYTES (CPP_HBLKSIZE/2) +#define MAXOBJBYTES ((size_t)CPP_MAXOBJBYTES) +#define CPP_MAXOBJWORDS BYTES_TO_WORDS(CPP_MAXOBJBYTES) +#define MAXOBJWORDS ((size_t)CPP_MAXOBJWORDS) +#define CPP_MAXOBJGRANULES BYTES_TO_GRANULES(CPP_MAXOBJBYTES) +#define MAXOBJGRANULES ((size_t)CPP_MAXOBJGRANULES) + +# define divHBLKSZ(n) ((n) >> LOG_HBLKSIZE) + +# define HBLK_PTR_DIFF(p,q) divHBLKSZ((ptr_t)p - (ptr_t)q) + /* Equivalent to subtracting 2 hblk pointers. */ + /* We do it this way because a compiler should */ + /* find it hard to use an integer division */ + /* instead of a shift. The bundled SunOS 4.1 */ + /* o.w. sometimes pessimizes the subtraction to */ + /* involve a call to .div. */ + +# define modHBLKSZ(n) ((n) & (HBLKSIZE-1)) + +# define HBLKPTR(objptr) ((struct hblk *)(((word) (objptr)) & ~(HBLKSIZE-1))) + +# define HBLKDISPL(objptr) (((size_t) (objptr)) & (HBLKSIZE-1)) + +/* Round up byte allocation requests to integral number of words, etc. */ +# define ROUNDED_UP_WORDS(n) \ + BYTES_TO_WORDS((n) + (WORDS_TO_BYTES(1) - 1 + EXTRA_BYTES)) +# define ROUNDED_UP_GRANULES(n) \ + BYTES_TO_GRANULES((n) + (GRANULE_BYTES - 1 + EXTRA_BYTES)) +# if MAX_EXTRA_BYTES == 0 +# define SMALL_OBJ(bytes) EXPECT((bytes) <= (MAXOBJBYTES), 1) +# else +# define SMALL_OBJ(bytes) \ + (EXPECT((bytes) <= (MAXOBJBYTES - MAX_EXTRA_BYTES), 1) || \ + (bytes) <= (MAXOBJBYTES - EXTRA_BYTES)) + /* This really just tests bytes <= MAXOBJBYTES - EXTRA_BYTES. */ + /* But we try to avoid looking up EXTRA_BYTES. */ +# endif +# define ADD_SLOP(bytes) ((bytes) + EXTRA_BYTES) +# ifndef MIN_WORDS +# define MIN_WORDS 2 /* FIXME: obsolete */ +# endif + + +/* + * Hash table representation of sets of pages. + * Implements a map from aligned HBLKSIZE chunks of the address space to one + * bit each. + * This assumes it is OK to spuriously set bits, e.g. because multiple + * addresses are represented by a single location. + * Used by black-listing code, and perhaps by dirty bit maintenance code. + */ + +# ifdef LARGE_CONFIG +# define LOG_PHT_ENTRIES 20 /* Collisions likely at 1M blocks, */ + /* which is >= 4GB. Each table takes */ + /* 128KB, some of which may never be */ + /* touched. */ +# else +# ifdef SMALL_CONFIG +# define LOG_PHT_ENTRIES 14 /* Collisions are likely if heap grows */ + /* to more than 16K hblks = 64MB. */ + /* Each hash table occupies 2K bytes. */ +# else /* default "medium" configuration */ +# define LOG_PHT_ENTRIES 16 /* Collisions are likely if heap grows */ + /* to more than 64K hblks >= 256MB. */ + /* Each hash table occupies 8K bytes. */ + /* Even for somewhat smaller heaps, */ + /* say half that, collisions may be an */ + /* issue because we blacklist */ + /* addresses outside the heap. */ +# endif +# endif +# define PHT_ENTRIES ((word)1 << LOG_PHT_ENTRIES) +# define PHT_SIZE (PHT_ENTRIES >> LOGWL) +typedef word page_hash_table[PHT_SIZE]; + +# define PHT_HASH(addr) ((((word)(addr)) >> LOG_HBLKSIZE) & (PHT_ENTRIES - 1)) + +# define get_pht_entry_from_index(bl, index) \ + (((bl)[divWORDSZ(index)] >> modWORDSZ(index)) & 1) +# define set_pht_entry_from_index(bl, index) \ + (bl)[divWORDSZ(index)] |= (word)1 << modWORDSZ(index) +# define clear_pht_entry_from_index(bl, index) \ + (bl)[divWORDSZ(index)] &= ~((word)1 << modWORDSZ(index)) +/* And a dumb but thread-safe version of set_pht_entry_from_index. */ +/* This sets (many) extra bits. */ +# define set_pht_entry_from_index_safe(bl, index) \ + (bl)[divWORDSZ(index)] = ONES + + + +/********************************************/ +/* */ +/* H e a p B l o c k s */ +/* */ +/********************************************/ + +/* heap block header */ +#define HBLKMASK (HBLKSIZE-1) + +#define MARK_BITS_PER_HBLK (HBLKSIZE/GRANULE_BYTES) + /* upper bound */ + /* We allocate 1 bit per allocation granule. */ + /* If MARK_BIT_PER_GRANULE is defined, we use */ + /* every nth bit, where n is the number of */ + /* allocation granules per object. If */ + /* MARK_BIT_PER_OBJ is defined, we only use the */ + /* initial group of mark bits, and it is safe */ + /* to allocate smaller header for large objects. */ + +# ifdef USE_MARK_BYTES +# define MARK_BITS_SZ (MARK_BITS_PER_HBLK + 1) + /* Unlike the other case, this is in units of bytes. */ + /* Since we force doubleword alignment, we need at most one */ + /* mark bit per 2 words. But we do allocate and set one */ + /* extra mark bit to avoid an explicit check for the */ + /* partial object at the end of each block. */ +# else +# define MARK_BITS_SZ (MARK_BITS_PER_HBLK/CPP_WORDSZ + 1) +# endif + +#ifdef PARALLEL_MARK +# include <atomic_ops.h> + typedef AO_t counter_t; +#else + typedef size_t counter_t; +#endif + +/* We maintain layout maps for heap blocks containing objects of a given */ +/* size. Each entry in this map describes a byte offset and has the */ +/* following type. */ +struct hblkhdr { + struct hblk * hb_next; /* Link field for hblk free list */ + /* and for lists of chunks waiting to be */ + /* reclaimed. */ + struct hblk * hb_prev; /* Backwards link for free list. */ + struct hblk * hb_block; /* The corresponding block. */ + unsigned char hb_obj_kind; + /* Kind of objects in the block. Each kind */ + /* identifies a mark procedure and a set of */ + /* list headers. Sometimes called regions. */ + unsigned char hb_flags; +# define IGNORE_OFF_PAGE 1 /* Ignore pointers that do not */ + /* point to the first page of */ + /* this object. */ +# define WAS_UNMAPPED 2 /* This is a free block, which has */ + /* been unmapped from the address */ + /* space. */ + /* GC_remap must be invoked on it */ + /* before it can be reallocated. */ + /* Only set with USE_MUNMAP. */ +# define FREE_BLK 4 /* Block is free, i.e. not in use. */ + unsigned short hb_last_reclaimed; + /* Value of GC_gc_no when block was */ + /* last allocated or swept. May wrap. */ + /* For a free block, this is maintained */ + /* only for USE_MUNMAP, and indicates */ + /* when the header was allocated, or */ + /* when the size of the block last */ + /* changed. */ + size_t hb_sz; /* If in use, size in bytes, of objects in the block. */ + /* if free, the size in bytes of the whole block */ + word hb_descr; /* object descriptor for marking. See */ + /* mark.h. */ +# ifdef MARK_BIT_PER_OBJ + unsigned32 hb_inv_sz; /* A good upper bound for 2**32/hb_sz. */ + /* For large objects, we use */ + /* LARGE_INV_SZ. */ +# define LARGE_INV_SZ (1 << 16) +# else + unsigned char hb_large_block; + short * hb_map; /* Essentially a table of remainders */ + /* mod BYTES_TO_GRANULES(hb_sz), except */ + /* for large blocks. See GC_obj_map. */ +# endif + counter_t hb_n_marks; /* Number of set mark bits, excluding */ + /* the one always set at the end. */ + /* Currently it is concurrently */ + /* updated and hence only approximate. */ + /* But a zero value does guarantee that */ + /* the block contains no marked */ + /* objects. */ + /* Ensuring this property means that we */ + /* never decrement it to zero during a */ + /* collection, and hence the count may */ + /* be one too high. Due to concurrent */ + /* updates, an arbitrary number of */ + /* increments, but not all of them (!) */ + /* may be lost, hence it may in theory */ + /* be much too low. */ + /* The count may also be too high if */ + /* multiple mark threads mark the */ + /* same object due to a race. */ + /* Without parallel marking, the count */ + /* is accurate. */ +# ifdef USE_MARK_BYTES + union { + char _hb_marks[MARK_BITS_SZ]; + /* The i'th byte is 1 if the object */ + /* starting at granule i or object i is */ + /* marked, 0 o.w. */ + /* The mark bit for the "one past the */ + /* end" object is always set to avoid a */ + /* special case test in the marker. */ + word dummy; /* Force word alignment of mark bytes. */ + } _mark_byte_union; +# define hb_marks _mark_byte_union._hb_marks +# else + word hb_marks[MARK_BITS_SZ]; +# endif /* !USE_MARK_BYTES */ +}; + +# define ANY_INDEX 23 /* "Random" mark bit index for assertions */ + +/* heap block body */ + +# define HBLK_WORDS (HBLKSIZE/sizeof(word)) +# define HBLK_GRANULES (HBLKSIZE/GRANULE_BYTES) + +/* The number of objects in a block dedicated to a certain size. */ +/* may erroneously yield zero (instead of one) for large objects. */ +# define HBLK_OBJS(sz_in_bytes) (HBLKSIZE/(sz_in_bytes)) + +struct hblk { + char hb_body[HBLKSIZE]; +}; + +# define HBLK_IS_FREE(hdr) (((hdr) -> hb_flags & FREE_BLK) != 0) + +# define OBJ_SZ_TO_BLOCKS(sz) divHBLKSZ(sz + HBLKSIZE-1) + /* Size of block (in units of HBLKSIZE) needed to hold objects of */ + /* given sz (in bytes). */ + +/* Object free list link */ +# define obj_link(p) (*(void **)(p)) + +# define LOG_MAX_MARK_PROCS 6 +# define MAX_MARK_PROCS (1 << LOG_MAX_MARK_PROCS) + +/* Root sets. Logically private to mark_rts.c. But we don't want the */ +/* tables scanned, so we put them here. */ +/* MAX_ROOT_SETS is the maximum number of ranges that can be */ +/* registered as static roots. */ +# ifdef LARGE_CONFIG +# define MAX_ROOT_SETS 4096 +# else + /* GCJ LOCAL: MAX_ROOT_SETS increased to permit more shared */ + /* libraries to be loaded. */ +# define MAX_ROOT_SETS 1024 +# endif + +# define MAX_EXCLUSIONS (MAX_ROOT_SETS/4) +/* Maximum number of segments that can be excluded from root sets. */ + +/* + * Data structure for excluded static roots. + */ +struct exclusion { + ptr_t e_start; + ptr_t e_end; +}; + +/* Data structure for list of root sets. */ +/* We keep a hash table, so that we can filter out duplicate additions. */ +/* Under Win32, we need to do a better job of filtering overlaps, so */ +/* we resort to sequential search, and pay the price. */ +struct roots { + ptr_t r_start; + ptr_t r_end; +# if !defined(MSWIN32) && !defined(MSWINCE) + struct roots * r_next; +# endif + GC_bool r_tmp; + /* Delete before registering new dynamic libraries */ +}; + +#if !defined(MSWIN32) && !defined(MSWINCE) + /* Size of hash table index to roots. */ +# define LOG_RT_SIZE 6 +# define RT_SIZE (1 << LOG_RT_SIZE) /* Power of 2, may be != MAX_ROOT_SETS */ +#endif + +/* Lists of all heap blocks and free lists */ +/* as well as other random data structures */ +/* that should not be scanned by the */ +/* collector. */ +/* These are grouped together in a struct */ +/* so that they can be easily skipped by the */ +/* GC_mark routine. */ +/* The ordering is weird to make GC_malloc */ +/* faster by keeping the important fields */ +/* sufficiently close together that a */ +/* single load of a base register will do. */ +/* Scalars that could easily appear to */ +/* be pointers are also put here. */ +/* The main fields should precede any */ +/* conditionally included fields, so that */ +/* gc_inl.h will work even if a different set */ +/* of macros is defined when the client is */ +/* compiled. */ + +struct _GC_arrays { + word _heapsize; /* Heap size in bytes. */ + word _max_heapsize; + word _requested_heapsize; /* Heap size due to explicit expansion */ + ptr_t _last_heap_addr; + ptr_t _prev_heap_addr; + word _large_free_bytes; + /* Total bytes contained in blocks on large object free */ + /* list. */ + word _large_allocd_bytes; + /* Total number of bytes in allocated large objects blocks. */ + /* For the purposes of this counter and the next one only, a */ + /* large object is one that occupies a block of at least */ + /* 2*HBLKSIZE. */ + word _max_large_allocd_bytes; + /* Maximum number of bytes that were ever allocated in */ + /* large object blocks. This is used to help decide when it */ + /* is safe to split up a large block. */ + word _bytes_allocd_before_gc; + /* Number of words allocated before this */ + /* collection cycle. */ +# ifndef SEPARATE_GLOBALS + word _bytes_allocd; + /* Number of words allocated during this collection cycle */ +# endif + word _bytes_finalized; + /* Approximate number of bytes in objects (and headers) */ + /* That became ready for finalization in the last */ + /* collection. */ + word _non_gc_bytes_at_gc; + /* Number of explicitly managed bytes of storage */ + /* at last collection. */ + word _bytes_freed; + /* Number of explicitly deallocated bytes of memory */ + /* since last collection. */ + word _finalizer_bytes_freed; + /* Bytes of memory explicitly deallocated while */ + /* finalizers were running. Used to approximate mem. */ + /* explicitly deallocated by finalizers. */ + ptr_t _scratch_end_ptr; + ptr_t _scratch_last_end_ptr; + /* Used by headers.c, and can easily appear to point to */ + /* heap. */ + GC_mark_proc _mark_procs[MAX_MARK_PROCS]; + /* Table of user-defined mark procedures. There is */ + /* a small number of these, which can be referenced */ + /* by DS_PROC mark descriptors. See gc_mark.h. */ + +# ifndef SEPARATE_GLOBALS + void *_objfreelist[MAXOBJGRANULES+1]; + /* free list for objects */ + void *_aobjfreelist[MAXOBJGRANULES+1]; + /* free list for atomic objs */ +# endif + + void *_uobjfreelist[MAXOBJGRANULES+1]; + /* uncollectable but traced objs */ + /* objects on this and auobjfreelist */ + /* are always marked, except during */ + /* garbage collections. */ +# ifdef ATOMIC_UNCOLLECTABLE + void *_auobjfreelist[MAXOBJGRANULES+1]; +# endif + /* uncollectable but traced objs */ + + word _composite_in_use; + /* Number of words in accessible composite */ + /* objects. */ + word _atomic_in_use; + /* Number of words in accessible atomic */ + /* objects. */ +# ifdef USE_MUNMAP + word _unmapped_bytes; +# endif + + size_t _size_map[MAXOBJBYTES+1]; + /* Number of words to allocate for a given allocation request in */ + /* bytes. */ + +# ifdef STUBBORN_ALLOC + ptr_t _sobjfreelist[MAXOBJGRANULES+1]; +# endif + /* free list for immutable objects */ +# ifdef MARK_BIT_PER_GRANULE + short * _obj_map[MAXOBJGRANULES+1]; + /* If not NIL, then a pointer to a map of valid */ + /* object addresses. */ + /* _obj_map[sz_in_granules][i] is */ + /* i % sz_in_granules. */ + /* This is now used purely to replace a */ + /* division in the marker by a table lookup. */ + /* _obj_map[0] is used for large objects and */ + /* contains all nonzero entries. This gets us */ + /* out of the marker fast path without an extra */ + /* test. */ +# define MAP_LEN BYTES_TO_GRANULES(HBLKSIZE) +# endif +# define VALID_OFFSET_SZ HBLKSIZE + char _valid_offsets[VALID_OFFSET_SZ]; + /* GC_valid_offsets[i] == TRUE ==> i */ + /* is registered as a displacement. */ + char _modws_valid_offsets[sizeof(word)]; + /* GC_valid_offsets[i] ==> */ + /* GC_modws_valid_offsets[i%sizeof(word)] */ +# ifdef STUBBORN_ALLOC + page_hash_table _changed_pages; + /* Stubborn object pages that were changes since last call to */ + /* GC_read_changed. */ + page_hash_table _prev_changed_pages; + /* Stubborn object pages that were changes before last call to */ + /* GC_read_changed. */ +# endif +# if defined(PROC_VDB) || defined(MPROTECT_VDB) || \ + defined(GWW_VDB) || defined(MANUAL_VDB) + page_hash_table _grungy_pages; /* Pages that were dirty at last */ + /* GC_read_dirty. */ +# endif +# if defined(MPROTECT_VDB) || defined(MANUAL_VDB) + volatile page_hash_table _dirty_pages; + /* Pages dirtied since last GC_read_dirty. */ +# endif +# if defined(PROC_VDB) || defined(GWW_VDB) + page_hash_table _written_pages; /* Pages ever dirtied */ +# endif +# ifdef LARGE_CONFIG +# if CPP_WORDSZ > 32 +# define MAX_HEAP_SECTS 4096 /* overflows at roughly 64 GB */ +# else +# define MAX_HEAP_SECTS 768 /* Separately added heap sections. */ +# endif +# else +# ifdef SMALL_CONFIG +# define MAX_HEAP_SECTS 128 /* Roughly 256MB (128*2048*1K) */ +# else +# define MAX_HEAP_SECTS 384 /* Roughly 3GB */ +# endif +# endif + struct HeapSect { + ptr_t hs_start; size_t hs_bytes; + } _heap_sects[MAX_HEAP_SECTS]; +# if defined(MSWIN32) || defined(MSWINCE) + ptr_t _heap_bases[MAX_HEAP_SECTS]; + /* Start address of memory regions obtained from kernel. */ +# endif +# ifdef MSWINCE + word _heap_lengths[MAX_HEAP_SECTS]; + /* Commited lengths of memory regions obtained from kernel. */ +# endif + struct roots _static_roots[MAX_ROOT_SETS]; +# if !defined(MSWIN32) && !defined(MSWINCE) + struct roots * _root_index[RT_SIZE]; +# endif + struct exclusion _excl_table[MAX_EXCLUSIONS]; + /* Block header index; see gc_headers.h */ + bottom_index * _all_nils; + bottom_index * _top_index [TOP_SZ]; +#ifdef ENABLE_TRACE + ptr_t _trace_addr; +#endif +#ifdef SAVE_CALL_CHAIN + struct callinfo _last_stack[NFRAMES]; /* Stack at last garbage collection.*/ + /* Useful for debugging mysterious */ + /* object disappearances. */ + /* In the multithreaded case, we */ + /* currently only save the calling */ + /* stack. */ +#endif +}; + +GC_API GC_FAR struct _GC_arrays GC_arrays; + +# ifndef SEPARATE_GLOBALS +# define GC_objfreelist GC_arrays._objfreelist +# define GC_aobjfreelist GC_arrays._aobjfreelist +# define GC_bytes_allocd GC_arrays._bytes_allocd +# endif +# define GC_uobjfreelist GC_arrays._uobjfreelist +# ifdef ATOMIC_UNCOLLECTABLE +# define GC_auobjfreelist GC_arrays._auobjfreelist +# endif +# define GC_sobjfreelist GC_arrays._sobjfreelist +# define GC_valid_offsets GC_arrays._valid_offsets +# define GC_modws_valid_offsets GC_arrays._modws_valid_offsets +# ifdef STUBBORN_ALLOC +# define GC_changed_pages GC_arrays._changed_pages +# define GC_prev_changed_pages GC_arrays._prev_changed_pages +# endif +# ifdef MARK_BIT_PER_GRANULE +# define GC_obj_map GC_arrays._obj_map +# endif +# define GC_last_heap_addr GC_arrays._last_heap_addr +# define GC_prev_heap_addr GC_arrays._prev_heap_addr +# define GC_large_free_bytes GC_arrays._large_free_bytes +# define GC_large_allocd_bytes GC_arrays._large_allocd_bytes +# define GC_max_large_allocd_bytes GC_arrays._max_large_allocd_bytes +# define GC_bytes_finalized GC_arrays._bytes_finalized +# define GC_non_gc_bytes_at_gc GC_arrays._non_gc_bytes_at_gc +# define GC_bytes_freed GC_arrays._bytes_freed +# define GC_finalizer_bytes_freed GC_arrays._finalizer_bytes_freed +# define GC_scratch_end_ptr GC_arrays._scratch_end_ptr +# define GC_scratch_last_end_ptr GC_arrays._scratch_last_end_ptr +# define GC_mark_procs GC_arrays._mark_procs +# define GC_heapsize GC_arrays._heapsize +# define GC_max_heapsize GC_arrays._max_heapsize +# define GC_requested_heapsize GC_arrays._requested_heapsize +# define GC_bytes_allocd_before_gc GC_arrays._bytes_allocd_before_gc +# define GC_heap_sects GC_arrays._heap_sects +# define GC_last_stack GC_arrays._last_stack +#ifdef ENABLE_TRACE +#define GC_trace_addr GC_arrays._trace_addr +#endif +# ifdef USE_MUNMAP +# define GC_unmapped_bytes GC_arrays._unmapped_bytes +# endif +# if defined(MSWIN32) || defined(MSWINCE) +# define GC_heap_bases GC_arrays._heap_bases +# endif +# ifdef MSWINCE +# define GC_heap_lengths GC_arrays._heap_lengths +# endif +# define GC_static_roots GC_arrays._static_roots +# define GC_root_index GC_arrays._root_index +# define GC_excl_table GC_arrays._excl_table +# define GC_all_nils GC_arrays._all_nils +# define GC_top_index GC_arrays._top_index +# if defined(PROC_VDB) || defined(MPROTECT_VDB) || \ + defined(GWW_VDB) || defined(MANUAL_VDB) +# define GC_grungy_pages GC_arrays._grungy_pages +# endif +# if defined(MPROTECT_VDB) || defined(MANUAL_VDB) +# define GC_dirty_pages GC_arrays._dirty_pages +# endif +# if defined(PROC_VDB) || defined(GWW_VDB) +# define GC_written_pages GC_arrays._written_pages +# endif +# define GC_composite_in_use GC_arrays._composite_in_use +# define GC_atomic_in_use GC_arrays._atomic_in_use +# define GC_size_map GC_arrays._size_map + +# define beginGC_arrays ((ptr_t)(&GC_arrays)) +# define endGC_arrays (((ptr_t)(&GC_arrays)) + (sizeof GC_arrays)) + +#define USED_HEAP_SIZE (GC_heapsize - GC_large_free_bytes) + +/* Object kinds: */ +# define MAXOBJKINDS 16 + +extern struct obj_kind { + void **ok_freelist; /* Array of free listheaders for this kind of object */ + /* Point either to GC_arrays or to storage allocated */ + /* with GC_scratch_alloc. */ + struct hblk **ok_reclaim_list; + /* List headers for lists of blocks waiting to be */ + /* swept. */ + /* Indexed by object size in granules. */ + word ok_descriptor; /* Descriptor template for objects in this */ + /* block. */ + GC_bool ok_relocate_descr; + /* Add object size in bytes to descriptor */ + /* template to obtain descriptor. Otherwise */ + /* template is used as is. */ + GC_bool ok_init; /* Clear objects before putting them on the free list. */ +} GC_obj_kinds[MAXOBJKINDS]; + +# define beginGC_obj_kinds ((ptr_t)(&GC_obj_kinds)) +# define endGC_obj_kinds (beginGC_obj_kinds + (sizeof GC_obj_kinds)) + +/* Variables that used to be in GC_arrays, but need to be accessed by */ +/* inline allocation code. If they were in GC_arrays, the inlined */ +/* allocation code would include GC_arrays offsets (as it did), which */ +/* introduce maintenance problems. */ + +#ifdef SEPARATE_GLOBALS + word GC_bytes_allocd; + /* Number of words allocated during this collection cycle */ + ptr_t GC_objfreelist[MAXOBJGRANULES+1]; + /* free list for NORMAL objects */ +# define beginGC_objfreelist ((ptr_t)(&GC_objfreelist)) +# define endGC_objfreelist (beginGC_objfreelist + sizeof(GC_objfreelist)) + + ptr_t GC_aobjfreelist[MAXOBJGRANULES+1]; + /* free list for atomic (PTRFREE) objs */ +# define beginGC_aobjfreelist ((ptr_t)(&GC_aobjfreelist)) +# define endGC_aobjfreelist (beginGC_aobjfreelist + sizeof(GC_aobjfreelist)) +#endif + +/* Predefined kinds: */ +# define PTRFREE 0 +# define NORMAL 1 +# define UNCOLLECTABLE 2 +# ifdef ATOMIC_UNCOLLECTABLE +# define AUNCOLLECTABLE 3 +# define STUBBORN 4 +# define IS_UNCOLLECTABLE(k) (((k) & ~1) == UNCOLLECTABLE) +# else +# define STUBBORN 3 +# define IS_UNCOLLECTABLE(k) ((k) == UNCOLLECTABLE) +# endif + +extern unsigned GC_n_kinds; + +GC_API word GC_fo_entries; + +extern word GC_n_heap_sects; /* Number of separately added heap */ + /* sections. */ + +extern word GC_page_size; + +# if defined(MSWIN32) || defined(MSWINCE) + struct _SYSTEM_INFO; + extern struct _SYSTEM_INFO GC_sysinfo; + extern word GC_n_heap_bases; /* See GC_heap_bases. */ +# endif + +extern word GC_total_stack_black_listed; + /* Number of bytes on stack blacklist. */ + +extern word GC_black_list_spacing; + /* Average number of bytes between blacklisted */ + /* blocks. Approximate. */ + /* Counts only blocks that are */ + /* "stack-blacklisted", i.e. that are */ + /* problematic in the interior of an object. */ + +extern struct hblk * GC_hblkfreelist[]; + /* List of completely empty heap blocks */ + /* Linked through hb_next field of */ + /* header structure associated with */ + /* block. */ + +extern GC_bool GC_objects_are_marked; /* There are marked objects in */ + /* the heap. */ + +#ifndef SMALL_CONFIG + extern GC_bool GC_incremental; + /* Using incremental/generational collection. */ +# define TRUE_INCREMENTAL \ + (GC_incremental && GC_time_limit != GC_TIME_UNLIMITED) + /* True incremental, not just generational, mode */ +#else +# define GC_incremental FALSE + /* Hopefully allow optimizer to remove some code. */ +# define TRUE_INCREMENTAL FALSE +#endif + +extern GC_bool GC_dirty_maintained; + /* Dirty bits are being maintained, */ + /* either for incremental collection, */ + /* or to limit the root set. */ + +extern word GC_root_size; /* Total size of registered root sections */ + +extern GC_bool GC_debugging_started; /* GC_debug_malloc has been called. */ + +extern long GC_large_alloc_warn_interval; + /* Interval between unsuppressed warnings. */ + +extern long GC_large_alloc_warn_suppressed; + /* Number of warnings suppressed so far. */ + +#ifdef THREADS + extern GC_bool GC_world_stopped; +#endif + +/* Operations */ +# ifndef abs +# define abs(x) ((x) < 0? (-(x)) : (x)) +# endif + + +/* Marks are in a reserved area in */ +/* each heap block. Each word has one mark bit associated */ +/* with it. Only those corresponding to the beginning of an */ +/* object are used. */ + +/* Set mark bit correctly, even if mark bits may be concurrently */ +/* accessed. */ +#ifdef PARALLEL_MARK +# define OR_WORD(addr, bits) \ + { AO_or((volatile AO_t *)(addr), (AO_t)bits); } +#else +# define OR_WORD(addr, bits) *(addr) |= (bits) +#endif + +/* Mark bit operations */ + +/* + * Retrieve, set, clear the nth mark bit in a given heap block. + * + * (Recall that bit n corresponds to nth object or allocation granule + * relative to the beginning of the block, including unused words) + */ + +#ifdef USE_MARK_BYTES +# define mark_bit_from_hdr(hhdr,n) ((hhdr)->hb_marks[n]) +# define set_mark_bit_from_hdr(hhdr,n) ((hhdr)->hb_marks[n]) = 1 +# define clear_mark_bit_from_hdr(hhdr,n) ((hhdr)->hb_marks[n]) = 0 +#else /* !USE_MARK_BYTES */ +# define mark_bit_from_hdr(hhdr,n) (((hhdr)->hb_marks[divWORDSZ(n)] \ + >> (modWORDSZ(n))) & (word)1) +# define set_mark_bit_from_hdr(hhdr,n) \ + OR_WORD((hhdr)->hb_marks+divWORDSZ(n), \ + (word)1 << modWORDSZ(n)) +# define clear_mark_bit_from_hdr(hhdr,n) (hhdr)->hb_marks[divWORDSZ(n)] \ + &= ~((word)1 << modWORDSZ(n)) +#endif /* !USE_MARK_BYTES */ + +#ifdef MARK_BIT_PER_OBJ +# define MARK_BIT_NO(offset, sz) (((unsigned)(offset))/(sz)) + /* Get the mark bit index corresponding to the given byte */ + /* offset and size (in bytes). */ +# define MARK_BIT_OFFSET(sz) 1 + /* Spacing between useful mark bits. */ +# define IF_PER_OBJ(x) x +# define FINAL_MARK_BIT(sz) ((sz) > MAXOBJBYTES? 1 : HBLK_OBJS(sz)) + /* Position of final, always set, mark bit. */ +#else /* MARK_BIT_PER_GRANULE */ +# define MARK_BIT_NO(offset, sz) BYTES_TO_GRANULES((unsigned)(offset)) +# define MARK_BIT_OFFSET(sz) BYTES_TO_GRANULES(sz) +# define IF_PER_OBJ(x) +# define FINAL_MARK_BIT(sz) \ + ((sz) > MAXOBJBYTES? MARK_BITS_PER_HBLK \ + : BYTES_TO_GRANULES(sz * HBLK_OBJS(sz))) +#endif + +/* Important internal collector routines */ + +ptr_t GC_approx_sp(void); + +GC_bool GC_should_collect(void); + +void GC_apply_to_all_blocks(void (*fn) (struct hblk *h, word client_data), + word client_data); + /* Invoke fn(hbp, client_data) for each */ + /* allocated heap block. */ +struct hblk * GC_next_used_block(struct hblk * h); + /* Return first in-use block >= h */ +struct hblk * GC_prev_block(struct hblk * h); + /* Return last block <= h. Returned block */ + /* is managed by GC, but may or may not be in */ + /* use. */ +void GC_mark_init(void); +void GC_clear_marks(void); /* Clear mark bits for all heap objects. */ +void GC_invalidate_mark_state(void); + /* Tell the marker that marked */ + /* objects may point to unmarked */ + /* ones, and roots may point to */ + /* unmarked objects. */ + /* Reset mark stack. */ +GC_bool GC_mark_stack_empty(void); +GC_bool GC_mark_some(ptr_t cold_gc_frame); + /* Perform about one pages worth of marking */ + /* work of whatever kind is needed. Returns */ + /* quickly if no collection is in progress. */ + /* Return TRUE if mark phase finished. */ +void GC_initiate_gc(void); + /* initiate collection. */ + /* If the mark state is invalid, this */ + /* becomes full colleection. Otherwise */ + /* it's partial. */ +void GC_push_all(ptr_t bottom, ptr_t top); + /* Push everything in a range */ + /* onto mark stack. */ +void GC_push_selected(ptr_t bottom, ptr_t top, + int (*dirty_fn) (struct hblk *h), + void (*push_fn) (ptr_t bottom, ptr_t top) ); + /* Push all pages h in [b,t) s.t. */ + /* select_fn(h) != 0 onto mark stack. */ +#ifndef SMALL_CONFIG + void GC_push_conditional (ptr_t b, ptr_t t, GC_bool all); +#else +# define GC_push_conditional(b, t, all) GC_push_all(b, t) +#endif + /* Do either of the above, depending */ + /* on the third arg. */ +void GC_push_all_stack (ptr_t b, ptr_t t); + /* As above, but consider */ + /* interior pointers as valid */ +void GC_push_all_eager (ptr_t b, ptr_t t); + /* Same as GC_push_all_stack, but */ + /* ensures that stack is scanned */ + /* immediately, not just scheduled */ + /* for scanning. */ +#ifndef THREADS + void GC_push_all_stack_partially_eager(ptr_t bottom, ptr_t top, + ptr_t cold_gc_frame); + /* Similar to GC_push_all_eager, but only the */ + /* part hotter than cold_gc_frame is scanned */ + /* immediately. Needed to ensure that callee- */ + /* save registers are not missed. */ +#else + /* In the threads case, we push part of the current thread stack */ + /* with GC_push_all_eager when we push the registers. This gets the */ + /* callee-save registers that may disappear. The remainder of the */ + /* stacks are scheduled for scanning in *GC_push_other_roots, which */ + /* is thread-package-specific. */ +#endif +void GC_push_current_stack(ptr_t cold_gc_frame, void *context); + /* Push enough of the current stack eagerly to */ + /* ensure that callee-save registers saved in */ + /* GC frames are scanned. */ + /* In the non-threads case, schedule entire */ + /* stack for scanning. */ + /* The second argument is a pointer to the */ + /* (possibly null) thread context, for */ + /* (currently hypothetical) more precise */ + /* stack scanning. */ +void GC_push_roots(GC_bool all, ptr_t cold_gc_frame); + /* Push all or dirty roots. */ +extern void (*GC_push_other_roots)(void); + /* Push system or application specific roots */ + /* onto the mark stack. In some environments */ + /* (e.g. threads environments) this is */ + /* predfined to be non-zero. A client supplied */ + /* replacement should also call the original */ + /* function. */ +extern void GC_push_gc_structures(void); + /* Push GC internal roots. These are normally */ + /* included in the static data segment, and */ + /* Thus implicitly pushed. But we must do this */ + /* explicitly if normal root processing is */ + /* disabled. Calls the following: */ + extern void GC_push_finalizer_structures(void); + extern void GC_push_stubborn_structures (void); +# ifdef THREADS + extern void GC_push_thread_structures (void); +# endif +extern void (*GC_start_call_back) (void); + /* Called at start of full collections. */ + /* Not called if 0. Called with allocation */ + /* lock held. */ + /* 0 by default. */ +void GC_push_regs_and_stack(ptr_t cold_gc_frame); + +void GC_push_regs(void); + +void GC_with_callee_saves_pushed(void (*fn)(ptr_t, void *), + ptr_t arg); + +# if defined(SPARC) || defined(IA64) + /* Cause all stacked registers to be saved in memory. Return a */ + /* pointer to the top of the corresponding memory stack. */ + ptr_t GC_save_regs_in_stack(void); +# endif + /* Push register contents onto mark stack. */ + /* If NURSERY is defined, the default push */ + /* action can be overridden with GC_push_proc */ + +# ifdef NURSERY + extern void (*GC_push_proc)(ptr_t); +# endif +# if defined(MSWIN32) || defined(MSWINCE) + void __cdecl GC_push_one(word p); +# else + void GC_push_one(word p); + /* If p points to an object, mark it */ + /* and push contents on the mark stack */ + /* Pointer recognition test always */ + /* accepts interior pointers, i.e. this */ + /* is appropriate for pointers found on */ + /* stack. */ +# endif +# if defined(PRINT_BLACK_LIST) || defined(KEEP_BACK_PTRS) + void GC_mark_and_push_stack(ptr_t p, ptr_t source); + /* Ditto, omits plausibility test */ +# else + void GC_mark_and_push_stack(ptr_t p); +# endif +void GC_push_marked(struct hblk * h, hdr * hhdr); + /* Push contents of all marked objects in h onto */ + /* mark stack. */ +#ifdef SMALL_CONFIG +# define GC_push_next_marked_dirty(h) GC_push_next_marked(h) +#else + struct hblk * GC_push_next_marked_dirty(struct hblk * h); + /* Invoke GC_push_marked on next dirty block above h. */ + /* Return a pointer just past the end of this block. */ +#endif /* !SMALL_CONFIG */ +struct hblk * GC_push_next_marked(struct hblk * h); + /* Ditto, but also mark from clean pages. */ +struct hblk * GC_push_next_marked_uncollectable(struct hblk * h); + /* Ditto, but mark only from uncollectable pages. */ +GC_bool GC_stopped_mark(GC_stop_func stop_func); + /* Stop world and mark from all roots */ + /* and rescuers. */ +void GC_clear_hdr_marks(hdr * hhdr); + /* Clear the mark bits in a header */ +void GC_set_hdr_marks(hdr * hhdr); + /* Set the mark bits in a header */ +void GC_set_fl_marks(ptr_t p); + /* Set all mark bits associated with */ + /* a free list. */ +#ifdef GC_ASSERTIONS + void GC_check_fl_marks(ptr_t p); + /* Check that all mark bits */ + /* associated with a free list are */ + /* set. Abort if not. */ +#endif +void GC_add_roots_inner(ptr_t b, ptr_t e, GC_bool tmp); +void GC_remove_roots_inner(ptr_t b, ptr_t e); +GC_bool GC_is_static_root(ptr_t p); + /* Is the address p in one of the registered static */ + /* root sections? */ +# if defined(MSWIN32) || defined(_WIN32_WCE_EMULATION) +GC_bool GC_is_tmp_root(ptr_t p); + /* Is the address p in one of the temporary static */ + /* root sections? */ +# endif +void GC_register_dynamic_libraries(void); + /* Add dynamic library data sections to the root set. */ +void GC_cond_register_dynamic_libraries(void); + /* Remove and reregister dynamic libraries if we're */ + /* configured to do that at each GC. */ + +GC_bool GC_register_main_static_data(void); + /* We need to register the main data segment. Returns */ + /* TRUE unless this is done implicitly as part of */ + /* dynamic library registration. */ + +/* Machine dependent startup routines */ +ptr_t GC_get_main_stack_base(void); /* Cold end of stack */ +#ifdef IA64 + ptr_t GC_get_register_stack_base(void); + /* Cold end of register stack. */ +#endif +void GC_register_data_segments(void); + +/* Black listing: */ +void GC_bl_init(void); +# ifdef PRINT_BLACK_LIST + void GC_add_to_black_list_normal(word p, ptr_t source); + /* Register bits as a possible future false */ + /* reference from the heap or static data */ +# define GC_ADD_TO_BLACK_LIST_NORMAL(bits, source) \ + if (GC_all_interior_pointers) { \ + GC_add_to_black_list_stack((word)(bits), (source)); \ + } else { \ + GC_add_to_black_list_normal((word)(bits), (source)); \ + } +# else + void GC_add_to_black_list_normal(word p); +# define GC_ADD_TO_BLACK_LIST_NORMAL(bits, source) \ + if (GC_all_interior_pointers) { \ + GC_add_to_black_list_stack((word)(bits)); \ + } else { \ + GC_add_to_black_list_normal((word)(bits)); \ + } +# endif + +# ifdef PRINT_BLACK_LIST + void GC_add_to_black_list_stack(word p, ptr_t source); +# define GC_ADD_TO_BLACK_LIST_STACK(bits, source) \ + GC_add_to_black_list_stack((word)(bits), (source)) +# else + void GC_add_to_black_list_stack(word p); +# define GC_ADD_TO_BLACK_LIST_STACK(bits, source) \ + GC_add_to_black_list_stack((word)(bits)) +# endif +struct hblk * GC_is_black_listed(struct hblk * h, word len); + /* If there are likely to be false references */ + /* to a block starting at h of the indicated */ + /* length, then return the next plausible */ + /* starting location for h that might avoid */ + /* these false references. */ +void GC_promote_black_lists(void); + /* Declare an end to a black listing phase. */ +void GC_unpromote_black_lists(void); + /* Approximately undo the effect of the above. */ + /* This actually loses some information, but */ + /* only in a reasonably safe way. */ +word GC_number_stack_black_listed(struct hblk *start, struct hblk *endp1); + /* Return the number of (stack) blacklisted */ + /* blocks in the range for statistical */ + /* purposes. */ + +ptr_t GC_scratch_alloc(size_t bytes); + /* GC internal memory allocation for */ + /* small objects. Deallocation is not */ + /* possible. */ + +/* Heap block layout maps: */ +GC_bool GC_add_map_entry(size_t sz); + /* Add a heap block map for objects of */ + /* size sz to obj_map. */ + /* Return FALSE on failure. */ +void GC_register_displacement_inner(size_t offset); + /* Version of GC_register_displacement */ + /* that assumes lock is already held */ + /* and signals are already disabled. */ + +void GC_initialize_offsets(void); + /* Initialize GC_valid_offsets, */ + /* depending on current */ + /* GC_all_interior_pointers settings. */ + +/* hblk allocation: */ +void GC_new_hblk(size_t size_in_granules, int kind); + /* Allocate a new heap block, and build */ + /* a free list in it. */ + +ptr_t GC_build_fl(struct hblk *h, size_t words, GC_bool clear, ptr_t list); + /* Build a free list for objects of */ + /* size sz in block h. Append list to */ + /* end of the free lists. Possibly */ + /* clear objects on the list. Normally */ + /* called by GC_new_hblk, but also */ + /* called explicitly without GC lock. */ + +struct hblk * GC_allochblk (size_t size_in_bytes, int kind, + unsigned flags); + /* Allocate a heap block, inform */ + /* the marker that block is valid */ + /* for objects of indicated size. */ + +ptr_t GC_alloc_large (size_t lb, int k, unsigned flags); + /* Allocate a large block of size lb bytes. */ + /* The block is not cleared. */ + /* Flags is 0 or IGNORE_OFF_PAGE. */ + /* Calls GC_allchblk to do the actual */ + /* allocation, but also triggers GC and/or */ + /* heap expansion as appropriate. */ + /* Does not update GC_bytes_allocd, but does */ + /* other accounting. */ + +ptr_t GC_alloc_large_and_clear(size_t lb, int k, unsigned flags); + /* As above, but clear block if appropriate */ + /* for kind k. */ + +void GC_freehblk(struct hblk * p); + /* Deallocate a heap block and mark it */ + /* as invalid. */ + +/* Misc GC: */ +void GC_init_inner(void); +GC_bool GC_expand_hp_inner(word n); +void GC_start_reclaim(int abort_if_found); + /* Restore unmarked objects to free */ + /* lists, or (if abort_if_found is */ + /* TRUE) report them. */ + /* Sweeping of small object pages is */ + /* largely deferred. */ +void GC_continue_reclaim(size_t sz, int kind); + /* Sweep pages of the given size and */ + /* kind, as long as possible, and */ + /* as long as the corr. free list is */ + /* empty. Sz is in granules. */ +void GC_reclaim_or_delete_all(void); + /* Arrange for all reclaim lists to be */ + /* empty. Judiciously choose between */ + /* sweeping and discarding each page. */ +GC_bool GC_reclaim_all(GC_stop_func stop_func, GC_bool ignore_old); + /* Reclaim all blocks. Abort (in a */ + /* consistent state) if f returns TRUE. */ +ptr_t GC_reclaim_generic(struct hblk * hbp, hdr *hhdr, size_t sz, + GC_bool init, ptr_t list, signed_word *count); + /* Rebuild free list in hbp with */ + /* header hhdr, with objects of size sz */ + /* bytes. Add list to the end of the */ + /* free list. Add the number of */ + /* reclaimed bytes to *count. */ +GC_bool GC_block_empty(hdr * hhdr); + /* Block completely unmarked? */ +GC_bool GC_never_stop_func(void); + /* Returns FALSE. */ +GC_bool GC_try_to_collect_inner(GC_stop_func f); + + /* Collect; caller must have acquired */ + /* lock and disabled signals. */ + /* Collection is aborted if f returns */ + /* TRUE. Returns TRUE if it completes */ + /* successfully. */ +# define GC_gcollect_inner() \ + (void) GC_try_to_collect_inner(GC_never_stop_func) +void GC_finish_collection(void); + /* Finish collection. Mark bits are */ + /* consistent and lock is still held. */ +GC_bool GC_collect_or_expand(word needed_blocks, GC_bool ignore_off_page); + /* Collect or expand heap in an attempt */ + /* make the indicated number of free */ + /* blocks available. Should be called */ + /* until the blocks are available or */ + /* until it fails by returning FALSE. */ + +extern GC_bool GC_is_initialized; /* GC_init() has been run. */ + +#if defined(MSWIN32) || defined(MSWINCE) + void GC_deinit(void); + /* Free any resources allocated by */ + /* GC_init */ +#endif + +void GC_collect_a_little_inner(int n); + /* Do n units worth of garbage */ + /* collection work, if appropriate. */ + /* A unit is an amount appropriate for */ + /* HBLKSIZE bytes of allocation. */ +/* void * GC_generic_malloc(size_t lb, int k); */ + /* Allocate an object of the given */ + /* kind. By default, there are only */ + /* a few kinds: composite(pointerfree), */ + /* atomic, uncollectable, etc. */ + /* We claim it's possible for clever */ + /* client code that understands GC */ + /* internals to add more, e.g. to */ + /* communicate object layout info */ + /* to the collector. */ + /* The actual decl is in gc_mark.h. */ +void * GC_generic_malloc_ignore_off_page(size_t b, int k); + /* As above, but pointers past the */ + /* first page of the resulting object */ + /* are ignored. */ +void * GC_generic_malloc_inner(size_t lb, int k); + /* Ditto, but I already hold lock, etc. */ +void * GC_generic_malloc_inner_ignore_off_page(size_t lb, int k); + /* Allocate an object, where */ + /* the client guarantees that there */ + /* will always be a pointer to the */ + /* beginning of the object while the */ + /* object is live. */ +void GC_generic_malloc_many(size_t lb, int k, void **result); + /* Store a pointer to a list of newly */ + /* allocated objects of kind k and size */ + /* lb in *result. */ + /* Caler must make sure that *result is */ + /* traced even if objects are ptrfree. */ +ptr_t GC_allocobj(size_t sz, int kind); + /* Make the indicated */ + /* free list nonempty, and return its */ + /* head. Sz is in granules. */ + +/* Allocation routines that bypass the thread local cache. */ +/* Used internally. */ +#ifdef THREAD_LOCAL_ALLOC + void * GC_core_malloc(size_t); + void * GC_core_malloc_atomic(size_t); +# ifdef GC_GCJ_SUPPORT + void *GC_core_gcj_malloc(size_t, void *); +# endif +#endif /* THREAD_LOCAL_ALLOC */ + +void GC_free_inner(void * p); +void GC_debug_free_inner(void * p); + +void GC_init_headers(void); +struct hblkhdr * GC_install_header(struct hblk *h); + /* Install a header for block h. */ + /* Return 0 on failure, or the header */ + /* otherwise. */ +GC_bool GC_install_counts(struct hblk * h, size_t sz); + /* Set up forwarding counts for block */ + /* h of size sz. */ + /* Return FALSE on failure. */ +void GC_remove_header(struct hblk * h); + /* Remove the header for block h. */ +void GC_remove_counts(struct hblk * h, size_t sz); + /* Remove forwarding counts for h. */ +hdr * GC_find_header(ptr_t h); /* Debugging only. */ + +void GC_finalize(void); + /* Perform all indicated finalization actions */ + /* on unmarked objects. */ + /* Unreachable finalizable objects are enqueued */ + /* for processing by GC_invoke_finalizers. */ + /* Invoked with lock. */ + +void GC_notify_or_invoke_finalizers(void); + /* If GC_finalize_on_demand is not set, invoke */ + /* eligible finalizers. Otherwise: */ + /* Call *GC_finalizer_notifier if there are */ + /* finalizers to be run, and we haven't called */ + /* this procedure yet this GC cycle. */ + +GC_API void * GC_make_closure(GC_finalization_proc fn, void * data); +GC_API void GC_debug_invoke_finalizer(void * obj, void * data); + /* Auxiliary fns to make finalization work */ + /* correctly with displaced pointers introduced */ + /* by the debugging allocators. */ + +void GC_add_to_heap(struct hblk *p, size_t bytes); + /* Add a HBLKSIZE aligned chunk to the heap. */ + +void GC_print_obj(ptr_t p); + /* P points to somewhere inside an object with */ + /* debugging info. Print a human readable */ + /* description of the object to stderr. */ +extern void (*GC_check_heap)(void); + /* Check that all objects in the heap with */ + /* debugging info are intact. */ + /* Add any that are not to GC_smashed list. */ +extern void (*GC_print_all_smashed) (void); + /* Print GC_smashed if it's not empty. */ + /* Clear GC_smashed list. */ +extern void GC_print_all_errors (void); + /* Print smashed and leaked objects, if any. */ + /* Clear the lists of such objects. */ +extern void (*GC_print_heap_obj) (ptr_t p); + /* If possible print s followed by a more */ + /* detailed description of the object */ + /* referred to by p. */ +#if defined(LINUX) && defined(__ELF__) && !defined(SMALL_CONFIG) + void GC_print_address_map (void); + /* Print an address map of the process. */ +#endif + +extern GC_bool GC_have_errors; /* We saw a smashed or leaked object. */ + /* Call error printing routine */ + /* occasionally. */ + +#ifndef SMALL_CONFIG + extern int GC_print_stats; /* Nonzero generates basic GC log. */ + /* VERBOSE generates add'l messages. */ +#else +# define GC_print_stats 0 + /* Will this keep the message character strings from the executable? */ + /* It should ... */ +#endif +#define VERBOSE 2 + +#ifndef NO_DEBUGGING + extern GC_bool GC_dump_regularly; /* Generate regular debugging dumps. */ +# define COND_DUMP if (GC_dump_regularly) GC_dump(); +#else +# define COND_DUMP +#endif + +#ifdef KEEP_BACK_PTRS + extern long GC_backtraces; + void GC_generate_random_backtrace_no_gc(void); +#endif + +extern GC_bool GC_print_back_height; + +#ifdef MAKE_BACK_GRAPH + void GC_print_back_graph_stats(void); +#endif + +/* Macros used for collector internal allocation. */ +/* These assume the collector lock is held. */ +#ifdef DBG_HDRS_ALL + extern void * GC_debug_generic_malloc_inner(size_t lb, int k); + extern void * GC_debug_generic_malloc_inner_ignore_off_page(size_t lb, + int k); +# define GC_INTERNAL_MALLOC GC_debug_generic_malloc_inner +# define GC_INTERNAL_MALLOC_IGNORE_OFF_PAGE \ + GC_debug_generic_malloc_inner_ignore_off_page +# ifdef THREADS +# define GC_INTERNAL_FREE GC_debug_free_inner +# else +# define GC_INTERNAL_FREE GC_debug_free +# endif +#else +# define GC_INTERNAL_MALLOC GC_generic_malloc_inner +# define GC_INTERNAL_MALLOC_IGNORE_OFF_PAGE \ + GC_generic_malloc_inner_ignore_off_page +# ifdef THREADS +# define GC_INTERNAL_FREE GC_free_inner +# else +# define GC_INTERNAL_FREE GC_free +# endif +#endif + +/* Memory unmapping: */ +#ifdef USE_MUNMAP + void GC_unmap_old(void); + void GC_merge_unmapped(void); + void GC_unmap(ptr_t start, size_t bytes); + void GC_remap(ptr_t start, size_t bytes); + void GC_unmap_gap(ptr_t start1, size_t bytes1, ptr_t start2, size_t bytes2); +#endif + +/* Virtual dirty bit implementation: */ +/* Each implementation exports the following: */ +void GC_read_dirty(void); + /* Retrieve dirty bits. */ +GC_bool GC_page_was_dirty(struct hblk *h); + /* Read retrieved dirty bits. */ +GC_bool GC_page_was_ever_dirty(struct hblk *h); + /* Could the page contain valid heap pointers? */ +void GC_remove_protection(struct hblk *h, word nblocks, + GC_bool pointerfree); + /* h is about to be writteni or allocated. Ensure */ + /* that it's not write protected by the virtual */ + /* dirty bit implementation. */ + +void GC_dirty_init(void); + +/* Slow/general mark bit manipulation: */ +GC_API GC_bool GC_is_marked(ptr_t p); +void GC_clear_mark_bit(ptr_t p); +void GC_set_mark_bit(ptr_t p); + +/* Stubborn objects: */ +void GC_read_changed(void); /* Analogous to GC_read_dirty */ +GC_bool GC_page_was_changed(struct hblk * h); + /* Analogous to GC_page_was_dirty */ +void GC_clean_changing_list(void); + /* Collect obsolete changing list entries */ +void GC_stubborn_init(void); + +/* Debugging print routines: */ +void GC_print_block_list(void); +void GC_print_hblkfreelist(void); +void GC_print_heap_sects(void); +void GC_print_static_roots(void); +void GC_print_finalization_stats(void); +/* void GC_dump(void); - declared in gc.h */ + +#ifdef KEEP_BACK_PTRS + void GC_store_back_pointer(ptr_t source, ptr_t dest); + void GC_marked_for_finalization(ptr_t dest); +# define GC_STORE_BACK_PTR(source, dest) GC_store_back_pointer(source, dest) +# define GC_MARKED_FOR_FINALIZATION(dest) GC_marked_for_finalization(dest) +#else +# define GC_STORE_BACK_PTR(source, dest) +# define GC_MARKED_FOR_FINALIZATION(dest) +#endif + +/* Make arguments appear live to compiler */ +# ifdef __WATCOMC__ + void GC_noop(void*, ...); +# else +# ifdef __DMC__ + GC_API void GC_noop(...); +# else + GC_API void GC_noop(); +# endif +# endif + +void GC_noop1(word); + +/* Logging and diagnostic output: */ +GC_API void GC_printf (const char * format, ...); + /* A version of printf that doesn't allocate, */ + /* 1K total output length. */ + /* (We use sprintf. Hopefully that doesn't */ + /* allocate for long arguments.) */ +GC_API void GC_err_printf(const char * format, ...); +GC_API void GC_log_printf(const char * format, ...); +void GC_err_puts(const char *s); + /* Write s to stderr, don't buffer, don't add */ + /* newlines, don't ... */ + +#if defined(LINUX) && !defined(SMALL_CONFIG) + void GC_err_write(const char *buf, size_t len); + /* Write buf to stderr, don't buffer, don't add */ + /* newlines, don't ... */ +#endif + + +# ifdef GC_ASSERTIONS +# define GC_ASSERT(expr) if(!(expr)) {\ + GC_err_printf("Assertion failure: %s:%ld\n", \ + __FILE__, (unsigned long)__LINE__); \ + ABORT("assertion failure"); } +# else +# define GC_ASSERT(expr) +# endif + +/* Check a compile time assertion at compile time. The error */ +/* message for failure is a bit baroque, but ... */ +#if defined(mips) && !defined(__GNUC__) +/* DOB: MIPSPro C gets an internal error taking the sizeof an array type. + This code works correctly (ugliness is to avoid "unused var" warnings) */ +# define GC_STATIC_ASSERT(expr) do { if (0) { char j[(expr)? 1 : -1]; j[0]='\0'; j[0]=j[0]; } } while(0) +#else +# define GC_STATIC_ASSERT(expr) sizeof(char[(expr)? 1 : -1]) +#endif + +# if defined(PARALLEL_MARK) || defined(THREAD_LOCAL_ALLOC) + /* We need additional synchronization facilities from the thread */ + /* support. We believe these are less performance critical */ + /* than the main garbage collector lock; standard pthreads-based */ + /* implementations should be sufficient. */ + + /* The mark lock and condition variable. If the GC lock is also */ + /* acquired, the GC lock must be acquired first. The mark lock is */ + /* used to both protect some variables used by the parallel */ + /* marker, and to protect GC_fl_builder_count, below. */ + /* GC_notify_all_marker() is called when */ + /* the state of the parallel marker changes */ + /* in some significant way (see gc_mark.h for details). The */ + /* latter set of events includes incrementing GC_mark_no. */ + /* GC_notify_all_builder() is called when GC_fl_builder_count */ + /* reaches 0. */ + + extern void GC_acquire_mark_lock(); + extern void GC_release_mark_lock(); + extern void GC_notify_all_builder(); + /* extern void GC_wait_builder(); */ + extern void GC_wait_for_reclaim(); + + extern word GC_fl_builder_count; /* Protected by mark lock. */ +# endif /* PARALLEL_MARK || THREAD_LOCAL_ALLOC */ +# ifdef PARALLEL_MARK + extern void GC_notify_all_marker(); + extern void GC_wait_marker(); + extern word GC_mark_no; /* Protected by mark lock. */ + + extern void GC_help_marker(word my_mark_no); + /* Try to help out parallel marker for mark cycle */ + /* my_mark_no. Returns if the mark cycle finishes or */ + /* was already done, or there was nothing to do for */ + /* some other reason. */ +# endif /* PARALLEL_MARK */ + +# if defined(GC_PTHREADS) + /* We define the thread suspension signal here, so that we can refer */ + /* to it in the dirty bit implementation, if necessary. Ideally we */ + /* would allocate a (real-time ?) signal using the standard mechanism.*/ + /* unfortunately, there is no standard mechanism. (There is one */ + /* in Linux glibc, but it's not exported.) Thus we continue to use */ + /* the same hard-coded signals we've always used. */ +# if !defined(SIG_SUSPEND) +# if defined(GC_LINUX_THREADS) || defined(GC_DGUX386_THREADS) +# if defined(SPARC) && !defined(SIGPWR) + /* SPARC/Linux doesn't properly define SIGPWR in <signal.h>. + * It is aliased to SIGLOST in asm/signal.h, though. */ +# define SIG_SUSPEND SIGLOST +# else + /* Linuxthreads itself uses SIGUSR1 and SIGUSR2. */ +# define SIG_SUSPEND SIGPWR +# endif +# else /* !GC_LINUX_THREADS */ +# if defined(_SIGRTMIN) +# define SIG_SUSPEND _SIGRTMIN + 6 +# else +# define SIG_SUSPEND SIGRTMIN + 6 +# endif +# endif +# endif /* !SIG_SUSPEND */ + +# endif + +/* Some macros for setjmp that works across signal handlers */ +/* were possible, and a couple of routines to facilitate */ +/* catching accesses to bad addresses when that's */ +/* possible/needed. */ +#ifdef UNIX_LIKE +# include <setjmp.h> +# if defined(SUNOS5SIGS) && !defined(FREEBSD) +# include <sys/siginfo.h> +# endif + /* Define SETJMP and friends to be the version that restores */ + /* the signal mask. */ +# define SETJMP(env) sigsetjmp(env, 1) +# define LONGJMP(env, val) siglongjmp(env, val) +# define JMP_BUF sigjmp_buf +#else +# ifdef ECOS +# define SETJMP(env) hal_setjmp(env) +# else +# define SETJMP(env) setjmp(env) +# endif +# define LONGJMP(env, val) longjmp(env, val) +# define JMP_BUF jmp_buf +#endif + +/* Do we need the GC_find_limit machinery to find the end of a */ +/* data segment. */ +# if defined(HEURISTIC2) || defined(SEARCH_FOR_DATA_START) +# define NEED_FIND_LIMIT +# endif + +# if !defined(STACKBOTTOM) && defined(HEURISTIC2) +# define NEED_FIND_LIMIT +# endif + +# if (defined(SVR4) || defined(AUX) || defined(DGUX) \ + || (defined(LINUX) && defined(SPARC))) && !defined(PCR) +# define NEED_FIND_LIMIT +# endif + +#if defined(FREEBSD) && (defined(I386) || defined(X86_64) || defined(powerpc) \ + || defined(__powerpc__)) +# include <machine/trap.h> +# if !defined(PCR) +# define NEED_FIND_LIMIT +# endif +#endif + +#if (defined(NETBSD) || defined(OPENBSD)) && defined(__ELF__) \ + && !defined(NEED_FIND_LIMIT) + /* Used by GC_init_netbsd_elf() in os_dep.c. */ +# define NEED_FIND_LIMIT +#endif + +#if defined(IA64) && !defined(NEED_FIND_LIMIT) +# define NEED_FIND_LIMIT + /* May be needed for register backing store base. */ +#endif + +# if defined(NEED_FIND_LIMIT) || \ + defined(USE_PROC_FOR_LIBRARIES) && defined(THREADS) +JMP_BUF GC_jmp_buf; + +/* Set up a handler for address faults which will longjmp to */ +/* GC_jmp_buf; */ +extern void GC_setup_temporary_fault_handler(void); + +/* Undo the effect of GC_setup_temporary_fault_handler. */ +extern void GC_reset_fault_handler(void); + +# endif /* Need to handle address faults. */ + +# endif /* GC_PRIVATE_H */ diff --git a/tools/build/src/engine/boehm_gc/include/private/gcconfig.h b/tools/build/src/engine/boehm_gc/include/private/gcconfig.h new file mode 100644 index 000000000..20f35bc3a --- /dev/null +++ b/tools/build/src/engine/boehm_gc/include/private/gcconfig.h @@ -0,0 +1,2339 @@ +/* + * Copyright 1988, 1989 Hans-J. Boehm, Alan J. Demers + * Copyright (c) 1991-1994 by Xerox Corporation. All rights reserved. + * Copyright (c) 1996 by Silicon Graphics. All rights reserved. + * Copyright (c) 2000-2004 Hewlett-Packard Development Company, L.P. + * + * THIS MATERIAL IS PROVIDED AS IS, WITH ABSOLUTELY NO WARRANTY EXPRESSED + * OR IMPLIED. ANY USE IS AT YOUR OWN RISK. + * + * Permission is hereby granted to use or copy this program + * for any purpose, provided the above notices are retained on all copies. + * Permission to modify the code and to distribute modified code is granted, + * provided the above notices are retained, and a notice that the code was + * modified is included with the above copyright notice. + */ + +/* + * This header is private to the gc. It is almost always included from + * gc_priv.h. However it is possible to include it by itself if just the + * configuration macros are needed. In that + * case, a few declarations relying on types declared in gc_priv.h will be + * omitted. + */ + +#ifndef GCCONFIG_H + +# define GCCONFIG_H + +# ifndef GC_PRIVATE_H + /* Fake ptr_t declaration, just to avoid compilation errors. */ + /* This avoids many instances if "ifndef GC_PRIVATE_H" below. */ + typedef struct GC_undefined_struct * ptr_t; +# include <stddef.h> /* For size_t etc. */ +# endif + +/* Machine dependent parameters. Some tuning parameters can be found */ +/* near the top of gc_private.h. */ + +/* Machine specific parts contributed by various people. See README file. */ + +/* First a unified test for Linux: */ +# if defined(linux) || defined(__linux__) +# ifndef LINUX +# define LINUX +# endif +# endif + +/* And one for NetBSD: */ +# if defined(__NetBSD__) +# define NETBSD +# endif + +/* And one for OpenBSD: */ +# if defined(__OpenBSD__) +# define OPENBSD +# endif + +/* And one for FreeBSD: */ +# if (defined(__FreeBSD__) || defined(__DragonFly__) || \ + defined(__FreeBSD_kernel__)) && !defined(FREEBSD) +# define FREEBSD +# endif + +/* Determine the machine type: */ +# if defined(__arm__) || defined(__thumb__) +# define ARM32 +# if !defined(LINUX) && !defined(NETBSD) +# define NOSYS +# define mach_type_known +# endif +# endif +# if defined(sun) && defined(mc68000) +# error SUNOS4 no longer supported +# endif +# if defined(hp9000s300) +# error M68K based HP machines no longer supported. +# endif +# if defined(OPENBSD) && defined(m68k) +# define M68K +# define mach_type_known +# endif +# if defined(OPENBSD) && defined(__sparc__) +# define SPARC +# define mach_type_known +# endif +# if defined(NETBSD) && (defined(m68k) || defined(__m68k__)) +# define M68K +# define mach_type_known +# endif +# if defined(NETBSD) && defined(__powerpc__) +# define POWERPC +# define mach_type_known +# endif +# if defined(NETBSD) && (defined(__arm32__) || defined(__arm__)) +# define ARM32 +# define mach_type_known +# endif +# if defined(NETBSD) && defined(__sh__) +# define SH +# define mach_type_known +# endif +# if defined(vax) +# define VAX +# ifdef ultrix +# define ULTRIX +# else +# define BSD +# endif +# define mach_type_known +# endif +# if defined(__NetBSD__) && defined(__vax__) +# define VAX +# define mach_type_known +# endif +# if defined(mips) || defined(__mips) || defined(_mips) +# define MIPS +# if defined(nec_ews) || defined(_nec_ews) +# define EWS4800 +# endif +# if !defined(LINUX) && !defined(EWS4800) && !defined(NETBSD) +# if defined(ultrix) || defined(__ultrix) +# define ULTRIX +# else +# define IRIX5 /* or IRIX 6.X */ +# endif +# endif /* !LINUX */ +# if defined(__NetBSD__) && defined(__MIPSEL__) +# undef ULTRIX +# endif +# define mach_type_known +# endif +# if defined(DGUX) && (defined(i386) || defined(__i386__)) +# define I386 +# ifndef _USING_DGUX +# define _USING_DGUX +# endif +# define mach_type_known +# endif +# if defined(sequent) && (defined(i386) || defined(__i386__)) +# define I386 +# define SEQUENT +# define mach_type_known +# endif +# if defined(sun) && (defined(i386) || defined(__i386__)) +# define I386 +# define SOLARIS +# define mach_type_known +# endif +# if defined(sun) && defined(__amd64) +# define X86_64 +# define SOLARIS +# define mach_type_known +# endif +# if (defined(__OS2__) || defined(__EMX__)) && defined(__32BIT__) +# define I386 +# define OS2 +# define mach_type_known +# endif +# if defined(ibm032) +# error IBM PC/RT no longer supported. +# endif +# if defined(sun) && (defined(sparc) || defined(__sparc)) +# define SPARC + /* Test for SunOS 5.x */ +# include <errno.h> +# define SOLARIS +# define mach_type_known +# endif +# if defined(sparc) && defined(unix) && !defined(sun) && !defined(linux) \ + && !defined(__OpenBSD__) && !defined(__NetBSD__) && !defined(__FreeBSD__) \ + && !defined(__DragonFly__) +# define SPARC +# define DRSNX +# define mach_type_known +# endif +# if defined(_IBMR2) +# define POWERPC +# define AIX +# define mach_type_known +# endif +# if defined(__NetBSD__) && defined(__sparc__) +# define SPARC +# define mach_type_known +# endif +# if defined(_M_XENIX) && defined(_M_SYSV) && defined(_M_I386) + /* The above test may need refinement */ +# define I386 +# if defined(_SCO_ELF) +# define SCO_ELF +# else +# define SCO +# endif +# define mach_type_known +# endif +# if defined(_AUX_SOURCE) +# error A/UX no longer supported +# endif +# if defined(_PA_RISC1_0) || defined(_PA_RISC1_1) || defined(_PA_RISC2_0) \ + || defined(hppa) || defined(__hppa__) +# define HP_PA +# if !defined(LINUX) && !defined(HPUX) +# define HPUX +# endif +# define mach_type_known +# endif +# if defined(__ia64) && defined(_HPUX_SOURCE) +# define IA64 +# ifndef HPUX +# define HPUX +# endif +# define mach_type_known +# endif +# if defined(__BEOS__) && defined(_X86_) +# define I386 +# define BEOS +# define mach_type_known +# endif +# if defined(LINUX) && (defined(i386) || defined(__i386__)) +# define I386 +# define mach_type_known +# endif +# if defined(LINUX) && defined(__x86_64__) +# define X86_64 +# define mach_type_known +# endif +# if defined(LINUX) && (defined(__ia64__) || defined(__ia64)) +# define IA64 +# define mach_type_known +# endif +# if defined(LINUX) && defined(__arm__) +# define ARM32 +# define mach_type_known +# endif +# if defined(LINUX) && defined(__cris__) +# ifndef CRIS +# define CRIS +# endif +# define mach_type_known +# endif +# if defined(LINUX) && (defined(powerpc) || defined(__powerpc__) || \ + defined(powerpc64) || defined(__powerpc64__)) +# define POWERPC +# define mach_type_known +# endif +# if defined(FREEBSD) && (defined(powerpc) || defined(__powerpc__)) +# define POWERPC +# define mach_type_known +# endif +# if defined(LINUX) && defined(__mc68000__) +# define M68K +# define mach_type_known +# endif +# if defined(LINUX) && (defined(sparc) || defined(__sparc__)) +# define SPARC +# define mach_type_known +# endif +# if defined(LINUX) && defined(__arm__) +# define ARM32 +# define mach_type_known +# endif +# if defined(LINUX) && defined(__sh__) +# define SH +# define mach_type_known +# endif +# if defined(LINUX) && defined(__m32r__) +# define M32R +# define mach_type_known +# endif +# if defined(__alpha) || defined(__alpha__) +# define ALPHA +# if !defined(LINUX) && !defined(NETBSD) && !defined(OPENBSD) && !defined(FREEBSD) +# define OSF1 /* a.k.a Digital Unix */ +# endif +# define mach_type_known +# endif +# if defined(_AMIGA) && !defined(AMIGA) +# define AMIGA +# endif +# ifdef AMIGA +# define M68K +# define mach_type_known +# endif +# if defined(THINK_C) || defined(__MWERKS__) && !defined(__powerc) +# define M68K +# define MACOS +# define mach_type_known +# endif +# if defined(__MWERKS__) && defined(__powerc) && !defined(__MACH__) +# define POWERPC +# define MACOS +# define mach_type_known +# endif +# if defined(macosx) || (defined(__APPLE__) && defined(__MACH__)) +# define DARWIN +# if defined(__ppc__) || defined(__ppc64__) +# define POWERPC +# define mach_type_known +# elif defined(__x86_64__) +# define X86_64 +# define mach_type_known +# elif defined(__i386__) +# define I386 +# define mach_type_known +# endif +# endif +# if defined(NeXT) && defined(mc68000) +# define M68K +# define NEXT +# define mach_type_known +# endif +# if defined(NeXT) && (defined(i386) || defined(__i386__)) +# define I386 +# define NEXT +# define mach_type_known +# endif +# if defined(__OpenBSD__) && (defined(i386) || defined(__i386__)) +# define I386 +# define OPENBSD +# define mach_type_known +# endif +# if defined(FREEBSD) && (defined(i386) || defined(__i386__)) +# define I386 +# define mach_type_known +# endif +# if defined(FREEBSD) && defined(__x86_64__) +# define X86_64 +# define mach_type_known +# endif +# if defined(__NetBSD__) && (defined(i386) || defined(__i386__)) +# define I386 +# define mach_type_known +# endif +# if defined(__NetBSD__) && defined(__x86_64__) +# define X86_64 +# define mach_type_known +# endif +# if defined(FREEBSD) && defined(__sparc__) +# define SPARC +# define mach_type_known +# endif +# if defined(bsdi) && (defined(i386) || defined(__i386__)) +# define I386 +# define BSDI +# define mach_type_known +# endif +# if !defined(mach_type_known) && defined(__386BSD__) +# define I386 +# define THREE86BSD +# define mach_type_known +# endif +# if defined(_CX_UX) && defined(_M88K) +# define M88K +# define CX_UX +# define mach_type_known +# endif +# if defined(DGUX) && defined(m88k) +# define M88K + /* DGUX defined */ +# define mach_type_known +# endif +# if defined(_WIN32_WCE) + /* SH3, SH4, MIPS already defined for corresponding architectures */ +# if defined(SH3) || defined(SH4) +# define SH +# endif +# if defined(x86) +# define I386 +# endif +# if defined(ARM) +# define ARM32 +# endif +# define MSWINCE +# define mach_type_known +# else +# if (defined(_MSDOS) || defined(_MSC_VER)) && (_M_IX86 >= 300) \ + || defined(_WIN32) && !defined(__CYGWIN32__) && !defined(__CYGWIN__) +# if defined(__LP64__) || defined(_WIN64) +# define X86_64 +# else +# define I386 +# endif +# define MSWIN32 /* or Win64 */ +# define mach_type_known +# endif +# if defined(_MSC_VER) && defined(_M_IA64) +# define IA64 +# define MSWIN32 /* Really win64, but we don't treat 64-bit */ + /* variants as a differnt platform. */ +# endif +# endif +# if defined(__DJGPP__) +# define I386 +# ifndef DJGPP +# define DJGPP /* MSDOS running the DJGPP port of GCC */ +# endif +# define mach_type_known +# endif +# if defined(__CYGWIN32__) || defined(__CYGWIN__) +# define I386 +# define CYGWIN32 +# define mach_type_known +# endif +# if defined(__MINGW32__) +# define I386 +# define MSWIN32 +# define mach_type_known +# endif +# if defined(__BORLANDC__) +# define I386 +# define MSWIN32 +# define mach_type_known +# endif +# if defined(_UTS) && !defined(mach_type_known) +# define S370 +# define UTS4 +# define mach_type_known +# endif +# if defined(__pj__) +# error PicoJava no longer supported + /* The implementation had problems, and I haven't heard of users */ + /* in ages. If you want it resurrected, let me know. */ +# endif +# if defined(__embedded__) && defined(PPC) +# define POWERPC +# define NOSYS +# define mach_type_known +# endif +/* Ivan Demakov */ +# if defined(__WATCOMC__) && defined(__386__) +# define I386 +# if !defined(OS2) && !defined(MSWIN32) && !defined(DOS4GW) +# if defined(__OS2__) +# define OS2 +# else +# if defined(__WINDOWS_386__) || defined(__NT__) +# define MSWIN32 +# else +# define DOS4GW +# endif +# endif +# endif +# define mach_type_known +# endif +# if defined(__s390__) && defined(LINUX) +# define S390 +# define mach_type_known +# endif +# if defined(__GNU__) +# if defined(__i386__) +/* The Debian Hurd running on generic PC */ +# define HURD +# define I386 +# define mach_type_known +# endif +# endif +# if defined(__TANDEM) + /* Nonstop S-series */ + /* FIXME: Should recognize Integrity series? */ +# define MIPS +# define NONSTOP +# define mach_type_known +# endif + +/* Feel free to add more clauses here */ + +/* Or manually define the machine type here. A machine type is */ +/* characterized by the architecture. Some */ +/* machine types are further subdivided by OS. */ +/* Macros such as LINUX, FREEBSD, etc. distinguish them. */ +/* SYSV on an M68K actually means A/UX. */ +/* The distinction in these cases is usually the stack starting address */ +# ifndef mach_type_known +# error "The collector has not been ported to this machine/OS combination." +# endif + /* Mapping is: M68K ==> Motorola 680X0 */ + /* (NEXT, and SYSV (A/UX), */ + /* MACOS and AMIGA variants) */ + /* I386 ==> Intel 386 */ + /* (SEQUENT, OS2, SCO, LINUX, NETBSD, */ + /* FREEBSD, THREE86BSD, MSWIN32, */ + /* BSDI,SOLARIS, NEXT, other variants) */ + /* NS32K ==> Encore Multimax */ + /* MIPS ==> R2000 through R14K */ + /* (many variants) */ + /* VAX ==> DEC VAX */ + /* (BSD, ULTRIX variants) */ + /* HP_PA ==> HP9000/700 & /800 */ + /* HP/UX, LINUX */ + /* SPARC ==> SPARC v7/v8/v9 */ + /* (SOLARIS, LINUX, DRSNX variants) */ + /* ALPHA ==> DEC Alpha */ + /* (OSF1 and LINUX variants) */ + /* M88K ==> Motorola 88XX0 */ + /* (CX_UX and DGUX) */ + /* S370 ==> 370-like machine */ + /* running Amdahl UTS4 */ + /* S390 ==> 390-like machine */ + /* running LINUX */ + /* ARM32 ==> Intel StrongARM */ + /* IA64 ==> Intel IPF */ + /* (e.g. Itanium) */ + /* (LINUX and HPUX) */ + /* SH ==> Hitachi SuperH */ + /* (LINUX & MSWINCE) */ + /* X86_64 ==> AMD x86-64 */ + /* POWERPC ==> IBM/Apple PowerPC */ + /* (MACOS(<=9),DARWIN(incl.MACOSX),*/ + /* LINUX, NETBSD, AIX, NOSYS */ + /* variants) */ + /* Handles 32 and 64-bit variants. */ + /* CRIS ==> Axis Etrax */ + /* M32R ==> Renesas M32R */ + + +/* + * For each architecture and OS, the following need to be defined: + * + * CPP_WORDSZ is a simple integer constant representing the word size. + * in bits. We assume byte addressibility, where a byte has 8 bits. + * We also assume CPP_WORDSZ is either 32 or 64. + * (We care about the length of pointers, not hardware + * bus widths. Thus a 64 bit processor with a C compiler that uses + * 32 bit pointers should use CPP_WORDSZ of 32, not 64. Default is 32.) + * + * MACH_TYPE is a string representation of the machine type. + * OS_TYPE is analogous for the OS. + * + * ALIGNMENT is the largest N, such that + * all pointer are guaranteed to be aligned on N byte boundaries. + * defining it to be 1 will always work, but perform poorly. + * + * DATASTART is the beginning of the data segment. + * On some platforms SEARCH_FOR_DATA_START is defined. + * SEARCH_FOR_DATASTART will cause GC_data_start to + * be set to an address determined by accessing data backwards from _end + * until an unmapped page is found. DATASTART will be defined to be + * GC_data_start. + * On UNIX-like systems, the collector will scan the area between DATASTART + * and DATAEND for root pointers. + * + * DATAEND, if not `end' where `end' is defined as ``extern int end[];''. + * RTH suggests gaining access to linker script synth'd values with + * this idiom instead of `&end' where `end' is defined as ``extern int end;'' . + * Otherwise, ``GCC will assume these are in .sdata/.sbss'' and it will, e.g., + * cause failures on alpha*-*-* with ``-msmall-data or -fpic'' or mips-*-* + * without any special options. + * + * STACKBOTTOM is the cool end of the stack, which is usually the + * highest address in the stack. + * Under PCR or OS/2, we have other ways of finding thread stacks. + * For each machine, the following should: + * 1) define STACK_GROWS_UP if the stack grows toward higher addresses, and + * 2) define exactly one of + * STACKBOTTOM (should be defined to be an expression) + * LINUX_STACKBOTTOM + * HEURISTIC1 + * HEURISTIC2 + * If STACKBOTTOM is defined, then it's value will be used directly as the + * stack base. If LINUX_STACKBOTTOM is defined, then it will be determined + * with a method appropriate for most Linux systems. Currently we look + * first for __libc_stack_end, and if that fails read it from /proc. + * If either of the last two macros are defined, then STACKBOTTOM is computed + * during collector startup using one of the following two heuristics: + * HEURISTIC1: Take an address inside GC_init's frame, and round it up to + * the next multiple of STACK_GRAN. + * HEURISTIC2: Take an address inside GC_init's frame, increment it repeatedly + * in small steps (decrement if STACK_GROWS_UP), and read the value + * at each location. Remember the value when the first + * Segmentation violation or Bus error is signalled. Round that + * to the nearest plausible page boundary, and use that instead + * of STACKBOTTOM. + * + * Gustavo Rodriguez-Rivera points out that on most (all?) Unix machines, + * the value of environ is a pointer that can serve as STACKBOTTOM. + * I expect that HEURISTIC2 can be replaced by this approach, which + * interferes far less with debugging. However it has the disadvantage + * that it's confused by a putenv call before the collector is initialized. + * This could be dealt with by intercepting putenv ... + * + * If no expression for STACKBOTTOM can be found, and neither of the above + * heuristics are usable, the collector can still be used with all of the above + * undefined, provided one of the following is done: + * 1) GC_mark_roots can be changed to somehow mark from the correct stack(s) + * without reference to STACKBOTTOM. This is appropriate for use in + * conjunction with thread packages, since there will be multiple stacks. + * (Allocating thread stacks in the heap, and treating them as ordinary + * heap data objects is also possible as a last resort. However, this is + * likely to introduce significant amounts of excess storage retention + * unless the dead parts of the thread stacks are periodically cleared.) + * 2) Client code may set GC_stackbottom before calling any GC_ routines. + * If the author of the client code controls the main program, this is + * easily accomplished by introducing a new main program, setting + * GC_stackbottom to the address of a local variable, and then calling + * the original main program. The new main program would read something + * like: + * + * # include "gc_private.h" + * + * main(argc, argv, envp) + * int argc; + * char **argv, **envp; + * { + * int dummy; + * + * GC_stackbottom = (ptr_t)(&dummy); + * return(real_main(argc, argv, envp)); + * } + * + * + * Each architecture may also define the style of virtual dirty bit + * implementation to be used: + * MPROTECT_VDB: Write protect the heap and catch faults. + * GWW_VDB: Use win32 GetWriteWatch primitive. + * PROC_VDB: Use the SVR4 /proc primitives to read dirty bits. + * + * The first and second one may be combined, in which case a runtime + * selection will be made, based on GetWriteWatch availability. + * + * An architecture may define DYNAMIC_LOADING if dynamic_load.c + * defined GC_register_dynamic_libraries() for the architecture. + * + * An architecture may define PREFETCH(x) to preload the cache with *x. + * This defaults to a no-op. + * + * PREFETCH_FOR_WRITE(x) is used if *x is about to be written. + * + * An architecture may also define CLEAR_DOUBLE(x) to be a fast way to + * clear the two words at GC_malloc-aligned address x. By default, + * word stores of 0 are used instead. + * + * HEAP_START may be defined as the initial address hint for mmap-based + * allocation. + */ + +/* If we are using a recent version of gcc, we can use __builtin_unwind_init() + * to push the relevant registers onto the stack. + */ +# if defined(__GNUC__) && ((__GNUC__ >= 3) || \ + (__GNUC__ == 2 && __GNUC_MINOR__ >= 8)) \ + && !defined(__INTEL_COMPILER) && !defined(__PATHCC__) +# define HAVE_BUILTIN_UNWIND_INIT +# endif + +# define STACK_GRAN 0x1000000 +# ifdef M68K +# define MACH_TYPE "M68K" +# define ALIGNMENT 2 +# ifdef OPENBSD +# define OS_TYPE "OPENBSD" +# define HEURISTIC2 +# ifdef __ELF__ +# define DATASTART GC_data_start +# define DYNAMIC_LOADING +# else + extern char etext[]; +# define DATASTART ((ptr_t)(etext)) +# endif +# endif +# ifdef NETBSD +# define OS_TYPE "NETBSD" +# define HEURISTIC2 +# ifdef __ELF__ +# define DATASTART GC_data_start +# define DYNAMIC_LOADING +# else + extern char etext[]; +# define DATASTART ((ptr_t)(etext)) +# endif +# endif +# ifdef LINUX +# define OS_TYPE "LINUX" +# define LINUX_STACKBOTTOM +# define MPROTECT_VDB +# ifdef __ELF__ +# define DYNAMIC_LOADING +# include <features.h> +# if defined(__GLIBC__)&& __GLIBC__>=2 +# define SEARCH_FOR_DATA_START +# else /* !GLIBC2 */ + extern char **__environ; +# define DATASTART ((ptr_t)(&__environ)) + /* hideous kludge: __environ is the first */ + /* word in crt0.o, and delimits the start */ + /* of the data segment, no matter which */ + /* ld options were passed through. */ + /* We could use _etext instead, but that */ + /* would include .rodata, which may */ + /* contain large read-only data tables */ + /* that we'd rather not scan. */ +# endif /* !GLIBC2 */ + extern int _end[]; +# define DATAEND (_end) +# else + extern int etext[]; +# define DATASTART ((ptr_t)((((word) (etext)) + 0xfff) & ~0xfff)) +# endif +# endif +# ifdef AMIGA +# define OS_TYPE "AMIGA" + /* STACKBOTTOM and DATASTART handled specially */ + /* in os_dep.c */ +# define DATAEND /* not needed */ +# define GETPAGESIZE() 4096 +# endif +# ifdef MACOS +# ifndef __LOWMEM__ +# include <LowMem.h> +# endif +# define OS_TYPE "MACOS" + /* see os_dep.c for details of global data segments. */ +# define STACKBOTTOM ((ptr_t) LMGetCurStackBase()) +# define DATAEND /* not needed */ +# define GETPAGESIZE() 4096 +# endif +# ifdef NEXT +# define OS_TYPE "NEXT" +# define DATASTART ((ptr_t) get_etext()) +# define STACKBOTTOM ((ptr_t) 0x4000000) +# define DATAEND /* not needed */ +# endif +# endif + +# if defined(POWERPC) +# define MACH_TYPE "POWERPC" +# ifdef MACOS +# define ALIGNMENT 2 /* Still necessary? Could it be 4? */ +# ifndef __LOWMEM__ +# include <LowMem.h> +# endif +# define OS_TYPE "MACOS" + /* see os_dep.c for details of global data segments. */ +# define STACKBOTTOM ((ptr_t) LMGetCurStackBase()) +# define DATAEND /* not needed */ +# endif +# ifdef LINUX +# if defined(__powerpc64__) +# define ALIGNMENT 8 +# define CPP_WORDSZ 64 +# ifndef HBLKSIZE +# define HBLKSIZE 4096 +# endif +# else +# define ALIGNMENT 4 +# endif +# define OS_TYPE "LINUX" + /* HEURISTIC1 has been reliably reported to fail for a 32-bit */ + /* executable on a 64 bit kernel. */ +# define LINUX_STACKBOTTOM +# define DYNAMIC_LOADING +# define SEARCH_FOR_DATA_START + extern int _end[]; +# define DATAEND (_end) +# endif +# ifdef DARWIN +# define OS_TYPE "DARWIN" +# define DYNAMIC_LOADING +# if defined(__ppc64__) +# define ALIGNMENT 8 +# define CPP_WORDSZ 64 +# define STACKBOTTOM ((ptr_t) 0x7fff5fc00000) +# define CACHE_LINE_SIZE 64 +# ifndef HBLKSIZE +# define HBLKSIZE 4096 +# endif +# else +# define ALIGNMENT 4 +# define STACKBOTTOM ((ptr_t) 0xc0000000) +# endif + /* XXX: see get_end(3), get_etext() and get_end() should not be used. + These aren't used when dyld support is enabled (it is by default) */ +# define DATASTART ((ptr_t) get_etext()) +# define DATAEND ((ptr_t) get_end()) +# define USE_MMAP +# define USE_MMAP_ANON +# ifdef GC_DARWIN_THREADS +# define MPROTECT_VDB +# endif +# include <unistd.h> +# define GETPAGESIZE() getpagesize() +# if defined(USE_PPC_PREFETCH) && defined(__GNUC__) + /* The performance impact of prefetches is untested */ +# define PREFETCH(x) \ + __asm__ __volatile__ ("dcbt 0,%0" : : "r" ((const void *) (x))) +# define PREFETCH_FOR_WRITE(x) \ + __asm__ __volatile__ ("dcbtst 0,%0" : : "r" ((const void *) (x))) +# endif + /* There seems to be some issues with trylock hanging on darwin. This + should be looked into some more */ +# define NO_PTHREAD_TRYLOCK +# endif +# ifdef FREEBSD +# define ALIGNMENT 4 +# define OS_TYPE "FREEBSD" +# ifndef GC_FREEBSD_THREADS +# define MPROTECT_VDB +# endif +# define SIG_SUSPEND SIGUSR1 +# define SIG_THR_RESTART SIGUSR2 +# define FREEBSD_STACKBOTTOM +# ifdef __ELF__ +# define DYNAMIC_LOADING +# endif + extern char etext[]; + extern char * GC_FreeBSDGetDataStart(); +# define DATASTART GC_FreeBSDGetDataStart(0x1000, &etext) +# endif +# ifdef NETBSD +# define ALIGNMENT 4 +# define OS_TYPE "NETBSD" +# define HEURISTIC2 + extern char etext[]; +# define DATASTART GC_data_start +# define DYNAMIC_LOADING +# endif +# ifdef AIX +# define OS_TYPE "AIX" +# undef ALIGNMENT /* in case it's defined */ +# ifdef IA64 +# undef IA64 + /* DOB: some AIX installs stupidly define IA64 in */ + /* /usr/include/sys/systemcfg.h */ +# endif +# ifdef __64BIT__ +# define ALIGNMENT 8 +# define CPP_WORDSZ 64 +# define STACKBOTTOM ((ptr_t)0x1000000000000000) +# else +# define ALIGNMENT 4 +# define CPP_WORDSZ 32 +# define STACKBOTTOM ((ptr_t)((ulong)&errno)) +# endif +# define USE_MMAP +# define USE_MMAP_ANON + /* From AIX linker man page: + _text Specifies the first location of the program. + _etext Specifies the first location after the program. + _data Specifies the first location of the data. + _edata Specifies the first location after the initialized data + _end or end Specifies the first location after all data. + */ + extern int _data[], _end[]; +# define DATASTART ((ptr_t)((ulong)_data)) +# define DATAEND ((ptr_t)((ulong)_end)) + extern int errno; +# define DYNAMIC_LOADING + /* For really old versions of AIX, this may have to be removed. */ +# endif + +# ifdef NOSYS +# define ALIGNMENT 4 +# define OS_TYPE "NOSYS" + extern void __end[], __dso_handle[]; +# define DATASTART (__dso_handle) /* OK, that's ugly. */ +# define DATAEND (__end) + /* Stack starts at 0xE0000000 for the simulator. */ +# undef STACK_GRAN +# define STACK_GRAN 0x10000000 +# define HEURISTIC1 +# endif +# endif + +# ifdef VAX +# define MACH_TYPE "VAX" +# define ALIGNMENT 4 /* Pointers are longword aligned by 4.2 C compiler */ + extern char etext[]; +# define DATASTART ((ptr_t)(etext)) +# ifdef BSD +# define OS_TYPE "BSD" +# define HEURISTIC1 + /* HEURISTIC2 may be OK, but it's hard to test. */ +# endif +# ifdef ULTRIX +# define OS_TYPE "ULTRIX" +# define STACKBOTTOM ((ptr_t) 0x7fffc800) +# endif +# endif + +# ifdef SPARC +# define MACH_TYPE "SPARC" +# if defined(__arch64__) || defined(__sparcv9) +# define ALIGNMENT 8 +# define CPP_WORDSZ 64 +# define ELF_CLASS ELFCLASS64 +# else +# define ALIGNMENT 4 /* Required by hardware */ +# define CPP_WORDSZ 32 +# endif + /* Don't define USE_ASM_PUSH_REGS. We do use an asm helper, but */ + /* not to push the registers on the mark stack. */ +# ifdef SOLARIS +# define OS_TYPE "SOLARIS" + extern int _etext[]; + extern int _end[]; + extern ptr_t GC_SysVGetDataStart(size_t, ptr_t); +# define DATASTART GC_SysVGetDataStart(0x10000, (ptr_t)_etext) +# define DATAEND (_end) +# if !defined(USE_MMAP) && defined(REDIRECT_MALLOC) +# define USE_MMAP + /* Otherwise we now use calloc. Mmap may result in the */ + /* heap interleaved with thread stacks, which can result in */ + /* excessive blacklisting. Sbrk is unusable since it */ + /* doesn't interact correctly with the system malloc. */ +# endif +# ifdef USE_MMAP +# define HEAP_START (ptr_t)0x40000000 +# else +# define HEAP_START DATAEND +# endif +# define PROC_VDB +/* HEURISTIC1 reportedly no longer works under 2.7. */ +/* HEURISTIC2 probably works, but this appears to be preferable. */ +/* Apparently USRSTACK is defined to be USERLIMIT, but in some */ +/* installations that's undefined. We work around this with a */ +/* gross hack: */ +# include <sys/vmparam.h> +# ifdef USERLIMIT + /* This should work everywhere, but doesn't. */ +# define STACKBOTTOM USRSTACK +# else +# define HEURISTIC2 +# endif +# include <unistd.h> +# define GETPAGESIZE() sysconf(_SC_PAGESIZE) + /* getpagesize() appeared to be missing from at least one */ + /* Solaris 5.4 installation. Weird. */ +# define DYNAMIC_LOADING +# endif +# ifdef DRSNX +# define OS_TYPE "DRSNX" + extern ptr_t GC_SysVGetDataStart(size_t, ptr_t); + extern int etext[]; +# define DATASTART GC_SysVGetDataStart(0x10000, (ptr_t)etext) +# define MPROTECT_VDB +# define STACKBOTTOM ((ptr_t) 0xdfff0000) +# define DYNAMIC_LOADING +# endif +# ifdef LINUX +# define OS_TYPE "LINUX" +# ifdef __ELF__ +# define DYNAMIC_LOADING +# else + Linux Sparc/a.out not supported +# endif + extern int _end[]; + extern int _etext[]; +# define DATAEND (_end) +# define SVR4 + extern ptr_t GC_SysVGetDataStart(size_t, ptr_t); +# ifdef __arch64__ +# define DATASTART GC_SysVGetDataStart(0x100000, (ptr_t)_etext) +# else +# define DATASTART GC_SysVGetDataStart(0x10000, (ptr_t)_etext) +# endif +# define LINUX_STACKBOTTOM +# endif +# ifdef OPENBSD +# define OS_TYPE "OPENBSD" +# define STACKBOTTOM ((ptr_t) 0xf8000000) + extern int etext[]; +# define DATASTART ((ptr_t)(etext)) +# endif +# ifdef NETBSD +# define OS_TYPE "NETBSD" +# define HEURISTIC2 +# ifdef __ELF__ +# define DATASTART GC_data_start +# define DYNAMIC_LOADING +# else + extern char etext[]; +# define DATASTART ((ptr_t)(etext)) +# endif +# endif +# ifdef FREEBSD +# define OS_TYPE "FREEBSD" +# define SIG_SUSPEND SIGUSR1 +# define SIG_THR_RESTART SIGUSR2 +# define FREEBSD_STACKBOTTOM +# ifdef __ELF__ +# define DYNAMIC_LOADING +# endif + extern char etext[]; + extern char edata[]; + extern char end[]; +# define NEED_FIND_LIMIT +# define DATASTART ((ptr_t)(&etext)) +# define DATAEND (GC_find_limit (DATASTART, TRUE)) +# define DATASTART2 ((ptr_t)(&edata)) +# define DATAEND2 ((ptr_t)(&end)) +# endif +# endif + +# ifdef I386 +# define MACH_TYPE "I386" +# if defined(__LP64__) || defined(_WIN64) +# error This should be handled as X86_64 +# else +# define CPP_WORDSZ 32 +# define ALIGNMENT 4 + /* Appears to hold for all "32 bit" compilers */ + /* except Borland. The -a4 option fixes */ + /* Borland. */ + /* Ivan Demakov: For Watcom the option is -zp4. */ +# endif +# ifdef SEQUENT +# define OS_TYPE "SEQUENT" + extern int etext[]; +# define DATASTART ((ptr_t)((((word) (etext)) + 0xfff) & ~0xfff)) +# define STACKBOTTOM ((ptr_t) 0x3ffff000) +# endif +# ifdef BEOS +# define OS_TYPE "BEOS" +# include <OS.h> +# define GETPAGESIZE() B_PAGE_SIZE + extern int etext[]; +# define DATASTART ((ptr_t)((((word) (etext)) + 0xfff) & ~0xfff)) +# endif +# ifdef SOLARIS +# define OS_TYPE "SOLARIS" + extern int _etext[], _end[]; + extern ptr_t GC_SysVGetDataStart(size_t, ptr_t); +# define DATASTART GC_SysVGetDataStart(0x1000, (ptr_t)_etext) +# define DATAEND (_end) +/* # define STACKBOTTOM ((ptr_t)(_start)) worked through 2.7, */ +/* but reportedly breaks under 2.8. It appears that the stack */ +/* base is a property of the executable, so this should not break */ +/* old executables. */ +/* HEURISTIC2 probably works, but this appears to be preferable. */ +# include <sys/vm.h> +# define STACKBOTTOM USRSTACK +/* At least in Solaris 2.5, PROC_VDB gives wrong values for dirty bits. */ +/* It appears to be fixed in 2.8 and 2.9. */ +# ifdef SOLARIS25_PROC_VDB_BUG_FIXED +# define PROC_VDB +# endif +# define DYNAMIC_LOADING +# if !defined(USE_MMAP) && defined(REDIRECT_MALLOC) +# define USE_MMAP + /* Otherwise we now use calloc. Mmap may result in the */ + /* heap interleaved with thread stacks, which can result in */ + /* excessive blacklisting. Sbrk is unusable since it */ + /* doesn't interact correctly with the system malloc. */ +# endif +# ifdef USE_MMAP +# define HEAP_START (ptr_t)0x40000000 +# else +# define HEAP_START DATAEND +# endif +# endif +# ifdef SCO +# define OS_TYPE "SCO" + extern int etext[]; +# define DATASTART ((ptr_t)((((word) (etext)) + 0x3fffff) \ + & ~0x3fffff) \ + +((word)etext & 0xfff)) +# define STACKBOTTOM ((ptr_t) 0x7ffffffc) +# endif +# ifdef SCO_ELF +# define OS_TYPE "SCO_ELF" + extern int etext[]; +# define DATASTART ((ptr_t)(etext)) +# define STACKBOTTOM ((ptr_t) 0x08048000) +# define DYNAMIC_LOADING +# define ELF_CLASS ELFCLASS32 +# endif +# ifdef DGUX +# define OS_TYPE "DGUX" + extern int _etext, _end; + extern ptr_t GC_SysVGetDataStart(size_t, ptr_t); +# define DATASTART GC_SysVGetDataStart(0x1000, (ptr_t)(&_etext)) +# define DATAEND (&_end) +# define STACK_GROWS_DOWN +# define HEURISTIC2 +# include <unistd.h> +# define GETPAGESIZE() sysconf(_SC_PAGESIZE) +# define DYNAMIC_LOADING +# ifndef USE_MMAP +# define USE_MMAP +# endif /* USE_MMAP */ +# define MAP_FAILED (void *) -1 +# ifdef USE_MMAP +# define HEAP_START (ptr_t)0x40000000 +# else /* USE_MMAP */ +# define HEAP_START DATAEND +# endif /* USE_MMAP */ +# endif /* DGUX */ + +# ifdef LINUX +# define OS_TYPE "LINUX" +# define LINUX_STACKBOTTOM +# if 0 +# define HEURISTIC1 +# undef STACK_GRAN +# define STACK_GRAN 0x10000000 + /* STACKBOTTOM is usually 0xc0000000, but this changes with */ + /* different kernel configurations. In particular, systems */ + /* with 2GB physical memory will usually move the user */ + /* address space limit, and hence initial SP to 0x80000000. */ +# endif +# if !defined(GC_LINUX_THREADS) || !defined(REDIRECT_MALLOC) +# define MPROTECT_VDB +# else + /* We seem to get random errors in incremental mode, */ + /* possibly because Linux threads is itself a malloc client */ + /* and can't deal with the signals. */ +# endif +# define HEAP_START (ptr_t)0x1000 + /* This encourages mmap to give us low addresses, */ + /* thus allowing the heap to grow to ~3GB */ +# ifdef __ELF__ +# define DYNAMIC_LOADING +# ifdef UNDEFINED /* includes ro data */ + extern int _etext[]; +# define DATASTART ((ptr_t)((((word) (_etext)) + 0xfff) & ~0xfff)) +# endif +# include <features.h> +# if defined(__GLIBC__) && __GLIBC__ >= 2 +# define SEARCH_FOR_DATA_START +# else + extern char **__environ; +# define DATASTART ((ptr_t)(&__environ)) + /* hideous kludge: __environ is the first */ + /* word in crt0.o, and delimits the start */ + /* of the data segment, no matter which */ + /* ld options were passed through. */ + /* We could use _etext instead, but that */ + /* would include .rodata, which may */ + /* contain large read-only data tables */ + /* that we'd rather not scan. */ +# endif + extern int _end[]; +# define DATAEND (_end) +# else + extern int etext[]; +# define DATASTART ((ptr_t)((((word) (etext)) + 0xfff) & ~0xfff)) +# endif +# ifdef USE_I686_PREFETCH + /* FIXME: Thus should use __builtin_prefetch, but we'll leave that */ + /* for the next rtelease. */ +# define PREFETCH(x) \ + __asm__ __volatile__ (" prefetchnta %0": : "m"(*(char *)(x))) + /* Empirically prefetcht0 is much more effective at reducing */ + /* cache miss stalls for the targetted load instructions. But it */ + /* seems to interfere enough with other cache traffic that the net */ + /* result is worse than prefetchnta. */ +# if 0 + /* Using prefetches for write seems to have a slight negative */ + /* impact on performance, at least for a PIII/500. */ +# define PREFETCH_FOR_WRITE(x) \ + __asm__ __volatile__ (" prefetcht0 %0": : "m"(*(char *)(x))) +# endif +# endif +# ifdef USE_3DNOW_PREFETCH +# define PREFETCH(x) \ + __asm__ __volatile__ (" prefetch %0": : "m"(*(char *)(x))) +# define PREFETCH_FOR_WRITE(x) \ + __asm__ __volatile__ (" prefetchw %0": : "m"(*(char *)(x))) +# endif +# endif +# ifdef CYGWIN32 +# define OS_TYPE "CYGWIN32" +# define DATASTART ((ptr_t)GC_DATASTART) /* From gc.h */ +# define DATAEND ((ptr_t)GC_DATAEND) +# undef STACK_GRAN +# define STACK_GRAN 0x10000 +# define HEURISTIC1 +# endif +# ifdef OS2 +# define OS_TYPE "OS2" + /* STACKBOTTOM and DATASTART are handled specially in */ + /* os_dep.c. OS2 actually has the right */ + /* system call! */ +# define DATAEND /* not needed */ +# endif +# ifdef MSWIN32 +# define OS_TYPE "MSWIN32" + /* STACKBOTTOM and DATASTART are handled specially in */ + /* os_dep.c. */ +# if !defined(__WATCOMC__) +# define MPROTECT_VDB + /* We also avoided doing this in the past with GC_WIN32_THREADS */ + /* Hopefully that's fixed. */ +# endif +# if _MSC_VER >= 1300 /* .NET, i.e. > VisualStudio 6 */ +# define GWW_VDB +# endif +# define DATAEND /* not needed */ +# endif +# ifdef MSWINCE +# define OS_TYPE "MSWINCE" +# define DATAEND /* not needed */ +# endif +# ifdef DJGPP +# define OS_TYPE "DJGPP" +# include "stubinfo.h" + extern int etext[]; + extern int _stklen; + extern int __djgpp_stack_limit; +# define DATASTART ((ptr_t)((((word) (etext)) + 0x1ff) & ~0x1ff)) +/* # define STACKBOTTOM ((ptr_t)((word) _stubinfo + _stubinfo->size \ + + _stklen)) */ +# define STACKBOTTOM ((ptr_t)((word) __djgpp_stack_limit + _stklen)) + /* This may not be right. */ +# endif +# ifdef OPENBSD +# define OS_TYPE "OPENBSD" +# endif +# ifdef FREEBSD +# define OS_TYPE "FREEBSD" +# ifndef GC_FREEBSD_THREADS +# define MPROTECT_VDB +# endif +# ifdef __GLIBC__ +# define SIG_SUSPEND (32+6) +# define SIG_THR_RESTART (32+5) + extern int _end[]; +# define DATAEND (_end) +# else +# define SIG_SUSPEND SIGUSR1 +# define SIG_THR_RESTART SIGUSR2 +# endif +# define FREEBSD_STACKBOTTOM +# ifdef __ELF__ +# define DYNAMIC_LOADING +# endif + extern char etext[]; + extern char * GC_FreeBSDGetDataStart(size_t, ptr_t); +# define DATASTART GC_FreeBSDGetDataStart(0x1000, (ptr_t)etext) +# endif +# ifdef NETBSD +# define OS_TYPE "NETBSD" +# ifdef __ELF__ +# define DYNAMIC_LOADING +# endif +# endif +# ifdef THREE86BSD +# define OS_TYPE "THREE86BSD" +# endif +# ifdef BSDI +# define OS_TYPE "BSDI" +# endif +# if defined(OPENBSD) || defined(NETBSD) \ + || defined(THREE86BSD) || defined(BSDI) +# define HEURISTIC2 + extern char etext[]; +# define DATASTART ((ptr_t)(etext)) +# endif +# ifdef NEXT +# define OS_TYPE "NEXT" +# define DATASTART ((ptr_t) get_etext()) +# define STACKBOTTOM ((ptr_t)0xc0000000) +# define DATAEND /* not needed */ +# endif +# ifdef DOS4GW +# define OS_TYPE "DOS4GW" + extern long __nullarea; + extern char _end; + extern char *_STACKTOP; + /* Depending on calling conventions Watcom C either precedes + or does not precedes with undescore names of C-variables. + Make sure startup code variables always have the same names. */ + #pragma aux __nullarea "*"; + #pragma aux _end "*"; +# define STACKBOTTOM ((ptr_t) _STACKTOP) + /* confused? me too. */ +# define DATASTART ((ptr_t) &__nullarea) +# define DATAEND ((ptr_t) &_end) +# endif +# ifdef HURD +# define OS_TYPE "HURD" +# define STACK_GROWS_DOWN +# define HEURISTIC2 +# define SIG_SUSPEND SIGUSR1 +# define SIG_THR_RESTART SIGUSR2 +# define SEARCH_FOR_DATA_START + extern int _end[]; +# define DATAEND ((ptr_t) (_end)) +/* # define MPROTECT_VDB Not quite working yet? */ +# define DYNAMIC_LOADING +# endif +# ifdef DARWIN +# define OS_TYPE "DARWIN" +# define DARWIN_DONT_PARSE_STACK +# define DYNAMIC_LOADING + /* XXX: see get_end(3), get_etext() and get_end() should not be used. + These aren't used when dyld support is enabled (it is by default) */ +# define DATASTART ((ptr_t) get_etext()) +# define DATAEND ((ptr_t) get_end()) +# define STACKBOTTOM ((ptr_t) 0xc0000000) +# define USE_MMAP +# define USE_MMAP_ANON +# ifdef GC_DARWIN_THREADS +# define MPROTECT_VDB +# endif +# include <unistd.h> +# define GETPAGESIZE() getpagesize() + /* There seems to be some issues with trylock hanging on darwin. This + should be looked into some more */ +# define NO_PTHREAD_TRYLOCK +# endif /* DARWIN */ +# endif + +# ifdef NS32K +# define MACH_TYPE "NS32K" +# define ALIGNMENT 4 + extern char **environ; +# define DATASTART ((ptr_t)(&environ)) + /* hideous kludge: environ is the first */ + /* word in crt0.o, and delimits the start */ + /* of the data segment, no matter which */ + /* ld options were passed through. */ +# define STACKBOTTOM ((ptr_t) 0xfffff000) /* for Encore */ +# endif + +# ifdef MIPS +# define MACH_TYPE "MIPS" +# ifdef LINUX + /* This was developed for a linuxce style platform. Probably */ + /* needs to be tweaked for workstation class machines. */ +# define OS_TYPE "LINUX" +# define DYNAMIC_LOADING + extern int _end[]; +# define DATAEND (_end) + extern int __data_start[]; +# define DATASTART ((ptr_t)(__data_start)) +# define ALIGNMENT 4 +# if __GLIBC__ == 2 && __GLIBC_MINOR__ >= 2 || __GLIBC__ > 2 +# define LINUX_STACKBOTTOM +# else +# define STACKBOTTOM 0x80000000 +# endif +# endif /* Linux */ +# ifdef EWS4800 +# define HEURISTIC2 +# if defined(_MIPS_SZPTR) && (_MIPS_SZPTR == 64) + extern int _fdata[], _end[]; +# define DATASTART ((ptr_t)_fdata) +# define DATAEND ((ptr_t)_end) +# define CPP_WORDSZ _MIPS_SZPTR +# define ALIGNMENT (_MIPS_SZPTR/8) +# else + extern int etext[], edata[], end[]; + extern int _DYNAMIC_LINKING[], _gp[]; +# define DATASTART ((ptr_t)((((word)etext + 0x3ffff) & ~0x3ffff) \ + + ((word)etext & 0xffff))) +# define DATAEND (edata) +# define DATASTART2 (_DYNAMIC_LINKING \ + ? (ptr_t)(((word)_gp + 0x8000 + 0x3ffff) & ~0x3ffff) \ + : (ptr_t)edata) +# define DATAEND2 (end) +# define ALIGNMENT 4 +# endif +# define OS_TYPE "EWS4800" +# endif +# ifdef ULTRIX +# define HEURISTIC2 +# define DATASTART (ptr_t)0x10000000 + /* Could probably be slightly higher since */ + /* startup code allocates lots of stuff. */ +# define OS_TYPE "ULTRIX" +# define ALIGNMENT 4 +# endif +# ifdef IRIX5 +# define HEURISTIC2 + extern int _fdata[]; +# define DATASTART ((ptr_t)(_fdata)) +# ifdef USE_MMAP +# define HEAP_START (ptr_t)0x30000000 +# else +# define HEAP_START DATASTART +# endif + /* Lowest plausible heap address. */ + /* In the MMAP case, we map there. */ + /* In either case it is used to identify */ + /* heap sections so they're not */ + /* considered as roots. */ +# define OS_TYPE "IRIX5" +/*# define MPROTECT_VDB DOB: this should work, but there is evidence */ +/* of recent breakage. */ +# ifdef _MIPS_SZPTR +# define CPP_WORDSZ _MIPS_SZPTR +# define ALIGNMENT (_MIPS_SZPTR/8) +# else +# define ALIGNMENT 4 +# endif +# define DYNAMIC_LOADING +# endif +# ifdef MSWINCE +# define OS_TYPE "MSWINCE" +# define ALIGNMENT 4 +# define DATAEND /* not needed */ +# endif +# if defined(NETBSD) +# define OS_TYPE "NETBSD" +# define ALIGNMENT 4 +# define HEURISTIC2 +# ifdef __ELF__ + extern int etext[]; +# define DATASTART GC_data_start +# define NEED_FIND_LIMIT +# define DYNAMIC_LOADING +# else +# define DATASTART ((ptr_t) 0x10000000) +# define STACKBOTTOM ((ptr_t) 0x7ffff000) +# endif /* _ELF_ */ +# endif +# if defined(NONSTOP) +# define CPP_WORDSZ 32 +# define OS_TYPE "NONSTOP" +# define ALIGNMENT 4 +# define DATASTART ((ptr_t) 0x08000000) + extern char **environ; +# define DATAEND ((ptr_t)(environ - 0x10)) +# define STACKBOTTOM ((ptr_t) 0x4fffffff) +# endif +# endif + +# ifdef HP_PA +# define MACH_TYPE "HP_PA" +# ifdef __LP64__ +# define CPP_WORDSZ 64 +# define ALIGNMENT 8 +# else +# define CPP_WORDSZ 32 +# define ALIGNMENT 4 +# endif +# if !defined(GC_HPUX_THREADS) && !defined(GC_LINUX_THREADS) +# ifndef LINUX /* For now. */ +# define MPROTECT_VDB +# endif +# else +# ifdef PARALLEL_MARK +# define USE_MARK_BYTES + /* Minimize compare-and-swap usage. */ +# endif +# endif +# define STACK_GROWS_UP +# ifdef HPUX +# define OS_TYPE "HPUX" + extern int __data_start[]; +# define DATASTART ((ptr_t)(__data_start)) +# if 0 + /* The following appears to work for 7xx systems running HP/UX */ + /* 9.xx Furthermore, it might result in much faster */ + /* collections than HEURISTIC2, which may involve scanning */ + /* segments that directly precede the stack. It is not the */ + /* default, since it may not work on older machine/OS */ + /* combinations. (Thanks to Raymond X.T. Nijssen for uncovering */ + /* this.) */ +# define STACKBOTTOM ((ptr_t) 0x7b033000) /* from /etc/conf/h/param.h */ +# else + /* Gustavo Rodriguez-Rivera suggested changing HEURISTIC2 */ + /* to this. Note that the GC must be initialized before the */ + /* first putenv call. */ + extern char ** environ; +# define STACKBOTTOM ((ptr_t)environ) +# endif +# define DYNAMIC_LOADING +# include <unistd.h> +# define GETPAGESIZE() sysconf(_SC_PAGE_SIZE) +# ifndef __GNUC__ +# define PREFETCH(x) { \ + register long addr = (long)(x); \ + (void) _asm ("LDW", 0, 0, addr, 0); \ + } +# endif +# endif /* HPUX */ +# ifdef LINUX +# define OS_TYPE "LINUX" +# define LINUX_STACKBOTTOM +# define DYNAMIC_LOADING +# define SEARCH_FOR_DATA_START + extern int _end[]; +# define DATAEND (&_end) +# endif /* LINUX */ +# endif /* HP_PA */ + +# ifdef ALPHA +# define MACH_TYPE "ALPHA" +# define ALIGNMENT 8 +# define CPP_WORDSZ 64 +# ifdef NETBSD +# define OS_TYPE "NETBSD" +# define HEURISTIC2 +# define DATASTART GC_data_start +# define ELFCLASS32 32 +# define ELFCLASS64 64 +# define ELF_CLASS ELFCLASS64 +# define DYNAMIC_LOADING +# endif +# ifdef OPENBSD +# define OS_TYPE "OPENBSD" +# define HEURISTIC2 +# ifdef __ELF__ /* since OpenBSD/Alpha 2.9 */ +# define DATASTART GC_data_start +# define ELFCLASS32 32 +# define ELFCLASS64 64 +# define ELF_CLASS ELFCLASS64 +# else /* ECOFF, until OpenBSD/Alpha 2.7 */ +# define DATASTART ((ptr_t) 0x140000000) +# endif +# endif +# ifdef FREEBSD +# define OS_TYPE "FREEBSD" +/* MPROTECT_VDB is not yet supported at all on FreeBSD/alpha. */ +# define SIG_SUSPEND SIGUSR1 +# define SIG_THR_RESTART SIGUSR2 +# define FREEBSD_STACKBOTTOM +# ifdef __ELF__ +# define DYNAMIC_LOADING +# endif +/* Handle unmapped hole alpha*-*-freebsd[45]* puts between etext and edata. */ + extern char etext[]; + extern char edata[]; + extern char end[]; +# define NEED_FIND_LIMIT +# define DATASTART ((ptr_t)(&etext)) +# define DATAEND (GC_find_limit (DATASTART, TRUE)) +# define DATASTART2 ((ptr_t)(&edata)) +# define DATAEND2 ((ptr_t)(&end)) +# endif +# ifdef OSF1 +# define OS_TYPE "OSF1" +# define DATASTART ((ptr_t) 0x140000000) + extern int _end[]; +# define DATAEND ((ptr_t) &_end) + extern char ** environ; + /* round up from the value of environ to the nearest page boundary */ + /* Probably breaks if putenv is called before collector */ + /* initialization. */ +# define STACKBOTTOM ((ptr_t)(((word)(environ) | (getpagesize()-1))+1)) +/* # define HEURISTIC2 */ + /* Normally HEURISTIC2 is too conervative, since */ + /* the text segment immediately follows the stack. */ + /* Hence we give an upper pound. */ + /* This is currently unused, since we disabled HEURISTIC2 */ + extern int __start[]; +# define HEURISTIC2_LIMIT ((ptr_t)((word)(__start) & ~(getpagesize()-1))) +# ifndef GC_OSF1_THREADS + /* Unresolved signal issues with threads. */ +# define MPROTECT_VDB +# endif +# define DYNAMIC_LOADING +# endif +# ifdef LINUX +# define OS_TYPE "LINUX" +# define LINUX_STACKBOTTOM +# ifdef __ELF__ +# define SEARCH_FOR_DATA_START +# define DYNAMIC_LOADING +# else +# define DATASTART ((ptr_t) 0x140000000) +# endif + extern int _end[]; +# define DATAEND (_end) +# define MPROTECT_VDB + /* Has only been superficially tested. May not */ + /* work on all versions. */ +# endif +# endif + +# ifdef IA64 +# define MACH_TYPE "IA64" +# ifdef HPUX +# ifdef _ILP32 +# define CPP_WORDSZ 32 + /* Requires 8 byte alignment for malloc */ +# define ALIGNMENT 4 +# else +# ifndef _LP64 + ---> unknown ABI +# endif +# define CPP_WORDSZ 64 + /* Requires 16 byte alignment for malloc */ +# define ALIGNMENT 8 +# endif +# define OS_TYPE "HPUX" + extern int __data_start[]; +# define DATASTART ((ptr_t)(__data_start)) + /* Gustavo Rodriguez-Rivera suggested changing HEURISTIC2 */ + /* to this. Note that the GC must be initialized before the */ + /* first putenv call. */ + extern char ** environ; +# define STACKBOTTOM ((ptr_t)environ) +# define HPUX_STACKBOTTOM +# define DYNAMIC_LOADING +# include <unistd.h> +# define GETPAGESIZE() sysconf(_SC_PAGE_SIZE) + /* The following was empirically determined, and is probably */ + /* not very robust. */ + /* Note that the backing store base seems to be at a nice */ + /* address minus one page. */ +# define BACKING_STORE_DISPLACEMENT 0x1000000 +# define BACKING_STORE_ALIGNMENT 0x1000 + extern ptr_t GC_register_stackbottom; +# define BACKING_STORE_BASE GC_register_stackbottom + /* Known to be wrong for recent HP/UX versions!!! */ +# endif +# ifdef LINUX +# define CPP_WORDSZ 64 +# define ALIGNMENT 8 +# define OS_TYPE "LINUX" + /* The following works on NUE and older kernels: */ +/* # define STACKBOTTOM ((ptr_t) 0xa000000000000000l) */ + /* This does not work on NUE: */ +# define LINUX_STACKBOTTOM + /* We also need the base address of the register stack */ + /* backing store. This is computed in */ + /* GC_linux_register_stack_base based on the following */ + /* constants: */ +# define BACKING_STORE_ALIGNMENT 0x100000 +# define BACKING_STORE_DISPLACEMENT 0x80000000 + extern ptr_t GC_register_stackbottom; +# define BACKING_STORE_BASE GC_register_stackbottom +# define SEARCH_FOR_DATA_START +# ifdef __GNUC__ +# define DYNAMIC_LOADING +# else + /* In the Intel compiler environment, we seem to end up with */ + /* statically linked executables and an undefined reference */ + /* to _DYNAMIC */ +# endif +# define MPROTECT_VDB + /* Requires Linux 2.3.47 or later. */ + extern int _end[]; +# define DATAEND (_end) +# ifdef __GNUC__ +# ifndef __INTEL_COMPILER +# define PREFETCH(x) \ + __asm__ (" lfetch [%0]": : "r"(x)) +# define PREFETCH_FOR_WRITE(x) \ + __asm__ (" lfetch.excl [%0]": : "r"(x)) +# define CLEAR_DOUBLE(x) \ + __asm__ (" stf.spill [%0]=f0": : "r"((void *)(x))) +# else +# include <ia64intrin.h> +# define PREFETCH(x) \ + __lfetch(__lfhint_none, (x)) +# define PREFETCH_FOR_WRITE(x) \ + __lfetch(__lfhint_nta, (x)) +# define CLEAR_DOUBLE(x) \ + __stf_spill((void *)(x), 0) +# endif // __INTEL_COMPILER +# endif +# endif +# ifdef MSWIN32 + /* FIXME: This is a very partial guess. There is no port, yet. */ +# define OS_TYPE "MSWIN32" + /* STACKBOTTOM and DATASTART are handled specially in */ + /* os_dep.c. */ +# define DATAEND /* not needed */ +# if defined(_WIN64) +# define CPP_WORDSZ 64 +# else +# define CPP_WORDSZ 32 /* Is this possible? */ +# endif +# define ALIGNMENT 8 +# define STRTOULL _strtoui64 +# endif +# endif + +# ifdef M88K +# define MACH_TYPE "M88K" +# define ALIGNMENT 4 + extern int etext[]; +# ifdef CX_UX +# define OS_TYPE "CX_UX" +# define DATASTART ((((word)etext + 0x3fffff) & ~0x3fffff) + 0x10000) +# endif +# ifdef DGUX +# define OS_TYPE "DGUX" + extern ptr_t GC_SysVGetDataStart(size_t, ptr_t); +# define DATASTART GC_SysVGetDataStart(0x10000, (ptr_t)etext) +# endif +# define STACKBOTTOM ((char*)0xf0000000) /* determined empirically */ +# endif + +# ifdef S370 + /* If this still works, and if anyone cares, this should probably */ + /* be moved to the S390 category. */ +# define MACH_TYPE "S370" +# define ALIGNMENT 4 /* Required by hardware */ +# ifdef UTS4 +# define OS_TYPE "UTS4" + extern int etext[]; + extern int _etext[]; + extern int _end[]; + extern ptr_t GC_SysVGetDataStart(size_t, ptr_t); +# define DATASTART GC_SysVGetDataStart(0x10000, (ptr_t)_etext) +# define DATAEND (_end) +# define HEURISTIC2 +# endif +# endif + +# ifdef S390 +# define MACH_TYPE "S390" +# ifndef __s390x__ +# define ALIGNMENT 4 +# define CPP_WORDSZ 32 +# else +# define ALIGNMENT 8 +# define CPP_WORDSZ 64 +# ifndef HBLKSIZE +# define HBLKSIZE 4096 +# endif +# endif +# ifdef LINUX +# define OS_TYPE "LINUX" +# define LINUX_STACKBOTTOM +# define DYNAMIC_LOADING + extern int __data_start[]; +# define DATASTART ((ptr_t)(__data_start)) + extern int _end[]; +# define DATAEND (_end) +# define CACHE_LINE_SIZE 256 +# define GETPAGESIZE() 4096 +# endif +# endif + +# ifdef ARM32 +# define CPP_WORDSZ 32 +# define MACH_TYPE "ARM32" +# define ALIGNMENT 4 +# ifdef NETBSD +# define OS_TYPE "NETBSD" +# define HEURISTIC2 +# ifdef __ELF__ +# define DATASTART GC_data_start +# define DYNAMIC_LOADING +# else + extern char etext[]; +# define DATASTART ((ptr_t)(etext)) +# endif +# endif +# ifdef LINUX +# define OS_TYPE "LINUX" +# define LINUX_STACKBOTTOM +# undef STACK_GRAN +# define STACK_GRAN 0x10000000 +# ifdef __ELF__ +# define DYNAMIC_LOADING +# include <features.h> +# if defined(__GLIBC__) && __GLIBC__ >= 2 +# define SEARCH_FOR_DATA_START +# else + extern char **__environ; +# define DATASTART ((ptr_t)(&__environ)) + /* hideous kludge: __environ is the first */ + /* word in crt0.o, and delimits the start */ + /* of the data segment, no matter which */ + /* ld options were passed through. */ + /* We could use _etext instead, but that */ + /* would include .rodata, which may */ + /* contain large read-only data tables */ + /* that we'd rather not scan. */ +# endif + extern int _end[]; +# define DATAEND (_end) +# else + extern int etext[]; +# define DATASTART ((ptr_t)((((word) (etext)) + 0xfff) & ~0xfff)) +# endif +# endif +# ifdef MSWINCE +# define OS_TYPE "MSWINCE" +# define DATAEND /* not needed */ +# endif +# ifdef NOSYS + /* __data_start is usually defined in the target linker script. */ + extern int __data_start[]; +# define DATASTART (ptr_t)(__data_start) + /* __stack_base__ is set in newlib/libc/sys/arm/crt0.S */ + extern void *__stack_base__; +# define STACKBOTTOM ((ptr_t) (__stack_base__)) +# endif +#endif + +# ifdef CRIS +# define MACH_TYPE "CRIS" +# define CPP_WORDSZ 32 +# define ALIGNMENT 1 +# define OS_TYPE "LINUX" +# define DYNAMIC_LOADING +# define LINUX_STACKBOTTOM +# define SEARCH_FOR_DATA_START + extern int _end[]; +# define DATAEND (_end) +# endif + +# ifdef SH +# define MACH_TYPE "SH" +# define ALIGNMENT 4 +# ifdef MSWINCE +# define OS_TYPE "MSWINCE" +# define DATAEND /* not needed */ +# endif +# ifdef LINUX +# define OS_TYPE "LINUX" +# define LINUX_STACKBOTTOM +# define DYNAMIC_LOADING +# define SEARCH_FOR_DATA_START + extern int _end[]; +# define DATAEND (_end) +# endif +# ifdef NETBSD +# define OS_TYPE "NETBSD" +# define HEURISTIC2 +# define DATASTART GC_data_start +# define DYNAMIC_LOADING +# endif +# endif + +# ifdef SH4 +# define MACH_TYPE "SH4" +# define OS_TYPE "MSWINCE" +# define ALIGNMENT 4 +# define DATAEND /* not needed */ +# endif + +# ifdef M32R +# define CPP_WORDSZ 32 +# define MACH_TYPE "M32R" +# define ALIGNMENT 4 +# ifdef LINUX +# define OS_TYPE "LINUX" +# define LINUX_STACKBOTTOM +# undef STACK_GRAN +# define STACK_GRAN 0x10000000 +# define DYNAMIC_LOADING +# define SEARCH_FOR_DATA_START + extern int _end[]; +# define DATAEND (_end) +# endif +# endif + +# ifdef X86_64 +# define MACH_TYPE "X86_64" +# define ALIGNMENT 8 +# define CPP_WORDSZ 64 +# ifndef HBLKSIZE +# define HBLKSIZE 4096 +# endif +# define CACHE_LINE_SIZE 64 +# ifdef LINUX +# define OS_TYPE "LINUX" +# define LINUX_STACKBOTTOM +# if !defined(GC_LINUX_THREADS) || !defined(REDIRECT_MALLOC) +# define MPROTECT_VDB +# else + /* We seem to get random errors in incremental mode, */ + /* possibly because Linux threads is itself a malloc client */ + /* and can't deal with the signals. */ +# endif +# ifdef __ELF__ +# define DYNAMIC_LOADING +# ifdef UNDEFINED /* includes ro data */ + extern int _etext[]; +# define DATASTART ((ptr_t)((((word) (_etext)) + 0xfff) & ~0xfff)) +# endif +# include <features.h> +# define SEARCH_FOR_DATA_START + extern int _end[]; +# define DATAEND (_end) +# else + extern int etext[]; +# define DATASTART ((ptr_t)((((word) (etext)) + 0xfff) & ~0xfff)) +# endif +# if defined(__GNUC__) && __GNUC__ >= 3 +# define PREFETCH(x) __builtin_prefetch((x), 0, 0) +# define PREFETCH_FOR_WRITE(x) __builtin_prefetch((x), 1) +# endif +# endif +# ifdef DARWIN +# define OS_TYPE "DARWIN" +# define DARWIN_DONT_PARSE_STACK +# define DYNAMIC_LOADING + /* XXX: see get_end(3), get_etext() and get_end() should not be used. + These aren't used when dyld support is enabled (it is by default) */ +# define DATASTART ((ptr_t) get_etext()) +# define DATAEND ((ptr_t) get_end()) +# define STACKBOTTOM ((ptr_t) 0x7fff5fc00000) +# define USE_MMAP +# define USE_MMAP_ANON +# ifdef GC_DARWIN_THREADS +# define MPROTECT_VDB +# endif +# include <unistd.h> +# define GETPAGESIZE() getpagesize() + /* There seems to be some issues with trylock hanging on darwin. This + should be looked into some more */ +# define NO_PTHREAD_TRYLOCK +# endif +# ifdef FREEBSD +# define OS_TYPE "FREEBSD" +# ifndef GC_FREEBSD_THREADS +# define MPROTECT_VDB +# endif +# ifdef __GLIBC__ +# define SIG_SUSPEND (32+6) +# define SIG_THR_RESTART (32+5) + extern int _end[]; +# define DATAEND (_end) +# else +# define SIG_SUSPEND SIGUSR1 +# define SIG_THR_RESTART SIGUSR2 +# endif +# define FREEBSD_STACKBOTTOM +# ifdef __ELF__ +# define DYNAMIC_LOADING +# endif + extern char etext[]; + extern char * GC_FreeBSDGetDataStart(); +# define DATASTART GC_FreeBSDGetDataStart(0x1000, &etext) +# endif +# ifdef NETBSD +# define OS_TYPE "NETBSD" +# ifdef __ELF__ +# define DYNAMIC_LOADING +# endif +# define HEURISTIC2 + extern char etext[]; +# define SEARCH_FOR_DATA_START +# endif +# ifdef SOLARIS +# define OS_TYPE "SOLARIS" +# define ELF_CLASS ELFCLASS64 + extern int _etext[], _end[]; + extern ptr_t GC_SysVGetDataStart(size_t, ptr_t); +# define DATASTART GC_SysVGetDataStart(0x1000, (ptr_t)_etext) +# define DATAEND (_end) +/* # define STACKBOTTOM ((ptr_t)(_start)) worked through 2.7, */ +/* but reportedly breaks under 2.8. It appears that the stack */ +/* base is a property of the executable, so this should not break */ +/* old executables. */ +/* HEURISTIC2 probably works, but this appears to be preferable. */ +/* Apparently USRSTACK is defined to be USERLIMIT, but in some */ +/* installations that's undefined. We work around this with a */ +/* gross hack: */ +# include <sys/vmparam.h> +# ifdef USERLIMIT + /* This should work everywhere, but doesn't. */ +# define STACKBOTTOM USRSTACK +# else +# define HEURISTIC2 +# endif +/* At least in Solaris 2.5, PROC_VDB gives wrong values for dirty bits. */ +/* It appears to be fixed in 2.8 and 2.9. */ +# ifdef SOLARIS25_PROC_VDB_BUG_FIXED +# define PROC_VDB +# endif +# define DYNAMIC_LOADING +# if !defined(USE_MMAP) && defined(REDIRECT_MALLOC) +# define USE_MMAP + /* Otherwise we now use calloc. Mmap may result in the */ + /* heap interleaved with thread stacks, which can result in */ + /* excessive blacklisting. Sbrk is unusable since it */ + /* doesn't interact correctly with the system malloc. */ +# endif +# ifdef USE_MMAP +# define HEAP_START (ptr_t)0x40000000 +# else +# define HEAP_START DATAEND +# endif +# endif +# ifdef MSWIN32 +# define OS_TYPE "MSWIN32" + /* STACKBOTTOM and DATASTART are handled specially in */ + /* os_dep.c. */ +# if !defined(__WATCOMC__) +# define MPROTECT_VDB + /* We also avoided doing this in the past with GC_WIN32_THREADS */ + /* Hopefully that's fixed. */ +# endif +# if _MSC_VER >= 1300 /* .NET, i.e. > VisualStudio 6 */ +# define GWW_VDB +# endif +# define DATAEND /* not needed */ +# endif +# endif + +#if defined(LINUX) && defined(USE_MMAP) + /* The kernel may do a somewhat better job merging mappings etc. */ + /* with anonymous mappings. */ +# define USE_MMAP_ANON +#endif + +#if defined(GC_LINUX_THREADS) && defined(REDIRECT_MALLOC) + /* Nptl allocates thread stacks with mmap, which is fine. But it */ + /* keeps a cache of thread stacks. Thread stacks contain the */ + /* thread control blocks. These in turn contain a pointer to */ + /* (sizeof (void *) from the beginning of) the dtv for thread-local */ + /* storage, which is calloc allocated. If we don't scan the cached */ + /* thread stacks, we appear to lose the dtv. This tends to */ + /* result in something that looks like a bogus dtv count, which */ + /* tends to result in a memset call on a block that is way too */ + /* large. Sometimes we're lucky and the process just dies ... */ + /* There seems to be a similar issue with some other memory */ + /* allocated by the dynamic loader. */ + /* This can be avoided by either: */ + /* - Defining USE_PROC_FOR_LIBRARIES here. */ + /* That performs very poorly, precisely because we end up */ + /* scanning cached stacks. */ + /* - Have calloc look at its callers. That is currently what we do.*/ + /* In spite of the fact that it is gross and disgusting. */ +/* # define USE_PROC_FOR_LIBRARIES */ +#endif + +# ifndef STACK_GROWS_UP +# define STACK_GROWS_DOWN +# endif + +# ifndef CPP_WORDSZ +# define CPP_WORDSZ 32 +# endif + +# ifndef OS_TYPE +# define OS_TYPE "" +# endif + +# ifndef DATAEND + extern int end[]; +# define DATAEND (end) +# endif + +# if defined(SVR4) && !defined(GETPAGESIZE) +# include <unistd.h> +# define GETPAGESIZE() sysconf(_SC_PAGESIZE) +# endif + +# ifndef GETPAGESIZE +# if defined(SOLARIS) || defined(IRIX5) || defined(LINUX) \ + || defined(NETBSD) || defined(FREEBSD) || defined(HPUX) +# include <unistd.h> +# endif +# define GETPAGESIZE() getpagesize() +# endif + +# if defined(SOLARIS) || defined(DRSNX) || defined(UTS4) + /* OS has SVR4 generic features. */ + /* Probably others also qualify. */ +# define SVR4 +# endif + +# if defined(SOLARIS) || defined(DRSNX) + /* OS has SOLARIS style semi-undocumented interface */ + /* to dynamic loader. */ +# define SOLARISDL + /* OS has SOLARIS style signal handlers. */ +# define SUNOS5SIGS +# endif + +# if defined(HPUX) +# define SUNOS5SIGS +# endif + +# if defined(FREEBSD) && \ + (defined(__DragonFly__) || __FreeBSD__ >= 4 || (__FreeBSD_kernel__ >= 4)) +# define SUNOS5SIGS +# endif + +# ifdef GC_NETBSD_THREADS +# define SIGRTMIN 33 +# define SIGRTMAX 63 +# endif + +# if defined(SVR4) || defined(LINUX) || defined(IRIX5) || defined(HPUX) \ + || defined(OPENBSD) || defined(NETBSD) || defined(FREEBSD) \ + || defined(DGUX) || defined(BSD) \ + || defined(AIX) || defined(DARWIN) || defined(OSF1) \ + || defined(HURD) +# define UNIX_LIKE /* Basic Unix-like system calls work. */ +# endif + +# if CPP_WORDSZ != 32 && CPP_WORDSZ != 64 + -> bad word size +# endif + +# ifdef PCR +# undef DYNAMIC_LOADING +# undef STACKBOTTOM +# undef HEURISTIC1 +# undef HEURISTIC2 +# undef PROC_VDB +# undef MPROTECT_VDB +# define PCR_VDB +# endif + +# ifdef SMALL_CONFIG + /* Presumably not worth the space it takes. */ +# undef PROC_VDB +# undef MPROTECT_VDB +# endif + +# ifdef USE_MUNMAP +# undef MPROTECT_VDB /* Can't deal with address space holes. */ +# endif + +# ifdef PARALLEL_MARK +# undef MPROTECT_VDB /* For now. */ +# endif + +# if !defined(PCR_VDB) && !defined(PROC_VDB) && !defined(MPROTECT_VDB) \ + && !defined(GWW_VDB) +# define DEFAULT_VDB +# endif + +# ifndef PREFETCH +# define PREFETCH(x) +# define NO_PREFETCH +# endif + +# ifndef PREFETCH_FOR_WRITE +# define PREFETCH_FOR_WRITE(x) +# define NO_PREFETCH_FOR_WRITE +# endif + +# ifndef CACHE_LINE_SIZE +# define CACHE_LINE_SIZE 32 /* Wild guess */ +# endif + +# if defined(LINUX) || defined(HURD) || defined(__GLIBC__) +# define REGISTER_LIBRARIES_EARLY + /* We sometimes use dl_iterate_phdr, which may acquire an internal */ + /* lock. This isn't safe after the world has stopped. So we must */ + /* call GC_register_dynamic_libraries before stopping the world. */ + /* For performance reasons, this may be beneficial on other */ + /* platforms as well, though it should be avoided in win32. */ +# endif /* LINUX */ + +# if defined(SEARCH_FOR_DATA_START) + extern ptr_t GC_data_start; +# define DATASTART GC_data_start +# endif + +# ifndef CLEAR_DOUBLE +# define CLEAR_DOUBLE(x) \ + ((word*)x)[0] = 0; \ + ((word*)x)[1] = 0; +# endif /* CLEAR_DOUBLE */ + +# if defined(GC_LINUX_THREADS) && defined(REDIRECT_MALLOC) \ + && !defined(INCLUDE_LINUX_THREAD_DESCR) + /* Will not work, since libc and the dynamic loader use thread */ + /* locals, sometimes as the only reference. */ +# define INCLUDE_LINUX_THREAD_DESCR +# endif + +# if defined(GC_IRIX_THREADS) && !defined(IRIX5) + --> inconsistent configuration +# endif +# if defined(GC_LINUX_THREADS) && !defined(LINUX) + --> inconsistent configuration +# endif +# if defined(GC_NETBSD_THREADS) && !defined(NETBSD) + --> inconsistent configuration +# endif +# if defined(GC_SOLARIS_THREADS) && !defined(SOLARIS) + --> inconsistent configuration +# endif +# if defined(GC_HPUX_THREADS) && !defined(HPUX) + --> inconsistent configuration +# endif +# if defined(GC_AIX_THREADS) && !defined(_AIX) + --> inconsistent configuration +# endif +# if defined(GC_GNU_THREADS) && !defined(HURD) + --> inconsistent configuration +# endif +# if defined(GC_WIN32_THREADS) && !defined(MSWIN32) && !defined(CYGWIN32) + --> inconsistent configuration +# endif + +# if defined(PCR) || defined(GC_WIN32_THREADS) || defined(GC_PTHREADS) +# define THREADS +# endif + +# if !defined(USE_MARK_BITS) && !defined(USE_MARK_BYTES) +# if defined(THREADS) && defined(PARALLEL_MARK) +# define USE_MARK_BYTES +# else +# define USE_MARK_BITS +# endif +# endif + +# if defined(MSWINCE) +# define NO_GETENV +# endif + +# if defined(SPARC) +# define ASM_CLEAR_CODE /* Stack clearing is crucial, and we */ + /* include assembly code to do it well. */ +# endif + + /* Can we save call chain in objects for debugging? */ + /* SET NFRAMES (# of saved frames) and NARGS (#of args for each */ + /* frame) to reasonable values for the platform. */ + /* Set SAVE_CALL_CHAIN if we can. SAVE_CALL_COUNT can be specified */ + /* at build time, though we feel free to adjust it slightly. */ + /* Define NEED_CALLINFO if we either save the call stack or */ + /* GC_ADD_CALLER is defined. */ + /* GC_CAN_SAVE_CALL_STACKS is set in gc.h. */ + +#if defined(SPARC) +# define CAN_SAVE_CALL_ARGS +#endif +#if (defined(I386) || defined(X86_64)) && (defined(LINUX) || defined(__GLIBC__)) + /* SAVE_CALL_CHAIN is supported if the code is compiled to save */ + /* frame pointers by default, i.e. no -fomit-frame-pointer flag. */ +# define CAN_SAVE_CALL_ARGS +#endif + +# if defined(SAVE_CALL_COUNT) && !defined(GC_ADD_CALLER) \ + && defined(GC_CAN_SAVE_CALL_STACKS) +# define SAVE_CALL_CHAIN +# endif +# ifdef SAVE_CALL_CHAIN +# if defined(SAVE_CALL_NARGS) && defined(CAN_SAVE_CALL_ARGS) +# define NARGS SAVE_CALL_NARGS +# else +# define NARGS 0 /* Number of arguments to save for each call. */ +# endif +# endif +# ifdef SAVE_CALL_CHAIN +# ifndef SAVE_CALL_COUNT +# define NFRAMES 6 /* Number of frames to save. Even for */ + /* alignment reasons. */ +# else +# define NFRAMES ((SAVE_CALL_COUNT + 1) & ~1) +# endif +# define NEED_CALLINFO +# endif /* SAVE_CALL_CHAIN */ +# ifdef GC_ADD_CALLER +# define NFRAMES 1 +# define NARGS 0 +# define NEED_CALLINFO +# endif + +# if defined(MAKE_BACK_GRAPH) && !defined(DBG_HDRS_ALL) +# define DBG_HDRS_ALL +# endif + +# if defined(POINTER_MASK) && !defined(POINTER_SHIFT) +# define POINTER_SHIFT 0 +# endif + +# if defined(POINTER_SHIFT) && !defined(POINTER_MASK) +# define POINTER_MASK ((GC_word)(-1)) +# endif + +# if !defined(FIXUP_POINTER) && defined(POINTER_MASK) +# define FIXUP_POINTER(p) (p) = ((p) & (POINTER_MASK) << POINTER_SHIFT) +# endif + +# if defined(FIXUP_POINTER) +# define NEED_FIXUP_POINTER 1 +# else +# define NEED_FIXUP_POINTER 0 +# define FIXUP_POINTER(p) +# endif + +# if !defined(MARK_BIT_PER_GRANULE) && !defined(MARK_BIT_PER_OBJ) +# define MARK_BIT_PER_GRANULE /* Usually faster */ +# endif + +/* Some static sanity tests. */ +# if defined(MARK_BIT_PER_GRANULE) && defined(MARK_BIT_PER_OBJ) +# error Define only one of MARK_BIT_PER_GRANULE and MARK_BIT_PER_OBJ. +# endif + +# if defined(STACK_GROWS_UP) && defined(STACK_GROWS_DOWN) +# error "Only one of STACK_GROWS_UP and STACK_GROWS_DOWN should be defd." +# endif +# if !defined(STACK_GROWS_UP) && !defined(STACK_GROWS_DOWN) +# error "One of STACK_GROWS_UP and STACK_GROWS_DOWN should be defd." +# endif + +# if defined(REDIRECT_MALLOC) && defined(THREADS) && !defined(LINUX) +# error "REDIRECT_MALLOC with THREADS works at most on Linux." +# endif + +#ifdef GC_PRIVATE_H + /* This relies on some type definitions from gc_priv.h, from */ + /* where it's normally included. */ + /* */ + /* How to get heap memory from the OS: */ + /* Note that sbrk()-like allocation is preferred, since it */ + /* usually makes it possible to merge consecutively allocated */ + /* chunks. It also avoids unintented recursion with */ + /* -DREDIRECT_MALLOC. */ + /* GET_MEM() returns a HLKSIZE aligned chunk. */ + /* 0 is taken to mean failure. */ + /* In the case os USE_MMAP, the argument must also be a */ + /* physical page size. */ + /* GET_MEM is currently not assumed to retrieve 0 filled space, */ + /* though we should perhaps take advantage of the case in which */ + /* does. */ + struct hblk; /* See gc_priv.h. */ +# if defined(PCR) + char * real_malloc(); +# define GET_MEM(bytes) HBLKPTR(real_malloc((size_t)bytes + GC_page_size) \ + + GC_page_size-1) +# elif defined(OS2) + void * os2_alloc(size_t bytes); +# define GET_MEM(bytes) HBLKPTR((ptr_t)os2_alloc((size_t)bytes \ + + GC_page_size) \ + + GC_page_size-1) +# elif defined(NEXT) || defined(DOS4GW) || defined(NONSTOP) || \ + (defined(AMIGA) && !defined(GC_AMIGA_FASTALLOC)) || \ + (defined(SOLARIS) && !defined(USE_MMAP)) +# define GET_MEM(bytes) HBLKPTR((size_t) calloc(1, (size_t)bytes + GC_page_size) \ + + GC_page_size-1) +# elif defined(MSWIN32) + extern ptr_t GC_win32_get_mem(); +# define GET_MEM(bytes) (struct hblk *)GC_win32_get_mem(bytes) +# elif defined(MACOS) +# if defined(USE_TEMPORARY_MEMORY) + extern Ptr GC_MacTemporaryNewPtr(size_t size, Boolean clearMemory); +# define GET_MEM(bytes) HBLKPTR( \ + GC_MacTemporaryNewPtr(bytes + GC_page_size, true) \ + + GC_page_size-1) +# else +# define GET_MEM(bytes) HBLKPTR( \ + NewPtrClear(bytes + GC_page_size) + GC_page_size-1) +# endif +# elif defined(MSWINCE) + extern ptr_t GC_wince_get_mem(); +# define GET_MEM(bytes) (struct hblk *)GC_wince_get_mem(bytes) +# elif defined(AMIGA) && defined(GC_AMIGA_FASTALLOC) + extern void *GC_amiga_get_mem(size_t size); +# define GET_MEM(bytes) HBLKPTR((size_t) \ + GC_amiga_get_mem((size_t)bytes + GC_page_size) \ + + GC_page_size-1) +# else + extern ptr_t GC_unix_get_mem(); +# define GET_MEM(bytes) (struct hblk *)GC_unix_get_mem(bytes) +# endif + +#endif /* GC_PRIVATE_H */ + +# endif /* GCCONFIG_H */ diff --git a/tools/build/src/engine/boehm_gc/include/private/msvc_dbg.h b/tools/build/src/engine/boehm_gc/include/private/msvc_dbg.h new file mode 100644 index 000000000..1d3030aaa --- /dev/null +++ b/tools/build/src/engine/boehm_gc/include/private/msvc_dbg.h @@ -0,0 +1,69 @@ +/* + Copyright (c) 2004-2005 Andrei Polushin + + Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a copy + of this software and associated documentation files (the "Software"), to deal + in the Software without restriction, including without limitation the rights + to use, copy, modify, merge, publish, distribute, sublicense, and/or sell + copies of the Software, and to permit persons to whom the Software is + furnished to do so, subject to the following conditions: + + The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included in + all copies or substantial portions of the Software. + + THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR + IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY, + FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE + AUTHORS OR COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER + LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, + OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN + THE SOFTWARE. +*/ +#ifndef _MSVC_DBG_H +#define _MSVC_DBG_H + +#include <stdlib.h> + +#ifdef __cplusplus +extern "C" { +#endif + +#if !MSVC_DBG_DLL +#define MSVC_DBG_EXPORT +#elif MSVC_DBG_BUILD +#define MSVC_DBG_EXPORT __declspec(dllexport) +#else +#define MSVC_DBG_EXPORT __declspec(dllimport) +#endif + +#ifndef MAX_SYM_NAME +#define MAX_SYM_NAME 2000 +#endif + +typedef void* HANDLE; +typedef struct _CONTEXT CONTEXT; + +MSVC_DBG_EXPORT size_t GetStackFrames(size_t skip, void* frames[], size_t maxFrames); +MSVC_DBG_EXPORT size_t GetStackFramesFromContext(HANDLE hProcess, HANDLE hThread, CONTEXT* context, size_t skip, void* frames[], size_t maxFrames); + +MSVC_DBG_EXPORT size_t GetModuleNameFromAddress(void* address, char* moduleName, size_t size); +MSVC_DBG_EXPORT size_t GetModuleNameFromStack(size_t skip, char* moduleName, size_t size); + +MSVC_DBG_EXPORT size_t GetSymbolNameFromAddress(void* address, char* symbolName, size_t size, size_t* offsetBytes); +MSVC_DBG_EXPORT size_t GetSymbolNameFromStack(size_t skip, char* symbolName, size_t size, size_t* offsetBytes); + +MSVC_DBG_EXPORT size_t GetFileLineFromAddress(void* address, char* fileName, size_t size, size_t* lineNumber, size_t* offsetBytes); +MSVC_DBG_EXPORT size_t GetFileLineFromStack(size_t skip, char* fileName, size_t size, size_t* lineNumber, size_t* offsetBytes); + +MSVC_DBG_EXPORT size_t GetDescriptionFromAddress(void* address, const char* format, char* description, size_t size); +MSVC_DBG_EXPORT size_t GetDescriptionFromStack(void*const frames[], size_t count, const char* format, char* description[], size_t size); + +/* Compatibility with <execinfo.h> */ +MSVC_DBG_EXPORT int backtrace(void* addresses[], int count); +MSVC_DBG_EXPORT char** backtrace_symbols(void*const addresses[], int count); + +#ifdef __cplusplus +} +#endif + +#endif/*_MSVC_DBG_H*/ diff --git a/tools/build/src/engine/boehm_gc/include/private/pthread_stop_world.h b/tools/build/src/engine/boehm_gc/include/private/pthread_stop_world.h new file mode 100644 index 000000000..6f9197a1f --- /dev/null +++ b/tools/build/src/engine/boehm_gc/include/private/pthread_stop_world.h @@ -0,0 +1,11 @@ +#ifndef GC_PTHREAD_STOP_WORLD_H +#define GC_PTHREAD_STOP_WORLD_H + +struct thread_stop_info { + word last_stop_count; /* GC_last_stop_count value when thread */ + /* last successfully handled a suspend */ + /* signal. */ + ptr_t stack_ptr; /* Valid only when stopped. */ +}; + +#endif diff --git a/tools/build/src/engine/boehm_gc/include/private/pthread_support.h b/tools/build/src/engine/boehm_gc/include/private/pthread_support.h new file mode 100644 index 000000000..77f1ad1a9 --- /dev/null +++ b/tools/build/src/engine/boehm_gc/include/private/pthread_support.h @@ -0,0 +1,84 @@ +#ifndef GC_PTHREAD_SUPPORT_H +#define GC_PTHREAD_SUPPORT_H + +# include "private/gc_priv.h" + +# if defined(GC_PTHREADS) && !defined(GC_WIN32_THREADS) + +#if defined(GC_DARWIN_THREADS) +# include "private/darwin_stop_world.h" +#else +# include "private/pthread_stop_world.h" +#endif + +#ifdef THREAD_LOCAL_ALLOC +# include "thread_local_alloc.h" +#endif /* THREAD_LOCAL_ALLOC */ + +/* We use the allocation lock to protect thread-related data structures. */ + +/* The set of all known threads. We intercept thread creation and */ +/* joins. */ +/* Protected by allocation/GC lock. */ +/* Some of this should be declared volatile, but that's inconsistent */ +/* with some library routine declarations. */ +typedef struct GC_Thread_Rep { + struct GC_Thread_Rep * next; /* More recently allocated threads */ + /* with a given pthread id come */ + /* first. (All but the first are */ + /* guaranteed to be dead, but we may */ + /* not yet have registered the join.) */ + pthread_t id; + /* Extra bookkeeping information the stopping code uses */ + struct thread_stop_info stop_info; + + short flags; +# define FINISHED 1 /* Thread has exited. */ +# define DETACHED 2 /* Thread is treated as detached. */ + /* Thread may really be detached, or */ + /* it may have have been explicitly */ + /* registered, in which case we can */ + /* deallocate its GC_Thread_Rep once */ + /* it unregisters itself, since it */ + /* may not return a GC pointer. */ +# define MAIN_THREAD 4 /* True for the original thread only. */ + short thread_blocked; /* Protected by GC lock. */ + /* Treated as a boolean value. If set, */ + /* thread will acquire GC lock before */ + /* doing any pointer manipulations, and */ + /* has set its sp value. Thus it does */ + /* not need to be sent a signal to stop */ + /* it. */ + ptr_t stack_end; /* Cold end of the stack. */ +# ifdef IA64 + ptr_t backing_store_end; + ptr_t backing_store_ptr; +# endif + void * status; /* The value returned from the thread. */ + /* Used only to avoid premature */ + /* reclamation of any data it might */ + /* reference. */ + /* This is unfortunately also the */ + /* reason we need to intercept join */ + /* and detach. */ +# ifdef THREAD_LOCAL_ALLOC + struct thread_local_freelists tlfs; +# endif +} * GC_thread; + +# define THREAD_TABLE_SZ 256 /* Must be power of 2 */ +extern volatile GC_thread GC_threads[THREAD_TABLE_SZ]; + +extern GC_bool GC_thr_initialized; + +GC_thread GC_lookup_thread(pthread_t id); + +void GC_stop_init(); + +extern GC_bool GC_in_thread_creation; + /* We may currently be in thread creation or destruction. */ + /* Only set to TRUE while allocation lock is held. */ + /* When set, it is OK to run GC from unknown thread. */ + +#endif /* GC_PTHREADS && !GC_SOLARIS_THREADS.... etc */ +#endif /* GC_PTHREAD_SUPPORT_H */ diff --git a/tools/build/src/engine/boehm_gc/include/private/specific.h b/tools/build/src/engine/boehm_gc/include/private/specific.h new file mode 100644 index 000000000..fc2e8f9e6 --- /dev/null +++ b/tools/build/src/engine/boehm_gc/include/private/specific.h @@ -0,0 +1,96 @@ +/* + * This is a reimplementation of a subset of the pthread_getspecific/setspecific + * interface. This appears to outperform the standard linuxthreads one + * by a significant margin. + * The major restriction is that each thread may only make a single + * pthread_setspecific call on a single key. (The current data structure + * doesn't really require that. The restriction should be easily removable.) + * We don't currently support the destruction functions, though that + * could be done. + * We also currently assume that only one pthread_setspecific call + * can be executed at a time, though that assumption would be easy to remove + * by adding a lock. + */ + +#include <errno.h> +#include "atomic_ops.h" + +/* Called during key creation or setspecific. */ +/* For the GC we already hold lock. */ +/* Currently allocated objects leak on thread exit. */ +/* That's hard to fix, but OK if we allocate garbage */ +/* collected memory. */ +#define MALLOC_CLEAR(n) GC_INTERNAL_MALLOC(n, NORMAL) +#define PREFIXED(name) GC_##name + +#define TS_CACHE_SIZE 1024 +#define CACHE_HASH(n) (((((long)n) >> 8) ^ (long)n) & (TS_CACHE_SIZE - 1)) +#define TS_HASH_SIZE 1024 +#define HASH(n) (((((long)n) >> 8) ^ (long)n) & (TS_HASH_SIZE - 1)) + +/* An entry describing a thread-specific value for a given thread. */ +/* All such accessible structures preserve the invariant that if either */ +/* thread is a valid pthread id or qtid is a valid "quick tread id" */ +/* for a thread, then value holds the corresponding thread specific */ +/* value. This invariant must be preserved at ALL times, since */ +/* asynchronous reads are allowed. */ +typedef struct thread_specific_entry { + volatile AO_t qtid; /* quick thread id, only for cache */ + void * value; + struct thread_specific_entry *next; + pthread_t thread; +} tse; + + +/* We represent each thread-specific datum as two tables. The first is */ +/* a cache, indexed by a "quick thread identifier". The "quick" thread */ +/* identifier is an easy to compute value, which is guaranteed to */ +/* determine the thread, though a thread may correspond to more than */ +/* one value. We typically use the address of a page in the stack. */ +/* The second is a hash table, indexed by pthread_self(). It is used */ +/* only as a backup. */ + +/* Return the "quick thread id". Default version. Assumes page size, */ +/* or at least thread stack separation, is at least 4K. */ +/* Must be defined so that it never returns 0. (Page 0 can't really */ +/* be part of any stack, since that would make 0 a valid stack pointer.)*/ +static __inline__ unsigned long quick_thread_id() { + int dummy; + return (unsigned long)(&dummy) >> 12; +} + +#define INVALID_QTID ((unsigned long)0) +#define INVALID_THREADID ((pthread_t)0) + +typedef struct thread_specific_data { + tse * volatile cache[TS_CACHE_SIZE]; + /* A faster index to the hash table */ + tse * hash[TS_HASH_SIZE]; + pthread_mutex_t lock; +} tsd; + +typedef tsd * PREFIXED(key_t); + +extern int PREFIXED(key_create) (tsd ** key_ptr, void (* destructor)(void *)); + +extern int PREFIXED(setspecific) (tsd * key, void * value); + +extern void PREFIXED(remove_specific) (tsd * key); + +/* An internal version of getspecific that assumes a cache miss. */ +void * PREFIXED(slow_getspecific) (tsd * key, unsigned long qtid, + tse * volatile * cache_entry); + +static __inline__ void * PREFIXED(getspecific) (tsd * key) { + long qtid = quick_thread_id(); + unsigned hash_val = CACHE_HASH(qtid); + tse * volatile * entry_ptr = key -> cache + hash_val; + tse * entry = *entry_ptr; /* Must be loaded only once. */ + if (EXPECT(entry -> qtid == qtid, 1)) { + GC_ASSERT(entry -> thread == pthread_self()); + return entry -> value; + } + return PREFIXED(slow_getspecific) (key, qtid, entry_ptr); +} + + diff --git a/tools/build/src/engine/boehm_gc/include/private/thread_local_alloc.h b/tools/build/src/engine/boehm_gc/include/private/thread_local_alloc.h new file mode 100644 index 000000000..4c2c5362f --- /dev/null +++ b/tools/build/src/engine/boehm_gc/include/private/thread_local_alloc.h @@ -0,0 +1,152 @@ +/* + * Copyright (c) 2000-2005 by Hewlett-Packard Company. All rights reserved. + * + * THIS MATERIAL IS PROVIDED AS IS, WITH ABSOLUTELY NO WARRANTY EXPRESSED + * OR IMPLIED. ANY USE IS AT YOUR OWN RISK. + * + * Permission is hereby granted to use or copy this program + * for any purpose, provided the above notices are retained on all copies. + * Permission to modify the code and to distribute modified code is granted, + * provided the above notices are retained, and a notice that the code was + * modified is included with the above copyright notice. + */ + +/* Included indirectly from a thread-library-specific file. */ +/* This is the interface for thread-local allocation, whose */ +/* implementation is mostly thread-library-independent. */ +/* Here we describe only the interface that needs to be known */ +/* and invoked from the thread support layer; the actual */ +/* implementation also exports GC_malloc and friends, which */ +/* are declared in gc.h. */ + +#include "private/gc_priv.h" + +#if defined(THREAD_LOCAL_ALLOC) + +#include "gc_inline.h" + + +# if defined USE_HPUX_TLS +# error USE_HPUX_TLS macro was replaced by USE_COMPILER_TLS +# endif + +# if !defined(USE_PTHREAD_SPECIFIC) && !defined(USE_WIN32_SPECIFIC) && \ + !defined(USE_WIN32_COMPILER_TLS) && !defined(USE_COMPILER_TLS) && \ + !defined(USE_CUSTOM_SPECIFIC) +# if defined(MSWIN32) || defined(MSWINCE) || defined(CYGWIN32) +# if defined(__GNUC__) /* Fixed for versions past 2.95? */ +# define USE_WIN32_SPECIFIC +# else +# define USE_WIN32_COMPILER_TLS +# endif /* !GNU */ +# elif defined(LINUX) && !defined(ARM32) && \ + (__GNUC__ > 3 || (__GNUC__ == 3 && __GNUC_MINOR__ >=3)) +# define USE_COMPILER_TLS +# elif (defined(GC_DGUX386_THREADS) || defined(GC_OSF1_THREADS) || \ + defined(GC_DARWIN_THREADS) || defined(GC_AIX_THREADS)) || \ + defined(GC_NETBSD_THREADS) +# define USE_PTHREAD_SPECIFIC +# elif defined(GC_HPUX_THREADS) +# ifdef __GNUC__ +# define USE_PTHREAD_SPECIFIC + /* Empirically, as of gcc 3.3, USE_COMPILER_TLS doesn't work. */ +# else +# define USE_COMPILER_TLS +# endif +# else +# define USE_CUSTOM_SPECIFIC /* Use our own. */ +# endif +# endif + +# include <stdlib.h> + +/* One of these should be declared as the tlfs field in the */ +/* structure pointed to by a GC_thread. */ +typedef struct thread_local_freelists { +# ifdef THREAD_LOCAL_ALLOC + void * ptrfree_freelists[TINY_FREELISTS]; + void * normal_freelists[TINY_FREELISTS]; +# ifdef GC_GCJ_SUPPORT + void * gcj_freelists[TINY_FREELISTS]; +# define ERROR_FL (void *)(-1) + /* Value used for gcj_freelist[-1]; allocation is */ + /* erroneous. */ +# endif + /* Free lists contain either a pointer or a small count */ + /* reflecting the number of granules allocated at that */ + /* size. */ + /* 0 ==> thread-local allocation in use, free list */ + /* empty. */ + /* > 0, <= DIRECT_GRANULES ==> Using global allocation, */ + /* too few objects of this size have been */ + /* allocated by this thread. */ + /* >= HBLKSIZE => pointer to nonempty free list. */ + /* > DIRECT_GRANULES, < HBLKSIZE ==> transition to */ + /* local alloc, equivalent to 0. */ +# define DIRECT_GRANULES (HBLKSIZE/GRANULE_BYTES) + /* Don't use local free lists for up to this much */ + /* allocation. */ + +# endif +} *GC_tlfs; + +# if defined(USE_PTHREAD_SPECIFIC) +# define GC_getspecific pthread_getspecific +# define GC_setspecific pthread_setspecific +# define GC_key_create pthread_key_create +# define GC_remove_specific(key) /* No need for cleanup on exit. */ + typedef pthread_key_t GC_key_t; +# elif defined(USE_COMPILER_TLS) || defined(USE_WIN32_COMPILER_TLS) +# define GC_getspecific(x) (x) +# define GC_setspecific(key, v) ((key) = (v), 0) +# define GC_key_create(key, d) 0 +# define GC_remove_specific(key) /* No need for cleanup on exit. */ + typedef void * GC_key_t; +# elif defined(USE_WIN32_SPECIFIC) +# include <windows.h> +# define GC_getspecific TlsGetValue +# define GC_setspecific(key, v) !TlsSetValue(key, v) + /* We assume 0 == success, msft does the opposite. */ +# define GC_key_create(key, d) \ + ((d) != 0? (ABORT("Destructor unsupported by TlsAlloc"),0) \ + : (*(key) = TlsAlloc(), 0)) +# define GC_remove_specific(key) /* No need for cleanup on thread exit. */ + /* Need TlsFree on process exit/detach ? */ + typedef DWORD GC_key_t; +# elif defined(USE_CUSTOM_SPECIFIC) +# include "private/specific.h" +# else +# error implement me +# endif + + +/* Each thread structure must be initialized. */ +/* This call must be made from the new thread. */ +/* Caller holds allocation lock. */ +void GC_init_thread_local(GC_tlfs p); + +/* Called when a thread is unregistered, or exits. */ +/* We hold the allocator lock. */ +void GC_destroy_thread_local(GC_tlfs p); + +/* The thread support layer must arrange to mark thread-local */ +/* free lists explicitly, since the link field is often */ +/* invisible to the marker. It knows hoe to find all threads; */ +/* we take care of an individual thread freelist structure. */ +void GC_mark_thread_local_fls_for(GC_tlfs p); + +extern +#if defined(USE_COMPILER_TLS) + __thread +#elif defined(USE_WIN32_COMPILER_TLS) + __declspec(thread) +#endif +GC_key_t GC_thread_key; + +/* This is set up by the thread_local_alloc implementation. But the */ +/* thread support layer calls GC_remove_specific(GC_thread_key) */ +/* before a thread exits. */ +/* And the thread support layer makes sure that GC_thread_key is traced,*/ +/* if necessary. */ + +#endif /* THREAD_LOCAL_ALLOC */ diff --git a/tools/build/src/engine/boehm_gc/include/weakpointer.h b/tools/build/src/engine/boehm_gc/include/weakpointer.h new file mode 100644 index 000000000..84906b00a --- /dev/null +++ b/tools/build/src/engine/boehm_gc/include/weakpointer.h @@ -0,0 +1,221 @@ +#ifndef _weakpointer_h_ +#define _weakpointer_h_ + +/**************************************************************************** + +WeakPointer and CleanUp + + Copyright (c) 1991 by Xerox Corporation. All rights reserved. + + THIS MATERIAL IS PROVIDED AS IS, WITH ABSOLUTELY NO WARRANTY EXPRESSED + OR IMPLIED. ANY USE IS AT YOUR OWN RISK. + + Permission is hereby granted to copy this code for any purpose, + provided the above notices are retained on all copies. + + Last modified on Mon Jul 17 18:16:01 PDT 1995 by ellis + +****************************************************************************/ + +/**************************************************************************** + +WeakPointer + +A weak pointer is a pointer to a heap-allocated object that doesn't +prevent the object from being garbage collected. Weak pointers can be +used to track which objects haven't yet been reclaimed by the +collector. A weak pointer is deactivated when the collector discovers +its referent object is unreachable by normal pointers (reachability +and deactivation are defined more precisely below). A deactivated weak +pointer remains deactivated forever. + +****************************************************************************/ + + +template< class T > class WeakPointer { +public: + +WeakPointer( T* t = 0 ) + /* Constructs a weak pointer for *t. t may be null. It is an error + if t is non-null and *t is not a collected object. */ + {impl = _WeakPointer_New( t );} + +T* Pointer() + /* wp.Pointer() returns a pointer to the referent object of wp or + null if wp has been deactivated (because its referent object + has been discovered unreachable by the collector). */ + {return (T*) _WeakPointer_Pointer( this->impl );} + +int operator==( WeakPointer< T > wp2 ) + /* Given weak pointers wp1 and wp2, if wp1 == wp2, then wp1 and + wp2 refer to the same object. If wp1 != wp2, then either wp1 + and wp2 don't refer to the same object, or if they do, one or + both of them has been deactivated. (Note: If objects t1 and t2 + are never made reachable by their clean-up functions, then + WeakPointer<T>(t1) == WeakPointer<T>(t2) if and only t1 == t2.) */ + {return _WeakPointer_Equal( this->impl, wp2.impl );} + +int Hash() + /* Returns a hash code suitable for use by multiplicative- and + division-based hash tables. If wp1 == wp2, then wp1.Hash() == + wp2.Hash(). */ + {return _WeakPointer_Hash( this->impl );} + +private: +void* impl; +}; + +/***************************************************************************** + +CleanUp + +A garbage-collected object can have an associated clean-up function +that will be invoked some time after the collector discovers the +object is unreachable via normal pointers. Clean-up functions can be +used to release resources such as open-file handles or window handles +when their containing objects become unreachable. If a C++ object has +a non-empty explicit destructor (i.e. it contains programmer-written +code), the destructor will be automatically registered as the object's +initial clean-up function. + +There is no guarantee that the collector will detect every unreachable +object (though it will find almost all of them). Clients should not +rely on clean-up to cause some action to occur immediately -- clean-up +is only a mechanism for improving resource usage. + +Every object with a clean-up function also has a clean-up queue. When +the collector finds the object is unreachable, it enqueues it on its +queue. The clean-up function is applied when the object is removed +from the queue. By default, objects are enqueued on the garbage +collector's queue, and the collector removes all objects from its +queue after each collection. If a client supplies another queue for +objects, it is his responsibility to remove objects (and cause their +functions to be called) by polling it periodically. + +Clean-up queues allow clean-up functions accessing global data to +synchronize with the main program. Garbage collection can occur at any +time, and clean-ups invoked by the collector might access data in an +inconsistent state. A client can control this by defining an explicit +queue for objects and polling it at safe points. + +The following definitions are used by the specification below: + +Given a pointer t to a collected object, the base object BO(t) is the +value returned by new when it created the object. (Because of multiple +inheritance, t and BO(t) may not be the same address.) + +A weak pointer wp references an object *t if BO(wp.Pointer()) == +BO(t). + +***************************************************************************/ + +template< class T, class Data > class CleanUp { +public: + +static void Set( T* t, void c( Data* d, T* t ), Data* d = 0 ) + /* Sets the clean-up function of object BO(t) to be <c, d>, + replacing any previously defined clean-up function for BO(t); c + and d can be null, but t cannot. Sets the clean-up queue for + BO(t) to be the collector's queue. When t is removed from its + clean-up queue, its clean-up will be applied by calling c(d, + t). It is an error if *t is not a collected object. */ + {_CleanUp_Set( t, c, d );} + +static void Call( T* t ) + /* Sets the new clean-up function for BO(t) to be null and, if the + old one is non-null, calls it immediately, even if BO(t) is + still reachable. Deactivates any weak pointers to BO(t). */ + {_CleanUp_Call( t );} + +class Queue {public: + Queue() + /* Constructs a new queue. */ + {this->head = _CleanUp_Queue_NewHead();} + + void Set( T* t ) + /* q.Set(t) sets the clean-up queue of BO(t) to be q. */ + {_CleanUp_Queue_Set( this->head, t );} + + int Call() + /* If q is non-empty, q.Call() removes the first object and + calls its clean-up function; does nothing if q is + empty. Returns true if there are more objects in the + queue. */ + {return _CleanUp_Queue_Call( this->head );} + + private: + void* head; + }; +}; + +/********************************************************************** + +Reachability and Clean-up + +An object O is reachable if it can be reached via a non-empty path of +normal pointers from the registers, stacks, global variables, or an +object with a non-null clean-up function (including O itself), +ignoring pointers from an object to itself. + +This definition of reachability ensures that if object B is accessible +from object A (and not vice versa) and if both A and B have clean-up +functions, then A will always be cleaned up before B. Note that as +long as an object with a clean-up function is contained in a cycle of +pointers, it will always be reachable and will never be cleaned up or +collected. + +When the collector finds an unreachable object with a null clean-up +function, it atomically deactivates all weak pointers referencing the +object and recycles its storage. If object B is accessible from object +A via a path of normal pointers, A will be discovered unreachable no +later than B, and a weak pointer to A will be deactivated no later +than a weak pointer to B. + +When the collector finds an unreachable object with a non-null +clean-up function, the collector atomically deactivates all weak +pointers referencing the object, redefines its clean-up function to be +null, and enqueues it on its clean-up queue. The object then becomes +reachable again and remains reachable at least until its clean-up +function executes. + +The clean-up function is assured that its argument is the only +accessible pointer to the object. Nothing prevents the function from +redefining the object's clean-up function or making the object +reachable again (for example, by storing the pointer in a global +variable). + +If the clean-up function does not make its object reachable again and +does not redefine its clean-up function, then the object will be +collected by a subsequent collection (because the object remains +unreachable and now has a null clean-up function). If the clean-up +function does make its object reachable again and a clean-up function +is subsequently redefined for the object, then the new clean-up +function will be invoked the next time the collector finds the object +unreachable. + +Note that a destructor for a collected object cannot safely redefine a +clean-up function for its object, since after the destructor executes, +the object has been destroyed into "raw memory". (In most +implementations, destroying an object mutates its vtbl.) + +Finally, note that calling delete t on a collected object first +deactivates any weak pointers to t and then invokes its clean-up +function (destructor). + +**********************************************************************/ + +extern "C" { + void* _WeakPointer_New( void* t ); + void* _WeakPointer_Pointer( void* wp ); + int _WeakPointer_Equal( void* wp1, void* wp2 ); + int _WeakPointer_Hash( void* wp ); + void _CleanUp_Set( void* t, void (*c)( void* d, void* t ), void* d ); + void _CleanUp_Call( void* t ); + void* _CleanUp_Queue_NewHead (); + void _CleanUp_Queue_Set( void* h, void* t ); + int _CleanUp_Queue_Call( void* h ); +} + +#endif /* _weakpointer_h_ */ + + |